WO2015062063A1 - Data transmission method, apparatus and system - Google Patents
Data transmission method, apparatus and system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2015062063A1 WO2015062063A1 PCT/CN2013/086398 CN2013086398W WO2015062063A1 WO 2015062063 A1 WO2015062063 A1 WO 2015062063A1 CN 2013086398 W CN2013086398 W CN 2013086398W WO 2015062063 A1 WO2015062063 A1 WO 2015062063A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- wlan
- user equipment
- base station
- data
- protocol stack
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
- H04W28/16—Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
- H04W28/18—Negotiating wireless communication parameters
- H04W28/20—Negotiating bandwidth
Abstract
The present invention provides a data transmission method, apparatus and system, which makes a base station freely determine an offloading policy and improves the user experience. The method is implemented by a base station in a communications system. The communications system also comprises a wireless local area network access point (WLAN AP) and a user equipment. A bearer used for transmitting data of the user equipment is disposed between the base station and a gateway device. A general packet radio service tunneling protocol (GTP) tunnel is disposed between the base station and the WLAN AP. The method comprises: determining a channel bandwidth used for communication between a user equipment and a WLAN AP; and transmitting, by the WLAN AP and the user equipment, target data through the GTIP tunnel according to the channel bandwidth, the target data being all or part of data on the bearer.
Description
传输数据的方法、 装置和系统 技术领域 Method, device and system for transmitting data
本发明涉及通信领域, 并且更具体地, 涉及传输数据的方法、 装置和系 统。 背景技术 The present invention relates to the field of communications and, more particularly, to a method, apparatus and system for transmitting data. Background technique
随着智能手机的迅猛发展,越来越多的移动通信终端都集成了无线局域 网 (WLAN, Wireless Local Area Network ) 的通信模块。 另一方面, 随着人 们对移动宽带需求的不断增加, 现有的 (例如, 无线蜂窝)通信系统的承受 到越来越大的数据流量的压力。一个可行的方法是把无线蜂窝技术和 WLAN 技术相互融合, 利用 WLAN分流移动蜂窝通信系统的数据流量, 从而大大 提高蜂窝系统用户的体验。 With the rapid development of smart phones, more and more mobile communication terminals have integrated communication modules of the wireless local area network (WLAN). On the other hand, as the demand for mobile broadband continues to increase, existing (e.g., wireless cellular) communication systems are under increasing pressure from data traffic. A feasible method is to integrate the wireless cellular technology and the WLAN technology, and use the WLAN to offload the data traffic of the mobile cellular communication system, thereby greatly improving the experience of the cellular system user.
目前, 已知一种通信技术, 在用户设备(UE, User Equipment ) 已经通 过基站接入演进的分组核心网 (EPC, Evolved Packet Core ), 并通过某一分 组数据网网关 ( PDN-GW, Public Data Network- Gateway )建立了分组数据 网 (PDN, Public Data Network )连接后, 该 UE可以通过例如, 可信无线 局 i或网给接入网 (TWAN, Trusted Wireless Local Area Networks Access Network )接入该 EPC, 并且, TWAN可以选择某一 PDN-GW创建 PDN 连接, 从而实现了无线蜂窝技术和 WLAN技术相互融合。 At present, a communication technology is known in which a user equipment (UE, User Equipment) has accessed an evolved packet core network (EPC, Evolved Packet Core) through a base station, and through a packet data network gateway (PDN-GW, Public After the Data Network-Gateway is connected to the Public Data Network (PDN), the UE can access the Trusted Wireless Local Area Networks (TWAN) through, for example, a trusted wireless office or a network access network (TWAN). The EPC, and the TWAN can select a certain PDN-GW to create a PDN connection, thereby realizing the integration of the wireless cellular technology and the WLAN technology.
但是, 在该技术中, 由于分流的融合在于 EPC, 基站无法自主地确定分 流流量, 可能出现因用户设备与 TWAN之间的网络状态等的影响, 而无法 达到预期的分流效果。 并且, 不能保证在通过 WLAN建立 PDN连接时使 用的 PDN-GW与在通过基站建立 PDN连接时使用的 PDN-GW相同,无法 保证业务连续性, 严重影响用户体验。 However, in this technology, since the convergence of the offload is in the EPC, the base station cannot determine the offload traffic autonomously, and the effect of the network state between the user equipment and the TWAN may occur, and the expected offloading effect cannot be achieved. In addition, there is no guarantee that the PDN-GW used in establishing a PDN connection through the WLAN is the same as the PDN-GW used in establishing a PDN connection through the base station, which cannot guarantee service continuity and seriously affect the user experience.
因此, 希望提供一种技术, 能够使基站自主地确定分流流量, 提高分流 效果, 改善用户体验。 发明内容 Therefore, it is desirable to provide a technique that enables a base station to autonomously determine a traffic split, improve a shunting effect, and improve a user experience. Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供一种传输数据的方法、 装置和系统, 能够使基站自主 地确定分流流量, 提高分流效果, 改善用户体验。
第一方面, 提供了一种传输数据的方法, 由通信系统中的基站执行, 该 通信系统还包括无线局域网接入点 WLAN AP和用户设备, 在该基站与网关 设备之间, 设有用于传输该用户设备的数据的承载, 该基站与该 WLAN AP 之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议 GTP 隧道, 该方法包括: 确定该用户 设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽; 根据该信道带宽, 经由该 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输, 其中, 该 目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。 The embodiments of the present invention provide a method, a device, and a system for transmitting data, which enable a base station to autonomously determine a traffic distribution, improve a traffic distribution effect, and improve a user experience. In a first aspect, a method for transmitting data is provided, which is performed by a base station in a communication system, the communication system further comprising a WLAN access point WLAN AP and a user equipment, where the base station and the gateway device are provided for transmission a data packet of the user equipment, a general packet radio service tunneling protocol GTP tunnel between the base station and the WLAN AP, the method includes: determining a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP; Channel bandwidth, through which the target data is transmitted by the WLAN AP and the user equipment, wherein the target data is all or part of data on the bearer.
结合第一方面, 在第一方面的第一种实现方式中, 该确定该用户设备与 该 WLAN AP 之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 包括: 接收该用户设备或该 WLAN AP发送的第一信道带宽指示信息, 其中, 该第一信道带宽指示信息 用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用信道带宽, 该信道带宽 是由该用户设备与该 WLAN AP协商后确定的; 根据该第一信道带宽指示信 息, 确定该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。 With reference to the first aspect, in a first implementation manner of the first aspect, the determining a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP includes: receiving the user equipment or the first channel sent by the WLAN AP The bandwidth indication information, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, where the channel bandwidth is determined by the user equipment after consulting with the WLAN AP; The first channel bandwidth indication information determines a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式, 在第一方面的第二种实现方式中, 该 确定该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 包括: 接收该 用户设备发送的用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息; 接收该 WLAN AP发送的用于指示该 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二 能力信息; 根据该第一能力信息和该第二能力信息, 确定该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。 With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a second implementation manner of the first aspect, the determining, by the user equipment, the channel bandwidth used for the communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, a first capability information indicating a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support; receiving second capability information that is sent by the WLAN AP to indicate a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support; according to the first capability information and the second capability information , determining the channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式, 在第一方面的第三种实现方式中, 该 根据该信道带宽, 经由该 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行 目标数据的传输, 包括: 向该用户设备发送第二信道带宽指示信息, 该第二 信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信 道带宽, 以便于该用户设备根据该第二信道带宽指示信息, 确定上行目标数 据, 其中, 该目标上行数据是该承载上的全部或部分上行数据; 经由该 GTP 隧道, 接收该 WLAN AP发送的该上行目标数据, 该上行目标数据是该用户 设备发送给该 WLAN AP的。 With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a third implementation manner of the first aspect, the transmitting, by using the WLAN AP, the target data by using the WLAN AP, according to the channel bandwidth, includes: The user equipment sends the second channel bandwidth indication information, where the second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, so that the user equipment according to the second channel bandwidth indication information Determining the uplink target data, where the target uplink data is all or part of the uplink data on the bearer; receiving, by the GTP tunnel, the uplink target data sent by the WLAN AP, where the uplink target data is sent by the user equipment to the WLAN AP.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式, 在第一方面的第四种实现方式中, 该 根据该信道带宽, 经由该 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行 目标数据的传输, 包括: 根据该信道带宽, 确定下行目标数据, 其中, 该目 标下行数据是该承载上的全部或部分下行数据; 经由该 GTP 隧道, 向该
WLAN AP发送该下行目标数据, 以便于该 WLAN ΑΡ向该用户设备转发该 下行目标数据的。 With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a fourth implementation manner of the first aspect, the transmitting, by using the WLAN AP, the target data by using the WLAN AP, according to the channel bandwidth, includes: Determining downlink target data, wherein the target downlink data is all or part of downlink data on the bearer; and the GTP tunnel is used to The WLAN AP sends the downlink target data, so that the WLAN forwards the downlink target data to the user equipment.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式, 在第一方面的第五种实现方式中, 该 方法还包括: 接收该用户设备或该 WLAN AP发送的信道切换信息, 该信道 切换信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切 换以及完成该切换的时间; 以及该根据该信道带宽, 经由该 GTP 隧道, 通 过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输, 包括: 根据该信道带宽 和该信道切换指示信息, 经由该 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设 备进行目标数据的传输。 With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a fifth implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes: receiving channel switching information sent by the user equipment or the WLAN AP, where the channel switching information is used to indicate the user The channel used for the communication between the device and the WLAN AP is switched and the time for completing the handover; and the transmission of the target data by the WLAN AP and the user equipment is performed according to the bandwidth of the channel, including: The channel bandwidth and the channel switching indication information are used to perform target data transmission with the user equipment through the WLAN AP.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式, 在第一方面的第六种实现方式中, 该 基站具有第一基站侧协议栈和第二基站侧协议栈,该第一基站侧协议栈用于 在基站侧实现与该用户设备之间通信的数据处理,该第二基站侧协议栈用于 在基站侧实现与该 WLAN AP之间通信的数据处理, 其中, 该第二基站侧协 议栈与该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层相连, 以及该根据该信道带 宽, 经由该 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传 输, 包括: 根据该信道带宽, 通过该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一层和该第二 基站侧协议栈, 经由该 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目 标数据的传输。 With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a sixth implementation manner of the first aspect, the base station has a first base station side protocol stack and a second base station side protocol stack, where the first base station side protocol stack is used in the base station The side implements data processing for communication with the user equipment, and the second base station side protocol stack is configured to implement data processing for communication with the WLAN AP at the base station side, where the second base station side protocol stack and the first At least one protocol layer of the base station side protocol stack is connected, and the target data is transmitted by the WLAN AP and the user equipment according to the channel bandwidth, including: according to the channel bandwidth, the first base station side At least one layer of the protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack, through which the target data is transmitted by the WLAN AP and the user equipment.
第二方面, 提供了一种传输数据的方法, 由通信系统中的无线局域网接 入点 WLAN AP执行, 该通信系统还包括基站和用户设备, 在该基站与网关 设备之间, 设有用于传输该用户设备的数据的承载, 该基站与该 WLAN AP 之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议 GTP隧道, 该方法包括: 经由该 GTP 隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据, 其中, 该目标数据是根据该用 户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽确定的, 该目标数据是该 承载上的全部或部分数据。 In a second aspect, a method for transmitting data is provided, which is performed by a WLAN access point WLAN AP in a communication system, where the communication system further includes a base station and a user equipment, where the base station and the gateway device are provided for transmission. a data packet of the user equipment, the base station and the WLAN AP are provided with a general packet radio service tunneling protocol GTP tunnel, the method includes: transmitting, by the GTP tunnel, target data of the user equipment with the base station, where The target data is determined according to the channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, and the target data is all or part of the data on the bearer.
结合第二方面, 在第二方面的第一种实现方式中, 在经由该 GTP隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据之前, 该方法还包括: 接收该用户设备 发送的用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息; 根据该 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽和该第一能力信息, 确定与该用户设备之间 通信所使用信道带宽; 向该基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息, 其中, 该第一 信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信
道带宽。 With reference to the second aspect, in a first implementation manner of the second aspect, before the target data of the user equipment is transmitted by the base station, the method further includes: receiving, by the user equipment, First capability information of a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support; determining a channel bandwidth used for communication with the user equipment according to a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support and the first capability information; and transmitting a first channel bandwidth to the base station Instructing information, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate a letter used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP Channel bandwidth.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式, 在第二方面的第二种实现方式中, 在 经由该 GTP 隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据之前, 该方法还包 括: 向该基站发送用于指示该 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信 息, 以便于该基站根据第一能力信息和该第二能力信息, 确定该用户设备与 该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 其中, 该第一能力指示信息是该 用户发送给该基站的, 用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽。 With the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a second implementation manner of the second aspect, before the target data of the user equipment is transmitted to the base station by using the GTP tunnel, the method further includes: sending, to the base station, a second capability information indicating a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support, so that the base station determines, according to the first capability information and the second capability information, a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, where The first capability indication information is sent by the user to the base station, and is used to indicate a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式, 在第二方面的第三种实现方式中, 该 方法还包括: 向该基站发送信道切换信息, 该信道切换信息用于指示该用户 设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时 间。 With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a third implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes: sending, to the base station, channel switching information, where the channel switching information is used to indicate the user equipment and the WLAN AP The channel used for inter-communication switches and the time at which the handover is completed.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式, 在第二方面的第四种实现方式中, 该 WLAN AP具有第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈和第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 该第 一 WLAN AP侧协议栈用于在该 WLAN AP侧实现与该基站之间通信的数据 处理, 该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈用于在该 WLAN AP侧实现与该用户设备 之间通信的数据处理, 以及该经由该 GTP 隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设备 的目标数据,包括:将从该基站获取的数据输入至第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 将从该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据传输至该第二 WLAN AP侧协议 栈, 将从该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该用户设备; 或将从 该用户设备获取的数据输入至第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈,将从该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据传输至该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 将从该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该基站。 With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a fourth implementation manner of the second aspect, the WLAN AP has a first WLAN AP side protocol stack and a second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the first WLAN AP side protocol stack Data processing for implementing communication with the base station on the WLAN AP side, the second WLAN AP side protocol stack is configured to implement data processing for communication with the user equipment on the WLAN AP side, and the GTP is transmitted through the GTP The tunnel, the target data of the user equipment is transmitted by the base station, and the data obtained from the base station is input to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the data output from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack is transmitted to the second The WLAN AP side protocol stack sends data output from the second WLAN AP side protocol stack to the user equipment; or inputs data acquired from the user equipment to the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, from the second WLAN The data output by the AP side protocol stack is transmitted to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the data output from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack is sent to the base station.
第三方面,提供了一种传输数据的方法,由通信系统中的用户设备执行, 该通信系统还包括基站和无线局域网接入点 WLAN AP, 在该基站与网关设 备之间, 设有用于传输该用户设备的数据的承载, 该基站与该 WLAN AP之 间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议 GTP隧道, 该方法包括: 经由该 WLAN AP, 与该基站进行目标数据的传输, 其中, 该目标数据是根据该用户设备与 该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽确定的, 该目标数据在该 WLAN AP与该基站之间是经由该 GTP隧道传输的, 该目标数据是该承载上的全部 或部分数据。 In a third aspect, a method for transmitting data is provided, which is performed by a user equipment in a communication system, the communication system further comprising a base station and a wireless local area network access point WLAN AP, where the base station and the gateway device are provided for transmission a general packet radio service tunneling protocol GTP tunnel is set up between the base station and the WLAN AP, and the method includes: transmitting, by using the WLAN AP, target data transmission, where the target data is It is determined according to a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, and the target data is transmitted between the WLAN AP and the base station via the GTP tunnel, and the target data is all or part of data.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第一种实现方式中,在经由该 WLAN AP,
与该基站进行目标数据的传输之前, 该方法还包括: 接收该 WLAN AP发送 的用于指示该 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信息; 根据该用户 设备能够支持的信道带宽和该第二能力信息, 确定与该 WLAN AP之间通信 所使用信道带宽; 向该基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息, 其中, 该第一信道 带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带 宽。 In conjunction with the third aspect, in a first implementation of the third aspect, The method further includes: receiving, by the WLAN AP, second capability information that is sent by the WLAN AP to indicate a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support; according to a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support, and the first The second capability information is used to determine the channel bandwidth used for communication with the WLAN AP; the first channel bandwidth indication information is sent to the base station, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP The channel bandwidth used.
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式, 在第三方面的第二种实现方式中, 在 经由该 WLAN AP, 与该基站进行目标数据的传输之前, 该方法还包括: 向 该基站发送用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息, 以便 于该基站根据该第一能力信息和第二能力信息,确定该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽,其中,该第二能力指示信息是该 WLAN AP 发送给该基站的, 用于指示该 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽。 With the third aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a second implementation manner of the third aspect, before the transmitting, by the WLAN, the target data is transmitted by the base station, the method further includes: sending, by the base station, an indication The first capability information of the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support, so that the base station determines, according to the first capability information and the second capability information, a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, where The second capability indication information is sent by the WLAN AP to the base station, and is used to indicate a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support.
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式, 在第三方面的第三种实现方式中, 该 经由该 WLAN AP, 与该基站进行目标数据的传输, 包括: 接收该基站发送 的第二信道带宽指示信息, 该第二信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与 该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽; 根据该第二信道带宽指示信息, 确定上行目标数据, 其中, 该目标上行数据是该承载上的全部或部分上行数 据; 向该 WLAN AP发送该上行目标数据, 以便于该 WLAN AP经由该 GTP 隧道将该上行目标数据发送给该基站。 With reference to the third aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a third implementation manner of the third aspect, the transmitting, by the WLAN AP, the target data is transmitted by the base station, including: receiving, by the base station, the second channel bandwidth indication information The second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP. The uplink target data is determined according to the second channel bandwidth indication information, where the target uplink data is the bearer. All or part of the uplink data; sending the uplink target data to the WLAN AP, so that the WLAN AP sends the uplink target data to the base station via the GTP tunnel.
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式, 在第三方面的第四种实现方式中, 该 方法还包括: 向该基站发送信道切换信息, 该信道切换信息用于指示该用户 设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时 间。 With reference to the third aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a fourth implementation manner of the third aspect, the method further includes: sending, to the base station, channel switching information, where the channel switching information is used to indicate the user equipment and the WLAN AP The channel used for inter-communication switches and the time at which the handover is completed.
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式, 在第三方面的第五种实现方式中, 该 用户设备具有第一用户设备侧协议栈和第二用户设备侧协议栈,该第一用户 设备侧协议栈用于在该用户设备侧实现与该基站之间通信的数据处理, 该第 二用户设备侧协议栈用于在该用户设备侧实现与该 WLAN AP之间通信的数 据处理, 其中, 该第二用户设备侧协议栈与该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少 一个协议层相连, 以及该经由该 WLAN AP, 与该基站进行目标数据的传输, 包括: 通过该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一层和该第二用户设备侧协议 栈, 经由该 WLAN AP, 与该基站进行目标数据的传输。
第四方面, 提供了一种传输数据的装置, 在该装置与网关设备之间, 设 有用于传输用户设备的数据的承载, 该装置与无线局域网接入点 WLAN AP 之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议 GTP 隧道, 该装置包括: 第一基站侧 协议栈, 用于实现与该用户设备之间通信的数据处理; 第二基站侧协议栈, 用于实现与该 WLAN AP之间通信的数据处理, 其中, 该第二基站侧协议栈 与该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层相连; 确定单元, 用于确定该用户 设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽; 收发单元, 与该第二基站 侧协议栈相连, 用于根据该确定单元确定的该信道带宽, 经由该 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输, 其中, 该目标数据是 该承载上的全部或部分数据。 With reference to the third aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a fifth implementation manner of the third aspect, the user equipment has a first user equipment side protocol stack and a second user equipment side protocol stack, and the first user equipment side protocol stack Data processing for implementing communication with the base station on the user equipment side, the second user equipment side protocol stack is configured to implement data processing for communication with the WLAN AP on the user equipment side, where the second The user equipment side protocol stack is connected to the at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack, and the target data transmission is performed with the base station via the WLAN AP, including: using at least the first user equipment side protocol stack A layer and the second user equipment side protocol stack, through which the target data is transmitted, via the WLAN AP. A fourth aspect provides a device for transmitting data, where a bearer for transmitting data of a user equipment is provided between the device and the gateway device, and the device is provided with a general packet radio between the device and the wireless local area network access point WLAN AP. The service tunneling protocol GTP tunnel, the device includes: a first base station side protocol stack, configured to implement data processing for communication with the user equipment; and a second base station side protocol stack, configured to implement data communication with the WLAN AP Processing, wherein the second base station side protocol stack is connected to at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack; the determining unit is configured to determine a channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP; And the second base station side protocol stack is configured to perform, according to the channel bandwidth determined by the determining unit, the target data is transmitted by using the WLAN AP and the user equipment, where the target data is the bearer. All or part of the data.
结合第四方面, 在第四方面的第一种实现方式中, 该收发单元还用于接 收该用户设备或该 WLAN AP发送的第一信道带宽指示信息, 其中, 该第一 信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用信道 带宽, 该信道带宽是由该用户设备与该 WLAN AP协商后确定的; 该确定单 元具体用于根据该第一信道带宽指示信息, 确定该用户设备与该 WLAN AP 之间通信所使用的信道带宽。 With reference to the fourth aspect, in a first implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive the first channel bandwidth indication information that is sent by the user equipment or the WLAN AP, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used by The channel bandwidth is used to indicate the communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, and the channel bandwidth is determined by the user equipment to negotiate with the WLAN AP. The determining unit is specifically configured to determine, according to the first channel bandwidth indication information, The channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式, 在第四方面的第二种实现方式中, 该 收发单元还用于接收该用户设备发送的用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信 道带宽的第一能力信息, 并接收该 WLAN AP发送的用于指示该 WLAN AP 能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信息; 该确定单元具体用于根据该第一能力 信息和该第二能力信息, 确定该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的 信道带宽。 With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a second implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive, by the user equipment, first capability information that is used to indicate a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support And receiving the second capability information that is sent by the WLAN AP to indicate the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support; the determining unit is specifically configured to determine, according to the first capability information and the second capability information, the user equipment and the The channel bandwidth used for communication between WLAN APs.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式, 在第四方面的第三种实现方式中, 该 收发单元还用于向该用户设备发送第二信道带宽指示信息, 该第二信道带宽 指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 以便于该用户设备根据该第二信道带宽指示信息,确定上行目标数据,其中, 该目标上行数据是该承载上的全部或部分上行数据; 该收发单元具体用于经 由该 GTP隧道, 接收该 WLAN AP发送的该上行目标数据, 该上行目标数 据是该用户设备发送给该 WLAN AP的。 With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a third implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to send, to the user equipment, second channel bandwidth indication information, where the second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate The channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, so that the user equipment determines the uplink target data according to the second channel bandwidth indication information, where the target uplink data is all or part of the uplink on the bearer. The receiving unit is configured to receive the uplink target data sent by the WLAN AP by using the GTP tunnel, where the uplink target data is sent by the user equipment to the WLAN AP.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式, 在第四方面的第四种实现方式中, 该 确定单元还用于根据该信道带宽, 确定下行目标数据, 其中, 该目标下行数
据是该承载上的全部或部分下行数据; 该收发单元具体用于经由该 GTP 隧 道, 向该 WLAN AP发送该下行目标数据, 以便于该 WLAN AP向该用户设 备转发该下行目标数据的。 With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a fourth implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the determining unit is further configured to determine, according to the channel bandwidth, downlink target data, where the target downlink number According to all or part of the downlink data on the bearer, the transceiver unit is configured to send the downlink target data to the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, so that the WLAN AP forwards the downlink target data to the user equipment.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式, 在第四方面的第五种实现方式中, 该 收发单元还用于接收该用户设备或该 WLAN AP发送的信道切换信息, 该信 道切换信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生 切换以及完成该切换的时间; 该收发单元具体用于根据该信道带宽和该信道 切换指示信息, 经由该 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目 标数据的传输。 With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a fifth implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive channel switching information sent by the user equipment or the WLAN AP, where the channel switching information is used to indicate the The channel used for the communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP is switched and the time for completing the handover; the transceiver unit is configured to use the WLAN AP and the GTP tunnel according to the channel bandwidth and the channel switching indication information. The user equipment transmits the target data.
第五方面, 提供了一种传输数据的装置, 其特征在于, 该装置与基站之 间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议 GTP 隧道, 在该基站与网关设备之间, 设有用于传输用户设备的数据的承载, 该装置包括: 第一 WLAN AP侧协议 栈, 用于实现与该基站之间通信的数据处理; 第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 与 该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈相连, 用于实现与该用户设备之间通信的数据处 理; 收发单元, 与该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈和该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈 相连, 用于经由该 GTP隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据, 其中, 该目标数据是根据该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽确 定的, 该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。 In a fifth aspect, an apparatus for transmitting data is provided, where a GTP tunnel of a general packet radio service tunneling protocol is provided between the device and the base station, and between the base station and the gateway device, a user equipment is provided. For carrying the data, the device includes: a first WLAN AP side protocol stack, configured to implement data processing for communication with the base station; and a second WLAN AP side protocol stack, connected to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, for a data processing for the communication with the user equipment; the transceiver unit is connected to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and configured to transmit the user equipment to the base station via the GTP tunnel Target data, wherein the target data is determined according to a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, and the target data is all or part of data on the bearer.
结合第五方面, 在第五方面的第一种实现方式中, 该收发单元还用于接 收该用户设备发送的用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力 信息; 该装置还包括: 确定单元, 用于根据该 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带 宽和该第一能力信息, 确定与该用户设备之间通信所使用信道带宽; 以及该 收发单元还用于向该基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息, 其中, 该第一信道带 宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带 宽。 With reference to the fifth aspect, in a first implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive, by the user equipment, first capability information that is used to indicate a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support; a determining unit, configured to determine, according to a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support and the first capability information, a channel bandwidth used for communication with the user equipment; and the transceiver unit is further configured to send the first channel bandwidth to the base station The indication information, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP.
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式, 在第五方面的第二种实现方式中, 该 收发单元还用于向该基站发送用于指示该 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的 第二能力信息, 以便于该基站根据第一能力信息和该第二能力信息, 确定该 用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 其中, 该第一能力指 示信息是该用户发送给该基站的, 用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带 宽。
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式, 在第五方面的第三种实现方式中, 该 收发单元还用于向该基站发送信道切换信息, 该信道切换信息用于指示该用 户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时 间。 With reference to the fifth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a second implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to send, to the base station, second capability information that is used to indicate a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support, so that Determining, by the base station, a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP according to the first capability information and the second capability information, where the first capability indication information is sent by the user to the base station, Indicates the channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support. With reference to the fifth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a third implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to send channel switching information to the base station, where the channel switching information is used to indicate the user equipment and the WLAN AP The channel used for communication between the switching occurs and the time to complete the switching.
第六方面, 提供了一种传输数据的装置, 该装置包括: 第一用户设备侧 协议栈, 用于实现与基站之间通信的数据处理, 其中, 在该基站与网关设备 之间, 设有用于传输该用户设备的数据的承载, 该基站与无线局域网接入点 WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议 GTP隧道;第二用户设备侧 协议栈, 用于实现与该 WLAN AP之间通信的数据处理, 其中, 该第二用户 设备侧协议栈与该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层相连; 收发单 元, 与该第二用户设备侧协议栈相连, 用于经由该 WLAN AP, 与该基站进 行目标数据的传输, 其中, 该目标数据是根据该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之 间通信所使用的信道带宽确定的, 该目标数据在该 WLAN AP与该基站之间 是经由该 GTP隧道传输的, 该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。 The sixth aspect provides an apparatus for transmitting data, where the apparatus includes: a first user equipment side protocol stack, configured to implement data processing for communication with a base station, where the base station and the gateway device are provided with a common packet radio service tunneling protocol (GTP tunnel) is provided between the base station and the WLAN access point WLAN AP, and a second user equipment side protocol stack is used to implement the bearer between the base station and the WLAN AP. Data processing of the communication, wherein the second user equipment side protocol stack is connected to at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack; the transceiver unit is connected to the second user equipment side protocol stack, and is configured to be connected to the second user equipment side protocol stack. The AP performs the transmission of the target data with the base station, where the target data is determined according to a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, where the target data is between the WLAN AP and the base station. The target data is transmitted by the GTP tunnel, and all or part of the data on the bearer.
结合第六方面, 在第六方面的第一种实现方式中, 该收发单元还用于接 收该 WLAN AP发送的用于指示该 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能 力信息; 该装置还包括: 确定单元, 用于根据该用户设备能够支持的信道带 宽和该第二能力信息, 确定与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用信道带宽; 该收 发单元还用于向该基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息, 其中, 该第一信道带宽 指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。 With reference to the sixth aspect, in a first implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive second capability information that is sent by the WLAN AP to indicate a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support; a determining unit, configured to determine, according to a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support and the second capability information, a channel bandwidth used for communication with the WLAN AP; the transceiver unit is further configured to send a first channel bandwidth indication to the base station Information, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP.
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式, 在第六方面的第二种实现方式中, 该 收发单元还用于向该基站发送用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的 第一能力信息, 以便于该基站根据该第一能力信息和第二能力信息, 确定该 用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 其中, 该第二能力指 示信息是该 WLAN AP发送给该基站的, 用于指示该 WLAN AP能够支持的 信道带宽。 With reference to the sixth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a second implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to send, to the base station, first capability information that is used to indicate a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support, so that The base station determines, according to the first capability information and the second capability information, a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, where the second capability indication information is sent by the WLAN AP to the base station, Used to indicate the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support.
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式, 在第六方面的第三种实现方式中, 该 收发单元还用于接收该基站发送的第二信道带宽指示信息, 该第二信道带宽 指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽; 该装置还包括: 确定单元, 用于根据该第二信道带宽指示信息, 确定上行目 标数据, 其中, 该目标上行数据是该承载上的全部或部分上行数据; 该收发
单元具体用于向该 WLAN AP发送该上行目标数据, 以便于该 WLAN AP经 由该 GTP隧道将该上行目标数据发送给该基站。 With reference to the sixth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a third implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive second channel bandwidth indication information that is sent by the base station, where the second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP; the apparatus further includes: a determining unit, configured to determine uplink target data according to the second channel bandwidth indication information, where the target uplink data is on the bearer All or part of the uplink data; The unit is specifically configured to send the uplink target data to the WLAN AP, so that the WLAN AP sends the uplink target data to the base station via the GTP tunnel.
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式, 在第六方面的第四种实现方式中, 该 收发单元还用于向该基站发送信道切换信息, 该信道切换信息用于指示该用 户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时 间。 With reference to the sixth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in a fourth implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to send channel switching information to the base station, where the channel switching information is used to indicate the user equipment and the WLAN AP The channel used for communication between the switching occurs and the time to complete the switching.
第七方面, 提供了一种传输数据的系统, 该系统包括: 基站, 该基站与 网关设备之间, 设有用于传输用户设备的数据的承载, 该基站与无线局域网 接入点 WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议 GTP隧道, 用于确 定该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 并根据该信道带 宽, 经由该 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传 输, 其中, 该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据; WLAN AP, 用于经 由该 GTP 隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据, 其中, 该目标数据 是根据该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽确定的, 该目 标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据; 用户设备, 用于经由该 WLAN AP, 与该基站进行目标数据的传输, 其中, 该目标数据是根据该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽确定的, 该目标数据在该 WLAN AP 与该基站之间是经由该 GTP 隧道传输的, 该目标数据是该承载上的全部或 部分数据。 The seventh aspect provides a system for transmitting data, where the system includes: a base station, and a bearer between the base station and the gateway device, configured to transmit data of the user equipment, and the base station and the wireless local area network access point WLAN AP a general packet radio service tunneling protocol GTP tunnel is configured to determine a channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, and according to the channel bandwidth, the WLAN AP and the user equipment are performed by using the WLAN AP according to the channel bandwidth. The transmission of the target data, wherein the target data is all or part of the data on the bearer; the WLAN AP is configured to transmit target data of the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel, where the target data is according to the user The target data is all or part of the data on the bearer determined by the channel bandwidth used by the device to communicate with the WLAN AP; the user equipment is configured to perform target data transmission with the base station via the WLAN AP, where The target data is based on the channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP. Of the target data between the WLAN AP is transmitting with the base station via the GTP tunnel, the target data is data on all or part of the carrier.
根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法、 装置和系统, 通过基站在确定需 要通过 WLAN AP对 UE的数据进行分流后,通过 GTP隧道与 WLAN AP之 间传输 UE的数据 (包括上行数据或下行数据), 能够使分流锚点位于基站, 并且, 通过基站确定用户设备与 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 能 够使基站根据该信道带宽, 确定分流流量, 从而提高分流效果, 并且, 由于 WLAN AP分流的数据经由基站而到达网关设备,能保证在通过 WLAN建立 通信连接时使用的网关设备与在通过基站建立通信连接时使用的网关设备 相同, 从而, 能够保证业务连续性, 改善用户体验。 附图说明 The method, device, and system for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention, after the base station determines that the data of the UE needs to be offloaded by the WLAN AP, and transmits the data of the UE (including the uplink data or the downlink data) between the GTP tunnel and the WLAN AP. ), the shunt anchor point can be located at the base station, and the channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP is determined by the base station, so that the base station can determine the offload traffic according to the channel bandwidth, thereby improving the offloading effect, and, due to the WLAN The AP offloaded data arrives at the gateway device via the base station, and can ensure that the gateway device used when establishing the communication connection through the WLAN is the same as the gateway device used when establishing the communication connection through the base station, thereby ensuring service continuity and improving the user experience. DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例的技术方案, 下面将对实施例或现有技 术描述中所需要使用的附图作筒单地介绍, 显而易见地, 下面描述中的附图
仅仅是本发明的一些实施例, 对于本领域普通技术人员来讲, 在不付出创造 性劳动的前提下, 还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。 In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention, the drawings used in the embodiments or the description of the prior art will be briefly described below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description It is merely some embodiments of the present invention, and those skilled in the art can obtain other drawings according to the drawings without any creative work.
图 1是表示本发明实施例的各设备中各协议栈的配置结构的示意图。 图 2a是表示本发明实施例的基站中各协议栈的聚合方式的一例的示意 图, 图 2b是表示本发明实施例的基站中各协议栈的聚合方式的另一例的示 意图, 图 2c是表示本发明实施例的基站中各协议栈的聚合方式的再一例的 示意图, 图 2d是表示本发明实施例的基站中各协议栈的聚合方式的再一例 的示意图。 1 is a schematic diagram showing a configuration structure of each protocol stack in each device according to an embodiment of the present invention. 2a is a schematic diagram showing an example of a method of aggregation of protocol stacks in a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 2b is a schematic diagram showing another example of a method of aggregation of protocol stacks in a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 2c is a diagram showing the present embodiment. A schematic diagram of still another example of the aggregation mode of each protocol stack in the base station according to the embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 2d is a schematic diagram showing still another example of the aggregation mode of each protocol stack in the base station according to the embodiment of the present invention.
图 3a是表示本发明实施例的用户设备中各协议栈的聚合方式的一例的 示意图, 图 3b是表示本发明实施例的用户设备中各协议栈的聚合方式的另 一例的示意图, 图 3c是表示本发明实施例的用户设备中各协议栈的聚合方 式的再一例的示意图, 图 3d是表示本发明实施例的用户设备中各协议栈的 聚合方式的再一例的示意图。 3a is a schematic diagram showing an example of a method for aggregating protocol stacks in a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 3b is a schematic diagram showing another example of a method for aggregating protocol stacks in a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. A schematic diagram showing still another example of the aggregation mode of each protocol stack in the user equipment according to the embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 3d is a schematic diagram showing still another example of the aggregation mode of each protocol stack in the user equipment according to the embodiment of the present invention.
图 4是根据本发明一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图。 4 is a schematic flow chart of a method of transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图 5是根据本发明一实施例的下行数据的传输方法的示意性交互图。 图 6是根据本发明一实施例的上行数据的传输方法的示意性交互图。 图 7是根据本发明另一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图。 图 8是根据本发明再一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图。 图 9是根据本发明一实施例的传输信号的装置的示意性框图。 FIG. 5 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method for transmitting downlink data according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method for transmitting uplink data according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method of transmitting data according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method of transmitting data according to still another embodiment of the present invention. 9 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for transmitting signals in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
图 10是根据本发明另一实施例的传输信号的装置的示意性框图。 FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for transmitting a signal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
图 11是根据本发明再一实施例的传输信号的装置的示意性框图。 11 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for transmitting a signal according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
图 12是根据本发明一实施例的传输信号的设备的示意性结构图。 FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for transmitting a signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图 13是根据本发明另一实施例的传输信号的设备的示意性结构图。 图 14是根据本发明再一实施例的传输信号的设备的示意性结构图。 图 15是根据本发明一实施例的传输信号的系统的示意性架构图。 具体实施方式 FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for transmitting a signal according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for transmitting a signal according to still another embodiment of the present invention. Figure 15 is a schematic architectural diagram of a system for transmitting signals in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. detailed description
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行 清楚、 完整地描述, 显然, 所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例, 而不是 全部的实施例。 基于本发明中的实施例, 本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创 造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例, 都属于本发明保护的范围。
本发明的技术方案, 可以应用于各种通信系统, 例如: 全球移动通讯系 统(GSM , Global System of Mobile communication ), 码分多址(CDMA, Code Division Multiple Access ) 系统, 宽带码分多址( WCDMA, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access Wireless ),通用分组无线业务 ( GPRS, General Packet Radio Service ), 长期演进(LTE, Long Term Evolution )等, 本发明 并不限定。 The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is obvious that the described embodiments are a part of the embodiments of the present invention, and not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without departing from the inventive scope are the scope of the present invention. The technical solution of the present invention can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Global System of Mobile Communication (GSM), Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access ( WCDMA, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access Wireless), General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE), etc., and the present invention is not limited.
在本发明实施例中, 用户设备( UE, User Equipment ), 也可称之为移 动终端 ( Mobile Terminal )、 移动用户设备等, 可以经无线接入网 (例如, RAN , Radio Access Network )与一个或多个核心网进行通信, 用户设备可以 是移动终端, 如移动电话(或称为 "蜂窝" 电话)和具有移动终端的计算机, 例如, 可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置, 它们与无线接入网交换语言和 /或数据, 本发明并不限定。 In the embodiment of the present invention, a user equipment (UE, User Equipment), which may also be called a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal), a mobile user equipment, etc., may be connected to a radio access network (for example, RAN, Radio Access Network) Or communicating with multiple core networks, the user equipment may be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and a computer with a mobile terminal, for example, may be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, built-in or Mobile devices onboard, which exchange language and/or data with the radio access network, are not limited in the present invention.
基站,可以是 GSM或 CDMA中的基站( BTS, Base Transceiver Station ), 也可以是 WCDMA中的基站( Node B ) ,还可以是 LTE中的演进型基站( eNB 或 e-Node B, evolutional Node B ), 本发明并不限定。 The base station may be a base station (BTS, Base Transceiver Station) in GSM or CDMA, or may be a base station (Node B) in WCDMA, or may be an evolved base station in LTE (eNB or e-Node B, evolutional Node B) The invention is not limited.
在本发明实施例中, 为了对基站的数据进行分流, 在本发明的通信系统 中, 需要设置无线局域网接入点 ( WLAN AP, Wireless Local Area Network Access Point ), 并且, 该无线局域网接入点, 可以是例如, 无线保真(WiFi, Wireless Fidelity ) 中的接入点, 本发明并不限定。 以下, 为了便于理解和说 明, 筒称 AP。 In the embodiment of the present invention, in order to offload data of the base station, in the communication system of the present invention, a wireless local area network access point (WLAN AP) needs to be set, and the wireless local area network access point is It may be, for example, an access point in Wireless Fidelity (WiFi), which is not limited by the present invention. Hereinafter, for ease of understanding and explanation, the cartridge is called AP.
在本发明实施例中, 在下行时, 基站可以向 AP传输需要分流的数据, 并通过 AP将该数据发送给 UE。 在上行时, UE可以将需要分流的数据发送 给 AP, 并通过 AP将该数据发送给基站。 因此, 在本发明实施例中, 在基 站和 AP中需要配置用于实现彼此之间通信的协议栈, 同样, 在 UE与 AP 中需要配置用于实现彼此之间通信的协议栈。 In the embodiment of the present invention, when downlinking, the base station may transmit data that needs to be offloaded to the AP, and send the data to the UE through the AP. In the uplink, the UE may send the data that needs to be offloaded to the AP, and send the data to the base station through the AP. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, a protocol stack for implementing communication between each other needs to be configured in the base station and the AP. Similarly, a protocol stack for implementing communication between each other needs to be configured in the UE and the AP.
图 1是表示本发明实施例的各设备中各协议栈的配置结构的示意图。 如图 1所示, 在本发明实施例中, 基站与 AP之间可以采用通用分组无 线业务 P遂道协议 ( GTP, General Packet Radio Service Tunnelling Protocol )通 信方式, 进行通信(具体地说, 是传输分流的数据), 因此, 在基站和 AP 中, 可以设置用于实现该 GTP通信的协议栈。 1 is a schematic diagram showing a configuration structure of each protocol stack in each device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1 , in the embodiment of the present invention, a general packet radio service (GTP) communication method may be used between a base station and an AP to perform communication (specifically, transmission). The offloaded data), therefore, in the base station and the AP, a protocol stack for implementing the GTP communication can be set.
如图 1所示, 在本发明实施例中, UE与 AP之间可以采用无线局域网
通信方式, 进行通信(具体地说, 是传输分流的数据), 因此, 在 UE 中, 可以设置用于实现该无线局域网通信的协议栈, 例如, WiFi协议栈。 由于 UE与 AP采用无线局域网通信方式, 该无线局域网通信方式使用的时频资 源与 UE与基站之间的通信使用的时频资源相异, 从而, 能够实现对基站的 分流。 As shown in FIG. 1, in the embodiment of the present invention, a wireless local area network can be adopted between the UE and the AP. In the communication mode, communication (specifically, transmission of the offloaded data) is performed, and therefore, in the UE, a protocol stack for implementing the wireless local area network communication, for example, a WiFi protocol stack, may be set. Since the UE and the AP adopt the WLAN communication mode, the time-frequency resources used by the WLAN communication mode are different from the time-frequency resources used for communication between the UE and the base station, thereby enabling offloading of the base station.
下面, 对该基站中的协议栈配置结构进行说明。 Next, the configuration of the protocol stack in the base station will be described.
可选地, 该基站具有第一基站侧协议栈和第二基站侧协议栈, 该第一基 站侧协议栈用于在基站侧实现与该用户设备之间通信的数据处理, 该第二基 站侧协议栈用于在基站侧实现与该 WLAN AP之间通信的数据处理, 其中, 该第二基站侧协议栈与该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层相连, 以及 该基站经由该 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数 据的传输, 包括: Optionally, the base station has a first base station side protocol stack and a second base station side protocol stack, where the first base station side protocol stack is configured to implement data processing for communication with the user equipment at the base station side, where the second base station side The protocol stack is configured to implement data processing for communication with the WLAN AP on the base station side, where the second base station side protocol stack is connected to at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack, and the base station is connected to the GTP tunnel Transmitting the target data with the user equipment by using the WLAN AP, including:
该基站通过该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一层和该第二基站侧协议栈, 经 由该 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输。 The base station transmits the target data to the user equipment through the WLAN AP through the GTP tunnel through at least one layer of the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack.
具体地说, 该基站包括第一基站侧协议栈和第二基站侧协议栈。 Specifically, the base station includes a first base station side protocol stack and a second base station side protocol stack.
作为该第一基站侧协议栈, 可以列举基站协议栈, 应理解, 该基站协议 栈仅为示例性说明, 本发明并不限定于此, 其他能够在基站(或者说, 核心 网接入节点 )侧实现基站与用户设备之间的通信的协议栈均落入本发明的保 护范围内。 并且, 上述基站与用户设备之间的通信包括能够行使基站功能的 核心网接入节点与用户设备之间的通信, 例如, 能够与用户设备通信的中继 节点 (RN, Relay Node )与用户设备之间的通信。 As the first base station side protocol stack, a base station protocol stack may be mentioned. It should be understood that the base station protocol stack is only an exemplary description, and the present invention is not limited thereto, and other base stations (or core network access nodes) can be used. The protocol stack that implements the communication between the base station and the user equipment on the side falls within the protection scope of the present invention. And, the communication between the base station and the user equipment includes communication between a core network access node capable of performing a base station function and a user equipment, for example, a relay node (RN, Relay Node) and a user equipment capable of communicating with the user equipment. Communication between.
作为该第二基站侧协议栈, 可以使用 GTP协议栈的全部或部分协议层, 其中, 第二基站侧协议栈可以通过内部接口直接聚合在第一基站侧协议栈的 至少一个协议层上, 或者, 第二基站侧协议栈可以通过适配层聚合在第一基 站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层上, 随后对该适配层的作用进行详细说明。 As the second base station side protocol stack, all or part of the protocol layer of the GTP protocol stack may be used, where the second base station side protocol stack may be directly aggregated on the at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack through the internal interface, or The second base station side protocol stack may be aggregated on the at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack by using an adaptation layer, and then the role of the adaptation layer is described in detail.
从而, 在上行时, 由于经由第二基站侧协议栈传输的数据在传输核心网 (或者说, 网关设备)前, 需要经由第一基站侧协议栈的至少一层, 能够将 该数据的格式,转换为符合现有的基站与网关设备之间通信的数据格式,即, 经第一基站侧协议栈的至少一层的处理(例如, 格式转换处理)后发送给网 关设备的数据格式。 Therefore, in the uplink, since the data transmitted via the second base station side protocol stack needs to pass through at least one layer of the first base station side protocol stack before transmitting the core network (or the gateway device), the format of the data can be The data format converted to the communication between the existing base station and the gateway device, that is, the data format sent to the gateway device after processing (for example, format conversion processing) of at least one layer of the first base station side protocol stack.
并且, 在上行时, 如果通过该第一基站侧协议栈和第二基站侧协议栈双
方传输同一 UE的数据,则可以通过该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层, 对经由第一基站侧协议栈传输的数据和经由第二基站侧协议栈传输的数据 进行聚合, 随后, 对该过程进行详细说明。 And, when uplinking, if the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack are both If the data of the same UE is transmitted, the data transmitted via the first base station side protocol stack and the data transmitted via the second base station side protocol stack may be aggregated by using at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack, and then, The process is described in detail.
并且, 在下行时, 如果通过该第一基站侧协议栈和第二基站侧协议栈双 方传输同一 UE的数据,则可以通过该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层, 对经由第一基站侧协议栈传输的数据和经由第二基站侧协议栈传输的数据 进行承载区分以及数据包序号设置, 随后, 对该过程进行详细说明。 And, in the downlink, if the data of the same UE is transmitted by the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack, the at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack may be used to pass the first base station. The data transmitted by the side protocol stack and the data transmitted via the second base station side protocol stack are subjected to bearer differentiation and packet sequence number setting, and then the process will be described in detail.
可选地, 在本发明实施例中, 该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层包 括以下至少一个协议层: Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack includes at least one of the following protocol layers:
分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP 层、 无线链路控制 RLC 层或媒体接入控制 Packet Data Convergence Protocol PDCP Layer, Radio Link Control RLC Layer or Media Access Control
MAC层。 MAC layer.
具体地说, 在本发明实施例中, 可以使用 GTP协议栈的部分或全部协 议层作为第二基站侧协议栈, 并且, 在本发明实施例中, 该第二基站侧协议 栈可以包括用户面协议栈, 也可以包括用户面协议栈和控制面协议栈, 本发 明并不特别限定。 以下, 以该第二基站侧协议栈为用户面协议栈(GTP-U协 议栈)为例进行说明, 从而, 例如, 在使用基站协议栈作为第一基站侧协议 栈的情况下, 该 GTP-U协议栈需要聚合在基站的用户面协议栈。 Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, some or all of the protocol layers of the GTP protocol stack may be used as the second base station side protocol stack, and in the embodiment of the present invention, the second base station side protocol stack may include a user plane. The protocol stack may also include a user plane protocol stack and a control plane protocol stack, and the present invention is not particularly limited. In the following, the second base station side protocol stack is used as an example of a user plane protocol stack (GTP-U protocol stack). Thus, for example, when the base station protocol stack is used as the first base station side protocol stack, the GTP- The U protocol stack needs to be aggregated in the user plane protocol stack of the base station.
在本发明实施例中, 用户面通用分组业务隧道协议(GTP-U, General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol for the user plane )用于两个节点之间 的传输协议数据单元( T-PDU, Transport PDU )的传输。 GTP头中的隧道终 端标识(TEID, Tunnel Endpoint Identifier )用于指示 T-PDU属于的隧道, 以实现 GTP-U在隧道的两端复用和去复用分组。 TEID字段使用的 TEID值 通过协商获得, GTP隧道允许复用不同的用户, 不同的分组协议和不同的服 务质量( QoS, Quality of Service )级别。 T-PDU分组被封装在 G-PDU中传 输。 G-PDU分组由 GTP-U头和 T-PDU构成。 路径协议定义路径, GTP-U 头定义隧道。 多个隧道可以复用到一个路径上 。, 这里, GTP-U协议栈的结 构可以与现有技术相同或相似, 这里, 为了避免赘述, 省略其说明。 以下, 省略对相同或相似情况的说明。 In the embodiment of the present invention, a General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol (GTP-U) is used for a Transport Protocol Data Unit (T-PDU, Transport PDU) between two nodes. Transmission. The Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (TEID) in the GTP header is used to indicate the tunnel to which the T-PDU belongs, so that the GTP-U multiplexes and demultiplexes the packets at both ends of the tunnel. The TEID value used by the TEID field is obtained through negotiation. The GTP tunnel allows multiplexing of different users, different packet protocols, and different Quality of Service (QoS) levels. The T-PDU packet is encapsulated and transmitted in the G-PDU. The G-PDU packet consists of a GTP-U header and a T-PDU. The path protocol defines the path and the GTP-U header defines the tunnel. Multiple tunnels can be multiplexed onto one path. Here, the structure of the GTP-U protocol stack may be the same as or similar to the prior art, and the description thereof is omitted here to avoid redundancy. Hereinafter, the description of the same or similar cases will be omitted.
基站的用户面协议栈主要包括分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP, Packet Data Convergence Protocol )层、 无线链路控制 (RLC, Radio Link Control )层、 媒体接入控制 (MAC, Media Access Control )层和物理(PHY, Physical )
层。 PDCP层主要用于对信息进行压缩和解压缩 /加密和解密; RLC层主要用 于实现自动重传请求(ARQ, Automatic Repeat Request ) 的相关功能, 对信 息进行分段和级联或对分段和级联的信息进行重组; MAC层主要用于对传 输格式组合的选择,实现调度和混合自动重传请求( HARQ, Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request )的相关功能; PHY层主要用于为 MAC层和高层提供信息传 输的服务, 根据选择的传输格式组合进行编码调制处理或解调解码处理。 需 要说明的是, 由于第二基站侧协议栈的传输格式与基站协议栈的传输格式相 异, 因此编码调制处理或解调解码处理也相异, 从而第二基站侧协议栈无需 聚合在基站协议栈的 PHY层。 The user plane protocol stack of the base station mainly includes a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer, a Radio Link Control (RLC) layer, a Media Access Control (MAC) layer, and a physical layer (MAC). PHY, Physical ) Floor. The PDCP layer is mainly used for compressing and decompressing/encrypting and decrypting information. The RLC layer is mainly used to implement related functions of automatic repeat request (ARQ), segmenting and cascading information or segmentation. The cascading information is mainly used for the selection of the transport format combination, and the related functions of scheduling and hybrid automatic repeat request ( HARQ, Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request) are implemented; the PHY layer is mainly used for providing the MAC layer and the upper layer. The information transmission service performs code modulation processing or demodulation decoding processing according to the selected transmission format combination. It should be noted that, since the transmission format of the second base station side protocol stack is different from the transmission format of the base station protocol stack, the code modulation process or the demodulation decoding process is also different, so that the second base station side protocol stack does not need to be aggregated in the base station protocol. The PHY layer of the stack.
因此, 在本发明实施例中, 可以使第二基站侧协议栈聚合在上述 PDCP 层、 RLC层或 MAC层中的任一协议层上。 Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, the second base station side protocol stack may be aggregated on any of the foregoing PDCP layer, RLC layer or MAC layer.
可选地, 在本发明实施例中, 第二基站侧协议栈可以通过内部接口直接 连接在第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层上。 具体地说, 如果在基站与 AP 之间传输的数据在经过该第二基站侧协议栈和该第一基站侧协议栈的至少 一协议层时无需进行(例如, 格式)转换, 则可以将该第二基站侧协议栈直 接连接在第一基站侧协议栈中的至少一个协议层上。 Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the second base station side protocol stack may be directly connected to at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack by using an internal interface. Specifically, if the data transmitted between the base station and the AP does not need to perform (eg, format) conversion when passing through the second base station side protocol stack and the at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack, the The second base station side protocol stack is directly connected to at least one protocol layer in the first base station side protocol stack.
在以 GTP协议栈的用户面协议栈(GTP-U协议栈)作为该第二基站侧 协议栈, 以基站协议栈的用户面协议栈作为该第一基站侧协议栈的情况下, 作为示例而非限定, 例如, 如图 2a所示, 可以将该 GTP-U协议栈聚合在基 站协议栈的 PDCP层。 再例如, 如图 2b所示, 可以将该 GTP-U协议栈聚合 在基站协议栈的 RLC层。 再例如, 如图 2c所示, 可以将该 GTP-U协议栈 聚合在基站协议栈的 MAC层。 In the case where the user plane protocol stack (GTP-U protocol stack) of the GTP protocol stack is used as the second base station side protocol stack, and the user plane protocol stack of the base station protocol stack is used as the first base station side protocol stack, as an example Without limitation, for example, as shown in FIG. 2a, the GTP-U protocol stack may be aggregated in the PDCP layer of the base station protocol stack. For another example, as shown in Figure 2b, the GTP-U protocol stack can be aggregated at the RLC layer of the base station protocol stack. For another example, as shown in Figure 2c, the GTP-U protocol stack can be aggregated at the MAC layer of the base station protocol stack.
可选地, 该第一基站侧协议栈包括重排序层, 该重排序层用于确定该目 标数据在该承载上的全部数据中的位置, 该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协 议层为该重排序层, 以及 Optionally, the first base station side protocol stack includes a reordering layer, where the reordering layer is used to determine a location of the target data in all data on the bearer, where at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack is The reordering layer, and
该基站经由该 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数 据的传输, 包括: The base station transmits the target data to the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, including:
该基站通过该重排序层,确定目标数据中的下行目标数据在该承载上的 全部下行数据中的位置, 并重排序层生成第一位置指示信息, 该第一位置指 示信息用于指示该下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置; The base station determines, by the reordering layer, the location of the downlink target data in the target data in all the downlink data on the bearer, and the reordering layer generates the first location indication information, where the first location indication information is used to indicate the downlink target The location of the data in all downlink data on the bearer;
该基站向该 WLAN AP发送该第一位置指示信息, 以便于该用户设备根
据该 WLAN AP转发的第一位置指示信息, 确定该下行目标数据在该承载上 的全部下行数据中的位置。 The base station sends the first location indication information to the WLAN AP, so as to facilitate the user equipment root. And determining, according to the first location indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP, a location of the downlink target data in all downlink data on the bearer.
并且, 该基站向该 WLAN AP发送该第一位置指示信息, 包括: 该基站通过该重排序层,将该第一位置指示信息与该下行目标数据封装 于同一数据包内而发送给该 WLAN AP。 And sending, by the base station, the first location indication information to the WLAN AP, the method includes: the base station, by using the reordering layer, encapsulating the first location indication information and the downlink target data in a same data packet, and sending the information to the WLAN AP .
可选地, 该第一基站侧协议栈包括重排序层, 该重排序层用于确定该目 标数据在该承载上的全部数据中的位置, 该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协 议层为该重排序层, 以及 Optionally, the first base station side protocol stack includes a reordering layer, where the reordering layer is used to determine a location of the target data in all data on the bearer, where at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack is The reordering layer, and
该基站经由该 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数 据的传输, 包括: The base station transmits the target data to the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, including:
该基站通过该重排序层, 获取该 WLAN AP转发的第二位置指示信息, 该第二位置指示信息用于指示该目标数据中的上行目标数据在该承载上的 全部上行数据中的位置; The base station obtains the second location indication information that is forwarded by the WLAN AP by using the reordering layer, where the second location indication information is used to indicate the location of the uplink target data in the target data in all uplink data on the bearer;
该基站根据该第二位置指示信息,确定该上行目标数据在该承载上的全 部上行数据中的位置, 该第二位置指示信息是该用户设备确定并发送给该 WLAN AP的。 The base station determines, according to the second location indication information, a location of the uplink target data in all uplink data on the bearer, where the second location indication information is determined by the user equipment and sent to the WLAN AP.
并且, 该基站通过该重排序层, 获取该 WLAN AP转发的第二位置指示 信息, 包括: And the base station obtains, by using the reordering layer, the second location indication information that is forwarded by the WLAN AP, including:
该基站通过该重排序层, 从封装有该上行目标数据的数据包内, 获取该 第二位置指示信息。 The base station obtains the second location indication information from the data packet encapsulating the uplink target data by using the reordering layer.
具体地说, 在本发明实施例中, 除了基站协议栈的全部协议栈(包括上 述 PDCP层、 RLC层、 MAC层和 PHY层)外, 第一基站侧协议栈还可以另 设一个协议层(重排序层), 以将经由第二基站侧协议栈传输的数据转换为 符合现有的基站与网关设备之间通信的数据格式。 Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, in addition to all protocol stacks of the base station protocol stack (including the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer), the first base station side protocol stack may further have a protocol layer ( Reordering layer) to convert data transmitted via the second base station side protocol stack into a data format conforming to communication between the existing base station and the gateway device.
在上行时,通过该第一基站侧协议栈和第二基站侧协议栈双方传输同一 In the uplink, the same is transmitted by both the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack.
UE 的数据, 可以通过该重排序层, 对经由第一基站侧协议栈传输的数据和 经由第二基站侧协议栈传输的数据进行聚合(或者说, 确认各数据的承载, 以根据承载进行排序), 随后, 对该过程进行详细说明。 The data of the UE may be used to aggregate data transmitted via the first base station side protocol stack and data transmitted via the second base station side protocol stack through the reordering layer (or confirm the bearer of each data to sort according to the bearer) ), then, the process is described in detail.
在下行时,通过该第一基站侧协议栈和第二基站侧协议栈双方传输同一 UE 的数据, 可以通过该重排序层, 对经由第一基站侧协议栈传输的数据和 经由第二基站侧协议栈传输的数据进行承载区分以及数据包序号设置, 随
后, 对该过程进行详细说明。 In the downlink, the data of the same UE is transmitted by the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack, and the data transmitted via the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side may be used by the reordering layer. The data transmitted by the protocol stack carries the bearer distinction and the packet sequence number setting, After that, the process will be described in detail.
在以 GTP协议栈的用户面协议栈(GTP-U协议栈)作为该第二基站侧 协议栈, 以基站协议栈的用户面协议栈作为该第一基站侧协议栈的情况下, 作为示例而非限定, 例如, 如图 2d所示, 可以将该 GTP-U协议栈聚合在基 站协议栈的重排序层。 In the case where the user plane protocol stack (GTP-U protocol stack) of the GTP protocol stack is used as the second base station side protocol stack, and the user plane protocol stack of the base station protocol stack is used as the first base station side protocol stack, as an example Without limitation, for example, as shown in FIG. 2d, the GTP-U protocol stack may be aggregated in a reordering layer of a base station protocol stack.
以基站从核心网获取数据并向用户设备发送为例, 基站可以使用 S1接 口与核心网连接, 并且, 可以通过 S1接口从核心网获取数据, 然后通过该 基站协议栈的至少一协议层和 GTP-U协议栈对该数据进行处理, 并将处理 后的数据以 GTP通信方式发送给设置有 GTP协议栈的 AP,从而该 AP可以 采用通过无线局域网通信方式, 将该数据发送给 UE, 随后对该过程进行详 细说明。 For example, the base station can obtain data from the core network and send it to the user equipment. The base station can connect to the core network by using the S1 interface, and can obtain data from the core network through the S1 interface, and then pass at least one protocol layer and GTP of the base station protocol stack. The -U protocol stack processes the data, and sends the processed data to the AP provided with the GTP protocol stack by means of GTP communication, so that the AP can transmit the data to the UE by using a wireless local area network communication method, and then This process is described in detail.
以基站接收用户设备发送的数据并向核心网发送为例, 基站可以使用 S1接口与核心网连接, 设置有 GTP协议栈的 AP可以采用通过无线局域网 通信方式接收 UE发送的数据, 并且,可以采用 GTP通信方式将该数据发送 给基站, 基站可以通过该 GTP-U协议栈和基站协议栈的至少一协议层对该 数据进行处理, 并将处理后的数据通过 S1接口发送至核心网, 随后对该过 程进行详细说明。 The base station can receive the data sent by the user equipment and send it to the core network as an example. The base station can connect to the core network by using the S1 interface, and the AP set with the GTP protocol stack can receive the data sent by the UE by using the wireless local area network communication mode, and can adopt The GTP communication method sends the data to the base station, and the base station can process the data through the GTP-U protocol stack and at least one protocol layer of the base station protocol stack, and send the processed data to the core network through the S1 interface, and then This process is described in detail.
可选地, 该第二基站侧协议栈包括适配层, 该适配层用于对数据进行在 该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层与该第二基站侧协议栈之间的转换处 理, 该第二基站侧协议栈与该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层通过该适配 层相连; 以及 Optionally, the second base station side protocol stack includes an adaptation layer, where the adaptation layer is configured to perform data conversion between the at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack. Processing, the second base station side protocol stack is connected to the at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack by using the adaptation layer;
该基站通过该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一层和该第二基站侧协议栈, 经 由该 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输, 包 括: The base station transmits the target data to the user equipment through the WLAN AP through the GTP tunnel through at least one layer of the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack, including:
该基站将下行目标数据输入至该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层,通 过该适配层将从该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层输出的数据的数据格 式转换为该第二基站侧协议栈能够识别的数据格式, 并传输至该第二基站侧 协议栈, 将从该第二基站侧协议栈输出的数据经由该 GTP 隧道发送给该 WLAN AP, 以通过该 WLAN AP发送给该用户设备, 或 The base station inputs downlink target data to at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack, and converts, by using the adaptation layer, a data format of data output from at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack to the first The data format that can be identified by the second base station side protocol stack is transmitted to the second base station side protocol stack, and the data output from the second base station side protocol stack is sent to the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel to be sent by the WLAN AP. Give the user device, or
该基站将经由该 GTP隧道从该 WLAN AP获取的数据输入至该第二基 站侧协议栈,通过该适配层将从该第二基站侧协议栈输出的数据的数据格式
转换为该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层能够识别的数据格式, 并传输至 该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层, 以获取该用户设备的上行目标数据。 The base station inputs data acquired from the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel to the second base station side protocol stack, and the data format of the data output from the second base station side protocol stack by the adaptation layer And converting to a data format that is identifiable by the at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack, and transmitting the data format to the at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack, to obtain uplink target data of the user equipment.
具体地说, 如图 2a至图 2d所示, 如果在基站与 AP之间传输的数据在 经过该第二基站侧协议栈和该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层时需要进 行(例如, 格式)转换, 则可以根据该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层输 出的数据的格式和第二基站侧协议栈输出的数据的格式,在该第一基站侧协 议栈的至少一协议层与第二基站侧协议栈之间,增加用于格式转换的适配层 (适配层), 例如, 作为示例而非限定, 如果 GTP-U协议栈聚合在基站协议 栈的 PDCP层上, 则可以使该适配层用于对数据进行在 PDCP层与 GTP-U 协议栈之间的格式转换处理。应理解,以上列举的连接方式仅为示例性说明, 本发明并不限定于此。 如果 GTP-U协议栈聚合在基站协议栈的 RLC层上, 则可以使该适配层用于对数据进行在 RLC层与 GTP-U协议栈之间的格式转 换处理。 Specifically, as shown in FIG. 2a to FIG. 2d, if data transmitted between the base station and the AP passes through the second base station side protocol stack and at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack, for example, , format) conversion, according to the format of the data output by the at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack and the format of the data output by the second base station side protocol stack, at least one protocol of the first base station side protocol stack Between the layer and the second base station side protocol stack, an adaptation layer (adaptive layer) for format conversion is added, for example, by way of example and not limitation, if the GTP-U protocol stack is aggregated on the PDCP layer of the base station protocol stack, The adaptation layer can be used to perform data conversion processing between the PDCP layer and the GTP-U protocol stack on the data. It should be understood that the above-described connection manners are merely illustrative, and the present invention is not limited thereto. If the GTP-U protocol stack is aggregated on the RLC layer of the base station protocol stack, the adaptation layer can be used to perform format conversion processing between the RLC layer and the GTP-U protocol stack.
以基站从核心网获取数据并向用户设备发送为例, 基站可以使用 S1接 口与核心网连接, 并且, 可以通过 S1接口从核心网获取数据, 然后通过该 基站协议栈的至少一协议层、 适配层和 GTP-U协议栈对该数据进行处理, 并将处理后的数据以 GTP通信方式发送给设置有 GTP协议栈的 AP, 从而 该 AP可以采用通过无线局域网通信方式, 将该数据发送给 UE, 随后对该 过程进行详细说明。 For example, the base station can obtain data from the core network and send it to the user equipment. The base station can connect to the core network by using the S1 interface, and can obtain data from the core network through the S1 interface, and then pass through at least one protocol layer of the base station protocol stack. The layer and the GTP-U protocol stack process the data, and the processed data is sent to the AP provided with the GTP protocol stack by GTP communication, so that the AP can send the data to the wireless local area network communication mode. The UE, followed by a detailed description of the process.
以基站接收用户设备发送的数据并向核心网发送为例, 基站可以使用 The base station can receive the data sent by the user equipment and send the data to the core network as an example.
S1接口与核心网连接, 设置有 GTP协议栈的 AP可以采用通过无线局域网 通信方式接收 UE发送的数据, 并且,可以采用 GTP通信方式将该数据发送 给基站, 基站可以通过该 GTP-U协议栈、 适配层和基站协议栈的至少一协 议层对该数据进行处理, 并将处理后的数据通过 S1接口发送至核心网, 随 后对该过程进行详细说明。 The S1 interface is connected to the core network, and the AP that is configured with the GTP protocol stack can receive the data sent by the UE by using the wireless LAN communication mode, and can send the data to the base station by using the GTP communication mode, and the base station can pass the GTP-U protocol stack. The at least one protocol layer of the adaptation layer and the base station protocol stack processes the data, and the processed data is sent to the core network through the S1 interface, and then the process is described in detail.
这样, 通过设置适配层, 能够确保数据在 GTP-U协议栈与基站协议栈 之间的转换, 能够使 GTP-U协议栈在基站中的配置更加灵活。 In this way, by setting the adaptation layer, it is possible to ensure the conversion of data between the GTP-U protocol stack and the base station protocol stack, and the configuration of the GTP-U protocol stack in the base station can be more flexible.
在本发明实施例中, GTP-U协议栈可以设置在现有的基站(例如, Node B ) 中从而构成一种新的接入节点 Node C (具体连接方式如上所述)。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the GTP-U protocol stack may be set in an existing base station (for example, Node B) to form a new access node Node C (the specific connection manner is as described above).
另一方面,在本发明实施例中, GTP-U协议栈也可以设置在位于 Node B 外部的接入网实体, 并通过光纤等与设置在 Node B中的基站协议栈(至少
一协议层)相连, 例如, 作为示例而非限定, 在异构网络(HetNet ) 中, 基 站协议栈可以设置在宏基站(Macro ) 中, 该 GTP-U协议栈可以设置在与该 Node B连接的其他接入节点中, Node B和设置有 GTP-U协议栈的其他接入 节点一起构成 Node C, 在本发明实施例中, 该与 Node B连接的其他接入节 点可以包括微站 Micro和毫微站 Pico。 On the other hand, in the embodiment of the present invention, the GTP-U protocol stack may also be set in an access network entity located outside the Node B, and connected to the base station protocol stack in the Node B through an optical fiber or the like (at least A protocol layer is connected, for example, by way of example and not limitation. In a heterogeneous network (HetNet), a base station protocol stack may be set in a macro base station (Macro), and the GTP-U protocol stack may be set to be connected to the Node B. In other access nodes, the Node B and the other access nodes that are configured with the GTP-U protocol stack together form a Node C. In the embodiment of the present invention, the other access nodes connected to the Node B may include the micro station Micro and The nano station Pico.
并且, 此情况下, 多个 Node B可以共用设置在一个微站 Micro或毫微 站 Pico中的 GTP-U协议栈。 另夕卜, 当 Node B与一个 Node C相连(通过光 纤等) 时, 该 Node B也可以使用设置在 Node C中的 GTP-U协议栈。 Also, in this case, a plurality of Node Bs can share a GTP-U protocol stack set in a micro station Micro or a nano station Pico. In addition, when Node B is connected to a Node C (through fiber, etc.), the Node B can also use the GTP-U protocol stack set in Node C.
这样, 无需改造现有的 Node B, 减少了在现有接入节点中设置 GTP-U 协议栈的改造作业, 从而提高了本发明的实用性。 In this way, it is not necessary to modify the existing Node B, and the modification work of setting the GTP-U protocol stack in the existing access node is reduced, thereby improving the practicability of the present invention.
并且, 在 HetNet 系统中, 可以根据网络业务分布的统计特性, 部分节 点使用 Node B, 部分节点使用 Node C。 Node C也可以通过光纤等连接一定 的接入节点来扩大覆盖范围。 Moreover, in the HetNet system, Node B can be used for some nodes and Node C for some nodes according to the statistical characteristics of network traffic distribution. Node C can also extend coverage by connecting certain access nodes through optical fibers.
下面, 对该 AP中的协议栈配置结构进行说明。 Next, the configuration of the protocol stack in the AP will be described.
可选地, 该 WLAN AP具有第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈和第二 WLAN AP 侧协议栈, 该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈用于在该 WLAN AP侧实现与该基站 之间通信的数据处理, 该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈用于在该 WLAN AP侧实 现与该用户设备之间通信的数据处理, 以及 Optionally, the WLAN AP has a first WLAN AP side protocol stack and a second WLAN AP side protocol stack, where the first WLAN AP side protocol stack is used to implement data processing for communication with the base station on the WLAN AP side, The second WLAN AP side protocol stack is configured to implement data processing for communication with the user equipment on the WLAN AP side, and
该 WLAN AP经由该 GTP隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据, 包括: The WLAN AP transmits the target data of the user equipment to the base station via the GTP tunnel, including:
该 WLAN AP通过该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈与该基站之间传输该用户 设备的目标数据; The WLAN AP transmits the target data of the user equipment to the base station by using the first WLAN AP side protocol stack;
该 WLAN AP通过该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈与该用户设备之间传输该 目标数据。 The WLAN AP transmits the target data to the user equipment through the second WLAN AP side protocol stack.
具体地说, 该 AP包括第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈和第二 WLAN AP侧协 议栈。 Specifically, the AP includes a first WLAN AP side protocol stack and a second WLAN AP side protocol stack.
作为该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 可以列举用于实现该无线局域网通信 的协议栈, 例如, WiFi协议栈, 应理解, 该 WiFi协议栈仅为示例性说明, 本发明并不限定于此, 其他能够在 AP (或者说, 无线局域网接入节点)侧 实现 AP与用户设备之间的通信的协议栈均落入本发明的保护范围内。 As the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, a protocol stack for implementing the WLAN communication, for example, a WiFi protocol stack, may be cited. It should be understood that the WiFi protocol stack is merely exemplary, and the present invention is not limited thereto. Other protocol stacks capable of implementing communication between the AP and the user equipment on the AP (or wireless local area network access node) side are all within the scope of the present invention.
在本发明实施例中, 作为示例而非限定, 该 WiFi协议栈可以包括: 逻
辑链路控制(LLC, Logical Link Control )层、 媒体访问控制 (MAC, Media Access Control )层、 物理层(PHY, Physical Layer ), 其中, LLC层的主要 功能是进行传输可靠性保障和控制、数据包分段与重组、数据包的顺序传输。 MAC层的主要功能是为用户在不可靠媒介上提供可靠的数据传输, 提供分 布式协调功能、 集中式控制访问机制、 以及加密服务、 侦听与回避、 功率控 制等。 物理层主要功能是执行物理层汇聚流程, 以将数据块映射到合适的物 理帧格式, 进行编码调制处理或解调解码处理等。 In an embodiment of the present invention, by way of example and not limitation, the WiFi protocol stack may include: The Link Link Control (LLC) layer, the Media Access Control (MAC) layer, and the Physical Layer (PHY), where the main function of the LLC layer is to ensure transmission reliability and control. Packet segmentation and reassembly, sequential transmission of data packets. The main function of the MAC layer is to provide users with reliable data transmission on unreliable media, providing distributed coordination functions, centralized control access mechanisms, and encryption services, interception and avoidance, and power control. The main function of the physical layer is to perform a physical layer aggregation process to map data blocks to a suitable physical frame format, perform code modulation processing or demodulation decoding processing, and the like.
作为该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 可以使用 GTP协议栈的部分或全部 协议层, 并且, 在本发明实施例中, 该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈可以包括用 户面协议栈, 也可以包括用户面协议栈和控制面协议栈, 本发明并不特别限 定。 以下, 以该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈为 GTP协议栈的用户面协议栈 ( GTP-U协议栈) 为例进行说明。 As the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, some or all of the protocol layers of the GTP protocol stack may be used, and in the embodiment of the present invention, the first WLAN AP side protocol stack may include a user plane protocol stack, and may also include a user. The surface protocol stack and the control plane protocol stack are not particularly limited in the present invention. The following describes the user plane protocol stack (GTP-U protocol stack) of the GTP protocol stack by using the first WLAN AP side protocol stack as an example.
在本发明实施例中, 用户面通用分组业务隧道协议 GTP-U协议栈用于 两个节点之间的传输协议数据单元的传输。 GTP头中的隧道终端标识 TEID 用于指示 T-PDU属于的隧道, 以实现 GTP-U在隧道的两端复用和去复用分 组。 TEID字段使用的 TEID值通过协商获得, GTP隧道允许复用不同的用 户, 不同的分组协议和不同的服务质量级别。 T-PDU分组被封装在 G-PDU 中传输。 G-PDU分组由 GTP-U头和 T-PDU构成。路径协议定义路径, GTP-U 头定义隧道。 多个隧道可以复用到一个路径上, 这里, GTP-U协议栈的结构 可以与现有技术相同或相似, 这里, 为了避免赘述, 省略其说明。 以下, 省 略对相同或相似情况的说明。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the user plane general packet service tunneling protocol GTP-U protocol stack is used for transmission of a transport protocol data unit between two nodes. The tunnel terminal identifier TEID in the GTP header is used to indicate the tunnel to which the T-PDU belongs, so that the GTP-U multiplexes and demultiplexes the packets at both ends of the tunnel. The TEID value used by the TEID field is obtained through negotiation. The GTP tunnel allows multiplexing of different users, different packet protocols, and different quality of service levels. The T-PDU packet is encapsulated and transmitted in the G-PDU. The G-PDU packet consists of a GTP-U header and a T-PDU. The path protocol defines the path and the GTP-U header defines the tunnel. The multiple tunnels can be multiplexed into one path. Here, the structure of the GTP-U protocol stack can be the same as or similar to the prior art. Here, in order to avoid redundancy, the description thereof is omitted. In the following, explanations of the same or similar situations are omitted.
AP从基站获取数据并向用户设备发送为例, AP可以通过 GTP隧道, 从基站获取数据包, 并通过 GTP-U协议栈对该数据包进行解析, 以获取基 站需要发送给 UE的数据, 其后, AP可以通过 WiFi协议栈对该数据进行封 装处理, 并采用通过无线局域网通信方式, 将该数据发送给 UE, 随后对该 过程进行详细说明。 The AP obtains data from the base station and sends the data to the user equipment. The AP can obtain the data packet from the base station through the GTP tunnel, and parse the data packet through the GTP-U protocol stack to obtain data that the base station needs to send to the UE. After that, the AP can encapsulate the data through the WiFi protocol stack, and send the data to the UE by using a wireless local area network communication method, and then the process is described in detail.
AP从用户设备获取数据并向基站发送为例, AP可以通过无线局域网通 信方式接收 UE发送的数据包, 并通过 WiFi协议栈对该数据包进行解析, 以获取 UE需要发给基站的数据, 其后, AP可以通过 GTP-U协议栈对该数 据进行封装处理, 并采用 GTP通信方式将该数据发送给基站, 随后对该过 程进行详细说明。
需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例中, 在该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈与该 第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈之间设置有适配层, 该适配层用于对数据进行在该 第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈的与该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈之间的转换处理; 以及 The AP obtains data from the user equipment and sends the data to the base station as an example. The AP can receive the data packet sent by the UE through the WLAN communication mode, and parse the data packet through the WiFi protocol stack to obtain data that the UE needs to send to the base station. After that, the AP can encapsulate the data through the GTP-U protocol stack, and send the data to the base station by using GTP communication, and then the process is described in detail. It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, an adaptation layer is configured between the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, where the adaptation layer is configured to perform data on the first a conversion process between the WLAN AP side protocol stack and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack;
该 WLAN AP通过该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈与该基站之间传输该用户 设备的目标数据, 包括: The WLAN AP transmits the target data of the user equipment to the base station by using the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the base station includes:
该 WLAN AP将从该基站获取的数据输入至第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 通过该适配层将从该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据的数据格式转换为 该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈能够识别的数据格式, 并传输至该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 将从该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该用户设 备, 或 The WLAN AP inputs the data acquired by the base station to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and converts the data format of the data output from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack to the second WLAN AP side protocol by using the adaptation layer. The data format that can be identified by the stack is transmitted to the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the data output from the second WLAN AP side protocol stack is sent to the user equipment, or
该 WLAN AP将从该用户设备获取的数据输入至第二 WLAN AP侧协议 栈, 通过该适配层将从该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据的数据格式转 换为该第一 WLAN AP 侧协议栈能够识别的数据格式, 并传输至该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 将从该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该 基站。 The WLAN AP inputs the data acquired by the user equipment to the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the data format of the data output from the second WLAN AP side protocol stack is converted into the first WLAN AP side by the adaptation layer. The data format that can be identified by the protocol stack is transmitted to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and data output from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack is sent to the base station.
具体地说,如果数据在经过该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈和该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈时需要进行(例如, 格式)转换, 则可以根据该第一 WLAN AP 侧协议栈输出的数据的格式和第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据的格式, 在该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈与第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈之间, 增加用于格 式转换的适配层。 例如, 在下行时, 该适配层可以将从 GTP-U协议栈输出 的数据的格式转换为 WiFi协议栈能够进行处理的数据格式, 在上行时, 该 适配层可以将从 WiFi协议栈输出的数据的格式转换为 GTP-U协议栈能够进 行处理的数据格式。 Specifically, if the data needs to be converted (for example, format) when passing through the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, the data output according to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack may be used. The format and the format of the data output by the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, between the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, add an adaptation layer for format conversion. For example, in the downlink, the adaptation layer may convert the format of the data output from the GTP-U protocol stack into a data format that the WiFi protocol stack can process. When uplinking, the adaptation layer may output from the WiFi protocol stack. The format of the data is converted to a data format that the GTP-U protocol stack can process.
这样, 通过设置适配层, 能够确保数据在 GTP-U协议栈与 WiFi协议栈 之间的格式转换, 能够使 GTP-U协议栈在 AP中的配置更加灵活。 In this way, by setting the adaptation layer, the format conversion between the GTP-U protocol stack and the WiFi protocol stack can be ensured, and the configuration of the GTP-U protocol stack in the AP can be more flexible.
在本发明实施例中, GTP-U协议栈可以设置在现有的 AP中从而构成一 种新的接入节点 (具体连接方式如上所述)。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the GTP-U protocol stack may be set in an existing AP to form a new access node (the specific connection manner is as described above).
另一方面, 在本发明实施例中, GTP-U协议栈也可以设置在位于 AP外 部的网络实体, 并通过光纤等与设置 AP中的 WiFi协议栈相连。 On the other hand, in the embodiment of the present invention, the GTP-U protocol stack may also be set in a network entity located outside the AP, and connected to the WiFi protocol stack in the set AP through an optical fiber or the like.
并且,此情况下, 多个 AP可以共用设置在一个网络实体中的 GTP-U协
议栈。 And, in this case, multiple APs can share the GTP-U protocol set in one network entity. Discussion stack.
这样, 无需改造现有的 ΑΡ , 减少了在现有 ΑΡ中设置 GTP-U协议栈的 改造作业, 从而提高了本发明的实用性。 In this way, the existing ΑΡ is not required to be modified, and the modification work of setting the GTP-U protocol stack in the existing raft is reduced, thereby improving the practicability of the present invention.
下面, 对该用户设备 UE中的协议栈配置结构进行说明。 The configuration of the protocol stack in the user equipment UE will be described below.
可选地,该用户设备具有第一用户设备侧协议栈和第二用户设备侧协议 栈, 该第一用户设备侧协议栈用于在该用户设备侧实现与该基站之间通信的 数据处理, 该第二用户设备侧协议栈用于在该用户设备侧实现与该 WLAN ΑΡ之间通信的数据处理, 其中, 该第二用户设备侧协议栈与该第一用户设 备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层相连, 以及 Optionally, the user equipment has a first user equipment side protocol stack and a second user equipment side protocol stack, where the first user equipment side protocol stack is used to implement data processing for communication with the base station on the user equipment side, The second user equipment side protocol stack is configured to implement data processing for communication with the WLAN device on the user equipment side, where the second user equipment side protocol stack and the first user equipment side protocol stack are at least one protocol. Layer connected, and
该用户设备经由该 WLAN AP, 与该基站进行该目标数据的传输, 包括: 该用户设备通过该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一层和该第二用户设 备侧协议栈, 经由该 WLAN AP, 与该基站进行目标数据的传输。 The user equipment performs the transmission of the target data with the base station by using the WLAN AP, including: the user equipment passes the at least one layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack, and the WLAN AP is used. And transmitting the target data with the base station.
具体地说,该 UE包括第一用户设备侧协议栈和第二用户设备侧协议栈。 作为该第一用户设备侧协议栈, 可以列举用户设备协议栈(具体地说, 是用户设备协议栈的用户面协议栈), 应理解, 该用户设备协议栈仅为示例 性说明, 本发明并不限定于此, 其他能够在用户设备侧实现基站与用户设备 之间的通信的协议栈均落入本发明的保护范围内。 并且, 上述基站与用户设 备之间的通信包括能够行使基站功能的核心网接入节点与用户设备之间的 通信, 例如, 能够与用户设备通信的中继节点(RN, Relay Node )与用户设 备之间的通信。 Specifically, the UE includes a first user equipment side protocol stack and a second user equipment side protocol stack. As the first user equipment side protocol stack, a user equipment protocol stack (specifically, a user plane protocol stack of the user equipment protocol stack) may be enumerated. It should be understood that the user equipment protocol stack is merely an exemplary description, and the present invention Not limited to this, other protocol stacks capable of realizing communication between the base station and the user equipment on the user equipment side are all within the scope of the present invention. And, the communication between the base station and the user equipment includes communication between a core network access node capable of performing a base station function and a user equipment, for example, a relay node (RN, Relay Node) and a user equipment capable of communicating with the user equipment. Communication between.
用户设备协议栈的用户面协议栈主要包括分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层、 无线链路控制 RLC层、 媒体接入控制 MAC层和物理 PHY层。 PDCP层主 要用于对信息进行压缩和解压缩 /加密和解密; RLC层主要用于实现自动重 传请求 ARQ的相关功能, 对信息进行分段和级联或对分段和级联的信息进 行重组; MAC层主要用于对传输格式组合的选择, 实现调度和混合自动重 传请求 HARQ的相关功能; PHY层主要用于为 MAC层和高层提供信息传 输的服务, 根据选择的传输格式组合进行编码调制处理或解调解码处理。 需 要说明的是, 由于第二用户设备侧协议栈的传输格式与用户设备协议栈的传 输格式相异, 因此编码调制处理或解调解码处理也相异, 从而第二用户设备 侧协议栈无需聚合在用户设备协议栈的 PHY层。 The user plane protocol stack of the user equipment protocol stack mainly includes a packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer, a radio link control RLC layer, a medium access control MAC layer, and a physical PHY layer. The PDCP layer is mainly used for compressing and decompressing/encrypting and decrypting information. The RLC layer is mainly used to implement the function of automatic retransmission request ARQ, segmenting and cascading information or reorganizing segmentation and concatenation information. The MAC layer is mainly used for the selection of the transport format combination, and implements the related functions of scheduling and hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ; the PHY layer is mainly used for providing information transmission services for the MAC layer and the upper layer, and coding according to the selected transport format combination. Modulation processing or demodulation decoding processing. It should be noted that, since the transmission format of the second user equipment side protocol stack is different from the transmission format of the user equipment protocol stack, the code modulation processing or the demodulation decoding processing is also different, so that the second user equipment side protocol stack does not need to be aggregated. At the PHY layer of the user equipment protocol stack.
作为该第二用户设备侧协议栈, 可以使用 WiFi协议栈的全部或部分协
议层, 其中, 第二用户设备侧协议栈可以通过内部接口直接聚合或直接连接 在第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层上, 或者, 第二用户设备侧协议 栈可以通过适配层聚合在第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层上, 随后 对该适配层的作用进行详细说明。 As the second user equipment side protocol stack, all or part of the WiFi protocol stack may be used. The second user equipment side protocol stack can be directly aggregated or directly connected to at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack, or the second user equipment side protocol stack can pass the adaptation layer. The aggregation is performed on at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack, and then the role of the adaptation layer is described in detail.
在本发明实施例中, 作为示例而非限定, 该 WiFi协议栈可以包括: 逻 辑链路控制 LLC层、 媒体访问控制 MAC层、 物理层 PHY, 其中, LLC层 的主要功能是进行传输可靠性保障和控制、 数据包分段与重组、 数据包的顺 序传输。 MAC层的主要功能是为用户在不可靠媒介上提供可靠的数据传输, 提供分布式协调功能、 集中式控制访问机制、 以及加密服务、 侦听与回避、 功率控制等。 物理层主要功能是执行物理层汇聚流程, 以将数据块映射到合 适的物理帧格式, 进行编码调制处理或解调解码处理等。 In the embodiment of the present invention, by way of example and not limitation, the WiFi protocol stack may include: a logical link control LLC layer, a media access control MAC layer, and a physical layer PHY, where the main function of the LLC layer is to ensure transmission reliability. And control, packet segmentation and reassembly, sequential transmission of packets. The main function of the MAC layer is to provide users with reliable data transmission on unreliable media, providing distributed coordination functions, centralized control access mechanisms, and encryption services, interception and avoidance, and power control. The main function of the physical layer is to perform a physical layer aggregation process to map data blocks to a suitable physical frame format for coding modulation processing or demodulation decoding processing.
从而, 在下行时, 由于经由第二用户设备侧协议栈传输的数据需要经由 第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一层, 能够将该数据的格式转换为 UE能够读 取的数据格式, 即, 经第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一侧的解封装处理(或 者说, 格式转换处理)后的数据格式。 Therefore, in the downlink, since the data transmitted via the second user equipment side protocol stack needs to pass through at least one layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack, the format of the data can be converted into a data format that the UE can read, that is, The data format after decapsulation processing (or format conversion processing) on at least one side of the first user equipment side protocol stack.
并且, 在下行时, 如果通过该第二用户设备侧协议栈和第一用户设备侧 协议栈双方传输数据,则可以通过该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议 层,对经由第一用户设备侧协议栈传输的数据和经由第二用户设备侧协议栈 传输的数据进行聚合, 随后, 对该过程进行详细说明。 And, when the data is transmitted by the second user equipment side protocol stack and the first user equipment side protocol stack, the at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack may be used to pass the first user. The data transmitted by the device side protocol stack and the data transmitted via the second user equipment side protocol stack are aggregated, and then the process will be described in detail.
并且, 在上行时, 如果通过该第一用户设备侧协议栈和第二用户设备侧 协议栈双方传输数据,则可以通过该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议 层,对经由第一用户设备侧协议栈传输的数据和经由第二用户设备侧协议栈 传输的数据进行承载区分以及数据包序号设置, 随后, 对该过程进行详细说 明。 And, in the uplink, if the data is transmitted by the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack, the at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack may be used to pass the first user. The data transmitted by the device side protocol stack and the data transmitted via the second user equipment side protocol stack are subjected to bearer differentiation and data packet sequence number setting, and then the process is described in detail.
可选地, 在本发明实施例中, 该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议 层包括以下至少一个协议层: Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack includes at least one protocol layer:
分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP 层、 无线链路控制 RLC 层或媒体接入控制 MAC层 Packet Data Convergence Protocol PDCP Layer, Radio Link Control RLC Layer or Media Access Control MAC Layer
具体地说, 在本发明实施例中, 可以使用 WIFI协议栈的部分或全部协 议层作为第二用户设备侧协议栈, 并且, 在本发明实施例中, 该第二用户设 备侧协议栈可以包括用户面协议栈,也可以包括用户面协议栈和控制面协议
栈, 本发明并不特别限定。 以下, 以该第二用户设备侧协议栈为用户面协议 栈(WIFI协议栈) 为例进行说明, 从而, 例如, 在使用用户设备协议栈作 为第一用户设备侧协议栈的情况下, 该 WIFI协议栈需要聚合在 UE的用户 面用户设备协议栈。 Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, some or all of the protocol layers of the WIFI protocol stack may be used as the second user equipment side protocol stack, and in the embodiment of the present invention, the second user equipment side protocol stack may include User plane protocol stack, which may also include user plane protocol stack and control plane protocol The stack is not particularly limited in the present invention. In the following, the second user equipment side protocol stack is used as an example for the user plane protocol stack (WIFI protocol stack), for example, in the case of using the user equipment protocol stack as the first user equipment side protocol stack, the WIFI The protocol stack needs to be aggregated on the user plane user equipment protocol stack of the UE.
因此, 在本发明实施例中, 可以使第二用户设备侧协议栈聚合在上述 Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, the second user equipment side protocol stack may be aggregated in the foregoing manner.
PDCP层、 RLC层或 MAC层中的任一协议层上。 On any of the PDCP layer, RLC layer or MAC layer.
可选地, 在本发明实施例中, 第二用户设备侧协议栈可以通过内部接口 直接连接在第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层上。 具体地说, 如果在基 站与 AP之间传输的数据在经过该第二用户设备侧协议栈和该第一用户设备 侧协议栈的至少一协议层时无需进行(例如, 格式)转换, 则可以将该第二 用户设备侧协议栈直接连接在第一用户设备侧协议栈中的至少一个协议层 上。 Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the second user equipment side protocol stack may be directly connected to at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack by using an internal interface. Specifically, if the data transmitted between the base station and the AP does not need to be (eg, formatted) converted through the second user equipment side protocol stack and the at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack, The second user equipment side protocol stack is directly connected to at least one protocol layer in the first user equipment side protocol stack.
在以 WIFI协议栈的用户面协议栈作为该第二用户设备侧协议栈, 以用 户设备协议栈的用户面协议栈作为该第一用户设备侧协议栈的情况下,作为 示例而非限定, 例如, 如图 3a所示, 可以将该 WIFI协议栈聚合在用户设备 协议栈的 PDCP层。 再例如, 如图 3b所示, 可以将该 WIFI协议栈聚合在用 户设备协议栈的 RLC层。 再例如, 如图 3c所示, 可以将该 WIFI协议栈聚 合在用户设备协议栈的 MAC层。 In the case where the user plane protocol stack of the WIFI protocol stack is used as the second user equipment side protocol stack and the user plane protocol stack of the user equipment protocol stack is used as the first user equipment side protocol stack, by way of example and not limitation, for example As shown in FIG. 3a, the WIFI protocol stack can be aggregated in the PDCP layer of the user equipment protocol stack. As another example, as shown in Figure 3b, the WIFI protocol stack can be aggregated at the RLC layer of the user equipment protocol stack. As another example, as shown in Figure 3c, the WIFI protocol stack can be aggregated at the MAC layer of the user equipment protocol stack.
可选地, 该第一基站侧协议栈包括重排序层, 该重排序层用于确定该目 标数据在该承载上的全部数据中的位置, 该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一 个协议层为该重排序层, 以及 Optionally, the first base station side protocol stack includes a reordering layer, where the reordering layer is used to determine a location of the target data in all data on the bearer, and at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack For this reordering layer, and
该用户设备经由该 WLAN AP, 与该基站进行该目标数据的传输, 包括: 该用户设备通过该重排序层,确定目标数据中的上行目标数据在该承载 上的全部上行数据中的位置, 并重排序层生成第二位置指示信息, 该第二位 置指示信息用于指示该上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上行数据中的位置; 该用户设备向该 WLAN AP发送该第二位置指示信息, 以便于该基站根 据该 WLAN AP转发的第二位置指示信息, 确定该上行目标数据在该承载上 的全部上行数据中的位置。 The user equipment performs the transmission of the target data with the base station by using the WLAN AP, and the user equipment determines, by using the reordering layer, the location of the uplink target data in the target data in all uplink data on the bearer, and The sorting layer generates the second location indication information, where the second location indication information is used to indicate the location of the uplink target data in all uplink data on the bearer; the user equipment sends the second location indication information to the WLAN AP, so that And determining, by the base station, the location of the uplink target data in all uplink data on the bearer according to the second location indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP.
并且, 该用户设备向该 WLAN AP发送该第二位置指示信息, 包括: 该用户设备通过该重排序层,将该第二位置指示信息与该上行目标数据 封装于同一数据包内而发送给该 WLAN AP。
可选地, 该第一基站侧协议栈包括重排序层, 该重排序层用于确定该目 标数据在该承载上的全部数据中的位置, 该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一 个协议层为该重排序层, 以及 And the sending, by the user equipment, the second location indication information to the WLAN AP, the user equipment, by using the reordering layer, the second location indication information and the uplink target data are encapsulated in the same data packet, and sent to the WLAN AP. Optionally, the first base station side protocol stack includes a reordering layer, where the reordering layer is used to determine a location of the target data in all data on the bearer, and at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack For this reordering layer, and
该用户设备经由该 WLAN AP, 与该基站进行该目标数据的传输, 包括: 该用户设备通过该重排序层, 获取该 WLAN AP转发的第一位置指示信 息, 该第一位置指示信息用于指示该目标数据中的下行目标数据在该承载上 的全部下行数据中的位置; The user equipment performs the transmission of the target data with the base station by using the WLAN AP, and the user equipment obtains, by using the reordering layer, the first location indication information that is forwarded by the WLAN AP, where the first location indication information is used to indicate The location of the downlink target data in the target data in all downlink data on the bearer;
该用户设备根据该第一位置指示信息,确定该下行目标数据在该承载上 的全部下行数据中的位置, 该第一位置指示信息是该基站确定并发送给该 WLAN AP的。 The user equipment determines, according to the first location indication information, a location of the downlink target data in all downlink data on the bearer, where the first location indication information is determined by the base station and sent to the WLAN AP.
并且, 该用户设备通过该重排序层, 获取该 WLAN AP转发的第一位置 指示信息, 包括: And the user equipment obtains, by using the reordering layer, the first location indication information that is forwarded by the WLAN AP, including:
该用户设备通过该重排序层, 从封装有该下行目标数据的数据包内, 获 取该第一位置指示信息 The user equipment obtains the first location indication information from the data packet encapsulated with the downlink target data by using the reordering layer.
具体地说, 在本发明实施例中, 除了用户设备协议栈的全部协议栈(包 括上述 PDCP层、 RLC层、 MAC层和 PHY层)外, 第一用户设备侧协议栈 还可以另设一个协议层(重排序层), 以将经由第二用户设备侧协议栈传输 的数据转换为现有的用户设备能够读取的数据格式。 Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, in addition to all protocol stacks of the user equipment protocol stack (including the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer), the first user equipment side protocol stack may further have a protocol. A layer (reordering layer) to convert data transmitted via the second user equipment side protocol stack into a data format that can be read by an existing user equipment.
在下行时,如果通过该第一用户设备侧协议栈和第二用户设备侧协议栈 双方传输数据, 则可以通过该重排序层, 对经由第一用户设备侧协议栈传输 的数据和经由第二用户设备侧协议栈传输的数据进行聚合(或者说, 确认各 数据的承载, 以根据承载进行排序), 随后, 对该过程进行详细说明。 In the downlink, if data is transmitted by both the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack, the data transmitted via the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second data may be passed through the reordering layer. The data transmitted by the user equipment side protocol stack is aggregated (or, in other words, the bearer of each data is confirmed to be sorted according to the bearer), and then the process is described in detail.
在上行时,如果通过该第一用户设备侧协议栈和第二用户设备侧协议栈 双方传输数据, 则可以通过该重排序层, 对经由第一用户设备侧协议栈传输 的数据和经由第二用户设备侧协议栈传输的数据进行承载区分以及数据包 序号设置, 随后, 对该过程进行详细说明。 In the uplink, if data is transmitted by both the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack, the data transmitted via the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second data may be passed through the reordering layer. The data transmitted by the user equipment side protocol stack carries the bearer differentiation and the data packet sequence number setting. Subsequently, the process is described in detail.
在以 WIFI协议栈的用户面协议栈作为该第二用户设备侧协议栈, 以用 户设备协议栈的用户面协议栈作为该第一用户设备侧协议栈的情况下,作为 示例而非限定, 例如, 如图 3d所示, 可以将该 WIFI协议栈聚合在用户设备 协议栈的重排序层。 In the case where the user plane protocol stack of the WIFI protocol stack is used as the second user equipment side protocol stack and the user plane protocol stack of the user equipment protocol stack is used as the first user equipment side protocol stack, by way of example and not limitation, for example As shown in FIG. 3d, the WIFI protocol stack can be aggregated in a reordering layer of the user equipment protocol stack.
以 UE向 AP发送数据为例, UE可以通过该用户设备协议栈的至少一协
议层和 WIFI协议栈对该数据进行处理, 并将处理后的数据以 WIFI通信方 式发送给 AP, 其后, AP可以将该数据发送给基站, 随后对该过程进行详细 说明。 For example, the UE may send data to the AP, and the UE may pass at least one association of the user equipment protocol stack. The data layer is processed by the layer and the WIFI protocol stack, and the processed data is sent to the AP in WIFI communication mode. Thereafter, the AP can send the data to the base station, and then the process is described in detail.
以 UE接收 AP发送的数据为例, UE可以采用通过无线局域网通信方式 接收 AP发送的数据包, 并且, 可以通过该 WIFI协议栈和用户设备协议栈 的至少一协议层对该数据包进行处理, 以获取基站通过 AP发送给 UE的数 据, 随后对该过程进行详细说明。 For example, the UE may receive the data sent by the AP by using the wireless local area network communication mode, and the data packet may be processed by the WIFI protocol stack and at least one protocol layer of the user equipment protocol stack. The data sent by the base station to the UE through the AP is obtained, and then the process is described in detail.
可选地, 该第二用户设备侧协议栈包括适配层, 该适配层用于对数据进 行在该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层与该第二用户设备侧协议栈 之间的转换处理, 该第二用户设备侧协议栈与该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至 少一协议层通过该适配层相连; 以及 Optionally, the second user equipment side protocol stack includes an adaptation layer, where the adaptation layer is configured to perform data on at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack. Inter-switching process, the second user equipment side protocol stack is connected to the at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack by the adaptation layer;
该用户设备经由该 WLAN AP, 与该基站进行该目标数据的传输, 包括: 该用户设备将上行目标数据输入至该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一 协议层,通过该适配层将从该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层输出的 数据的数据格式转换为该第二用户设备侧协议栈能够识别的数据格式, 并传 输至该第二用户设备侧协议栈,将从该第二用户设备侧协议栈输出的数据发 送给该 WLAN AP, 以通过该 WLAN AP发送给该基站, 或 The user equipment performs the transmission of the target data with the base station by using the WLAN AP, and the user equipment inputs the uplink target data to at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack, and the adaptation layer The data format of the data output by the at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack is converted into a data format recognizable by the second user equipment side protocol stack, and transmitted to the second user equipment side protocol stack, The data output by the second user equipment side protocol stack is sent to the WLAN AP to be sent to the base station by using the WLAN AP, or
该用户设备将从该 WLAN AP获取的数据输入至该第二用户设备侧协议 栈,通过该适配层将从该第二用户设备侧协议栈输出的数据的数据格式转换 为该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层能够识别的数据格式, 并传输至 该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层, 以获取下行目标数据。 The user equipment inputs data acquired by the WLAN AP to the second user equipment side protocol stack, and the data format of the data output from the second user equipment side protocol stack is converted into the first user equipment by the adaptation layer. The at least one protocol layer of the side protocol stack is identifiable and transmitted to at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack to obtain downlink target data.
具体地说, 如图 1所示, 如果在 UE与 AP之间传输的数据在经过该第 二用户设备侧协议栈和该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层时需要进 行(例如, 格式)转换, 则可以根据该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议 层输出的数据的格式和第二用户设备侧协议栈输出的数据的格式,在该第一 用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层与第二用户设备侧协议栈之间,增加用于 格式转换的适配层(适配层), 例如, 作为示例而非限定, 如果 WIFI协议栈 聚合在用户设备协议栈的 PDCP层上, 则可以使该适配层用于对数据进行在 PDCP层与 WIFI协议栈之间的格式转换处理。 应理解, 以上列举的连接方 式仅为示例性说明, 本发明并不限定于此。 如果 WIFI协议栈聚合在用户设 备协议栈的 RLC层上,则可以使该适配层用于对数据进行在 RLC层与 WIFI
协议栈之间的格式转换处理。 Specifically, as shown in FIG. 1, if data transmitted between the UE and the AP passes through the second user equipment side protocol stack and at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack (for example, Formatting, according to the format of the data output by the at least one protocol layer of the protocol layer of the first user equipment side and the format of the data output by the protocol stack of the second user equipment side, at least the protocol stack of the first user equipment side An adaptation layer (adaptive layer) for format conversion is added between a protocol layer and a second user equipment side protocol stack, for example, by way of example and not limitation, if the WIFI protocol stack is aggregated in the PDCP layer of the user equipment protocol stack In the above, the adaptation layer can be used to perform format conversion processing between the PDCP layer and the WIFI protocol stack on the data. It should be understood that the above-described connection manners are merely illustrative, and the present invention is not limited thereto. If the WIFI protocol stack is aggregated on the RLC layer of the user equipment protocol stack, the adaptation layer can be used to perform data on the RLC layer and WIFI. Format conversion processing between protocol stacks.
以 UE向 AP发送数据为例, UE可以通过该用户设备协议栈的至少一协 议层、 适配层和 WIFI协议栈对该数据进行处理, 并将处理后的数据以 WIFI 通信方式发送给 AP, 其后, AP可以将该数据发送给基站, 随后对该过程进 行详细说明。 For example, the UE may send data to the AP, and the UE may process the data by using at least one protocol layer, the adaptation layer, and the WIFI protocol stack of the user equipment protocol stack, and send the processed data to the AP by using WIFI communication. Thereafter, the AP can transmit the data to the base station, and the process will be described in detail later.
以 UE接收 AP发送的数据为例, UE可以采用通过无线局域网通信方式 接收 AP发送的数据包, 并且, 可以通过该 WIFI协议栈、 适配层和用户设 备协议栈的至少一协议层对该数据包进行处理, 以获取基站通过 AP发送给 UE的数据, 随后对该过程进行详细说明。 For example, the UE may receive the data sent by the AP by using the wireless local area network communication mode, and may use the WIFI protocol stack, the adaptation layer, and the at least one protocol layer of the user equipment protocol stack. The packet is processed to obtain data that the base station sends to the UE through the AP, and then the process is described in detail.
这样, 通过设置适配层, 能够确保数据在 WIFI协议栈与用户设备协议 栈之间的转换, 能够使 WIFI协议栈在 UE中的配置更加灵活。 In this way, by setting the adaptation layer, it is possible to ensure the conversion of data between the WIFI protocol stack and the user equipment protocol stack, and the configuration of the WIFI protocol stack in the UE can be more flexible.
下面,对基站在根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法进行数据传输时的 动作进行说明。 Next, an operation when the base station performs data transmission in accordance with the method of transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described.
图 4示出了本发明一实施例的传输数据的方法 100的示意性流程图,该 方法 100 由通信系统中的基站执行, 该通信系统还包括无线局域网接入点 WLAN AP和用户设备, 在该基站与网关设备之间, 设有用于传输该用户设 备的数据的承载, 该基站与该 WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协 议 GTP隧道, 该方法包括: 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method 100 for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method 100 is performed by a base station in a communication system, where the communication system further includes a WLAN access point WLAN AP and a user equipment. The base station and the gateway device are provided with a bearer for transmitting data of the user equipment, and the base station and the WLAN AP are provided with a general packet radio service tunneling protocol GTP tunnel, and the method includes:
S110, 确定该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽; S120, 根据该信道带宽, 经由该 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用 户设备进行目标数据的传输, 其中, 该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数 据。 S110. Determine a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP. S120. Perform, according to the channel bandwidth, the target data transmission by using the WLAN AP and the user equipment, where the target data is transmitted. Is all or part of the data on the bearer.
根据本发明的传输数据的方法, 该基站确定用户设备与该 WLAN AP之 间通信所使用的信道带宽, 根据该信道带宽确定需要通过该 WLAN AP传输 的该目标用户设备的目标数据; 该基站通过该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个 协议层和第二基站侧协议栈, 对下行目标数据进行封装处理, 以生成第一数 据包, 通过第一 GTP隧道向该 WLAN AP发送该第一数据包, 以便于该目 标用户设备通过用于无线局域网通信的第一载波,接收该 WLAN AP发送该 第二数据包, 该第二数据包是该 WLAN AP对该第一数据包进行处理后生成 并发送的, 该下行目标数据是该至少一个承载上的全部或部分下行数据; 和 /或该基站通过第二 GTP隧道接收该 WLAN AP发送的第三数据包, 通过该
第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层和第二基站侧协议栈,对该第三数据包 进行解封装处理,以获取上行目标数据,其中,该第三数据包是该 WLAN AP 对第四数据包进行处理后生成并发送的, 该第四数据包是该目标用户设备对 该上行目标数据进行封装处理后生成, 并通过用于无线局域网通信的第二载 波发送给该 WLAN AP的, 该上行目标数据是该至少一个 7|载上的全部或部 分上行数据。 According to the method for transmitting data of the present invention, the base station determines a channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, and determines target data of the target user equipment that needs to be transmitted through the WLAN AP according to the channel bandwidth; At least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack, the downlink target data is encapsulated to generate a first data packet, and the first data packet is sent to the WLAN AP by using the first GTP tunnel. The WLAN AP receives the second data packet by using the first carrier for wireless local area network communication, and the second data packet is generated by the WLAN AP after the first data packet is processed and sent. And the downlink target data is all or part of downlink data on the at least one bearer; and/or the base station receives the third data packet sent by the WLAN AP by using the second GTP tunnel, by using the At least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack, the third data packet is decapsulated to obtain uplink target data, where the third data packet is the WLAN AP pair fourth. The data packet is generated and sent, and the fourth data packet is generated after the target user equipment encapsulates the uplink target data, and is sent to the WLAN AP by using a second carrier for wireless local area network communication, where The uplink target data is all or part of the uplink data on the at least one 7| carrier.
具体地说, 在本发明实施例中, 目标用户设备可以接入基站, 并通过该 基站接入网络侧(例如, EPC ) ,基站与网络侧的网关设备(例如, PDN-GW ) 之间通过承载 (例如, 演进分组系统(EPS, Evolved Packet System )承载) 传输目标用户设备的数据(包括上行数据和下行数据 ), 目标用户设备和基 站之间可以使用系统提供的时频资源, 通过空口进行数据传输, 上述过程和 实现方法可以与现有技术相同或相似, 这里, 为了避免赘述, 省略其说明。 Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, the target user equipment can access the base station, and access the network side (for example, EPC) through the base station, and the base station and the network side gateway device (for example, PDN-GW) pass The bearer (for example, the Evolved Packet System (EPS)) transmits the data of the target user equipment (including the uplink data and the downlink data), and the time-frequency resources provided by the system can be used between the target user equipment and the base station through the air interface. The data transmission, the above process and the implementation method may be the same as or similar to the prior art. Here, in order to avoid redundancy, the description thereof is omitted.
S110, 基站可以确定是否需要对该目标用户的数据传输进行分流, 即, 通过 AP传输该目标用户的数据的全部或部分。 S110. The base station may determine whether the data transmission of the target user needs to be offloaded, that is, transmit all or part of the data of the target user by using the AP.
在本发明实施例中, 基站可以在满足激活条件的情况下, 激活第二基站 侧协议栈而执行上述分流的相关流程。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the base station may activate the second base station side protocol stack to complete the related process of the foregoing offloading if the activation condition is met.
下面, 作为示例而非限定, 对上述激活条件进行说明。 Hereinafter, the above activation conditions will be described by way of example and not limitation.
条件 1 , 基站可以监测系统提供的用于传输(接入该基站的多个用户设 备的)数据的载波,如果下行载波的负载与容量的比值超过一定阈值(例如, 1 ) 即下行载波的容量不能满足需求, 或上行载波的负载与容量的比值超过 一定阈值(例如, 1 ) 即上行载波的容量不能满足需求, 则可以确定满足上 述激活条件。 Condition 1, the base station can monitor a carrier provided by the system for transmitting data (accessing multiple user equipments of the base station), if the ratio of the load to the capacity of the downlink carrier exceeds a certain threshold (for example, 1), that is, the capacity of the downlink carrier. If the demand cannot be satisfied, or the ratio of the load to the capacity of the uplink carrier exceeds a certain threshold (for example, 1), that is, the capacity of the uplink carrier cannot satisfy the requirement, it can be determined that the above activation condition is satisfied.
条件 2, 目标用户设备可以请求基站对其数据进行分流, 基站可以根据 该请求立即激活第二基站侧协议栈而执行分流的相关流程, 或者, 基站也可 以根据该请求, 判定是否满足上述条件 1 , 并在满足上述条件 1的情况下, 激活第二基站侧协议栈而执行分流的相关流程。 Condition 2, the target user equipment may request the base station to offload the data, and the base station may immediately activate the second base station side protocol stack to perform the related procedure of the offload according to the request, or the base station may determine whether the condition 1 is satisfied according to the request. And, if the condition 1 above is satisfied, the second base station side protocol stack is activated to perform a related process of offloading.
应理解, 以上列举的激活条件、 用于判定激活条件的参数及其阈值仅为 本发明的一个示例性说明, 本发明并不限定于此。 It should be understood that the activation conditions enumerated above, the parameters for determining the activation conditions, and the threshold thereof are only an exemplary illustration of the present invention, and the present invention is not limited thereto.
在确定需要对目标用户设备的数据进行分流后,基站可以确定需要分流 的分流量。 即, 基站可以确定目标用户设备与 AP之间的无线局域网通信所 使用的信道带宽 (或者说, 目标用户设备与 AP之间的无线局域网通信的最
高传输速率), 例如, 可以使分流的流量小于等于如上所述确定的信道带宽。 在本发明实施例中, 该信道带宽可以是目标用户与 AP协商后确定并上 报给基站的 (即, 情况 A ), 或者, 该信道带宽也可以是基站根据目标用户 的通信能力以及 AP的通信能力确定的(即, 情况 B ), 下面, 分别对以上两 种情况的动作及流程进行说明。 After determining that the data of the target user equipment needs to be offloaded, the base station can determine the traffic volume that needs to be offloaded. That is, the base station can determine the channel bandwidth used by the wireless LAN communication between the target user equipment and the AP (or, the most common wireless local area network communication between the target user equipment and the AP) High transmission rate), for example, may make the traffic of the offload less than or equal to the channel bandwidth determined as described above. In the embodiment of the present invention, the channel bandwidth may be determined by the target user after being negotiated with the AP and reported to the base station (ie, Case A), or the channel bandwidth may also be the communication capability of the base station according to the target user and the communication of the AP. The capability determination (ie, case B), below, describes the actions and processes of the above two cases.
情况 A Situation A
可选地,该确定该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 包括: Optionally, determining the channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP includes:
接收该用户设备或该 WLAN AP发送的第一信道带宽指示信息, 其中, 该第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使 用信道带宽, 该信道带宽是由该用户设备与该 WLAN AP协商后确定的; 根据该第一信道带宽指示信息,确定该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通 信所使用的信道带宽。 Receiving the first channel bandwidth indication information sent by the user equipment or the WLAN AP, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, where the channel bandwidth is determined by the Determining, after the user equipment negotiates with the WLAN AP, determining, according to the first channel bandwidth indication information, a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP.
在本发明实施例中,由于信道带宽是通过目标用户与 AP协商后确定的, 因此, 目标用户与 AP双方均可以获知该信道带宽, 从而, 该信道带宽可以 由目标用户与 AP中的任一方通知给基站, 本发明并未特别限定, 为了便于 理解和描述, 以下, 以用户设备向基站通知该信道带宽为例, 进行说明。 In the embodiment of the present invention, since the channel bandwidth is determined by the target user and the AP, the target user and the AP can both know the channel bandwidth, and the channel bandwidth can be any one of the target user and the AP. The present invention is not limited to the present invention. For ease of understanding and description, the following describes an example in which the user equipment notifies the base station of the channel bandwidth.
另外, 在本发明实施例中, UE与 AP之间的无线局域网通信可以使用 现有的各种版本通信, 例如, 802.11a/b/g版本、 802.11η版本或 802.11ac版 本。 In addition, in the embodiment of the present invention, the wireless local area network communication between the UE and the AP can be communicated using various existing versions, for example, an 802.11a/b/g version, an 802.11n version, or an 802.11ac version.
例如, 在 802.1 In版本(无线局域网通信的一例)中, 可使用 20兆赫兹 ( MHz )及 40MHz的信道带宽, 40MHz信道由两个相邻的 20MHz信道组 成, 以达到更高的传输数据速率。 并且, AP在使用 40MHz信道之前, 需要 确定该两个相邻的 20MHz信道没有被其他通信设备(例如, 其他 AP或蓝 牙通信设备等 )使用。 For example, in the 802.1 In version (an example of WLAN communication), a channel bandwidth of 20 megahertz (MHz) and 40 MHz can be used, and a 40 MHz channel is composed of two adjacent 20 MHz channels to achieve a higher transmission data rate. Moreover, before using the 40 MHz channel, the AP needs to determine that the two adjacent 20 MHz channels are not used by other communication devices (for example, other APs or Bluetooth communication devices, etc.).
802.11η版本中定义了三种通信模式: Three communication modes are defined in the 802.11n version:
高吞吐量( ΗΤ, High Throughput )模式: AP和 UE能够支持利用 802.11η 版本, 能够实现高吞吐量。 High Throughput mode: APs and UEs can support high throughput using 802.11n versions.
非高吞吐量( Non-HT, Non-High Throughput )模式: AP和 UE不支持 802.11η版本, 而使用如 802.11a/b/g等版本, 无法支持高吞吐量。 Non-HT (Non-High Throughput) mode: APs and UEs do not support 802.11n versions, and versions such as 802.11a/b/g cannot support high throughput.
混合高吞吐量(HT Mixed, High Throughput Mixed )模式: AP和 UE
可以同时支持 802.11η和如 802.11a/b/g等版本。 HT Mixed (High Throughput Mixed) mode: AP and UE Both 802.11n and versions such as 802.11a/b/g can be supported.
具有 HT能力 (或者说, 支持 802.11η版本)的 UE, 可以通过 ΗΤ能力 ( Capabilities )信元向 AP声明其 HT能力, 例如, 是否支持 40MHz带宽操 作, 是否能够容忍 40MHz带宽, 支持的调制与编码策略(MCS , Modulation and Coding Scheme )类型, 是否支持多入多出等, AP可根据 UE的 HT能力 决定 UE的操作模式等。 A UE with HT capability (or 802.11n version support) can declare its HT capability to the AP through Capabilities, for example, whether it supports 40MHz bandwidth operation, whether it can tolerate 40MHz bandwidth, and supports modulation and coding. The MCS (Modulation and Coding Scheme) type, whether to support multiple input and multiple output, etc., the AP can determine the operation mode of the UE according to the HT capability of the UE.
以下, 为了便于理解和说明, 以 UE与 AP之间的通信版本为 802.11η 为例, 进行说明。 Hereinafter, for ease of understanding and explanation, the communication version between the UE and the AP is 802.11n as an example.
在本发明实施例中, 基站可通过例如, 无线资源控制 (RRC , Radio Resource Control )专用信令或者系统广播信令指示 UE和 WLAN AP协商操 作模式。 UE与 AP之间协商并确定信道带宽的过程可以在 UE接入 AP时进 行, 此情况下, 例如, eNB可以将 WLAN AP的基本服务集标识符(BSSID, Basic Service Set Identifier )或者服务集标识( SSID, Service Set Identifier ) 给 UE, 从而, UE可以根据该 BSSID或 SSID确定并接入该 AP。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the base station may instruct the UE and the WLAN AP to negotiate an operation mode by using, for example, Radio Resource Control (RRC) dedicated signaling or system broadcast signaling. The process of negotiating and determining the channel bandwidth between the UE and the AP may be performed when the UE accesses the AP. In this case, for example, the eNB may identify the Basic Service Set Identifier (BSSID) or the service set identifier of the WLAN AP. (SSID, Service Set Identifier) is given to the UE, so that the UE can determine and access the AP according to the BSSID or SSID.
在本发明实施例中, 例如, 对于被动扫描的 UE, 可以向 AP发送探测 请求消息 ( Probe Request )或关联请求消息 ( Association Request ), 并且, 上述消息中可以携带以下信息: In the embodiment of the present invention, for example, the passively scanned UE may send a Probe Request message or an Association Request message to the AP, and the message may carry the following information:
高吞吐量能力信息 ( HT Capabilities ); High throughput capability information ( HT Capabilities );
20/40基本服务集共存( 20/40 BSS Coexistence )。 20/40 basic service set coexistence (20/40 BSS Coexistence).
其中, 20/40 BSS Coexistence可以包含以下信元: Among them, 20/40 BSS Coexistence can contain the following cells:
信息请求信元(Information Request ), 用于指示该 UE是否请求 20/40 基本服务集共存管理帧 ( 20/40 BSS Coexistence Management Frame ); An information request message (Information Request), used to indicate whether the UE requests a 20/40 BSS Coexistence Management Frame (20/40 BSS Coexistence Management Frame);
40MHz 容忍指示 (40MHz Intolerant ) , 用于指示该 UE 是否阻止 20/40MHZ操作, 需要说明的是, 该指示用于基本服务集间 (inter-BSS ) 的 通信的场景; 40MHz Totolerant (40MHz Intolerant), used to indicate whether the UE blocks 20/40MHZ operation, it should be noted that the indication is used for the scenario of communication between basic service sets (inter-BSS);
20MHz带宽请求( 20MHz BSS Width Request ), 用于指示 UE是否请求 通过 20MHz的信道带宽进行通信。 A 20 MHz BSS Width Request is used to indicate whether the UE requests communication through a channel bandwidth of 20 MHz.
重叠基本月良务集扫 4 请求 ( Overlapping Basic Service Set Scanning Exemption Request ), 用于指示该 UE是否请求重叠基本服务集扫描。 Overlapping Basic Service Set Scanning Exemption Request is used to indicate whether the UE requests overlapping basic service set scanning.
重叠基本服务集扫描允许 (Overlapping Basic Service Set Scanning Overlapping Basic Service Set Scanning Allowed (Overlapping Basic Service Set Scanning
Exemption Grant ), 用于指示该 UE是否允许重叠基本服务集扫描。
应理解, 以上列举的 20/40 BSS Coexistence所包含的信元仅为示例性说 明, 本发明并不限定于此, 本发明的 20/40 BSS Coexistence可以与现有技术 中 20/40 BSS Coexistence同样, 包含的其各种信元。 Exemption Grant), used to indicate whether the UE allows overlapping basic service set scanning. It should be understood that the cells included in the 20/40 BSS Coexistence listed above are merely illustrative, and the present invention is not limited thereto. The 20/40 BSS Coexistence of the present invention can be the same as the 20/40 BSS Coexistence in the prior art. , contains its various cells.
HT Capabilities可以包含以下信元: HT Capabilities can contain the following cells:
支持的信道带宽操作 ( Supported Channel Width Set ), 用于指示该 UE 支持接收和发送 40MHz 物理层协议数据单元 (PPDU , Physical Layer Convergence Procedure protocol data unit ) 或, 仅支持接收和发送 40MHz PPDU; Supported Channel Width Set, which is used to indicate that the UE supports receiving and transmitting a 40 MHz Physical Layer Convergence Procedure protocol data unit (PPDU) or only supports receiving and transmitting a 40 MHz PPDU.
空分复用省电模式 ( SM Power Save, Spatial Multiplexing Power Save ), 用于指示该 UE是否支持空分复用的省电模式; A SM Power Save (Various Multiplexing Power Save), a power saving mode for indicating whether the UE supports space division multiplexing;
20MHz保护间隔 ( Short Guard Interval for 20 MHz, ), 用于指示该 UE 是否支持 20MHz下的保护间隔; 20 GHz guard interval (Short Guard Interval for 20 MHz, ), used to indicate whether the UE supports the guard interval at 20 MHz;
40MHz保护间隔 ( Short Guard Interval for 40 MHz, ), 用于指示该 UE 是否支持 40MHz下的保护间隔; 40 GHz guard interval (Short Guard Interval for 40 MHz, ), used to indicate whether the UE supports the guard interval at 40 MHz;
支持的 MCS类型( Supported MCS Set ),用于指示该 UE所支持的 MCS 类型; Supported MCS Set, which is used to indicate the MCS type supported by the UE;
HT扩展能力 ( HT Extended Capabilities ), 用于指示该 UE的扩展的 HT 能力。 HT Extended Capabilities is used to indicate the extended HT capability of the UE.
应理解, 以上列举的 HT Capabilities所包含的信元仅为示例性说明, 本 发明并不限定于此, 本发明的 HT Capabilities 可以与现有技术中 HT Capabilities同样, 包含的其各种信元。 It should be understood that the cells included in the above-mentioned HT Capabilities are merely exemplary descriptions, and the present invention is not limited thereto. The HT Capabilities of the present invention may be the same as the HT Capabilities in the prior art, and include various cells thereof.
AP接收到 UE发送的 Probe Request或 Association Request后, ^据上 述 HT Capabilities和 20/40 BSS Coexistence确定并下发针对该 UE的探测响 应消息 ( Probe Response )或关联响应 ( Association Response ) 消息 , After receiving the Probe Request or Association Request sent by the UE, the AP determines and delivers a Probe Response or Association Response message for the UE according to the HT Capabilities and the 20/40 BSS Coexistence.
例如, 当下述判定条件满足时, AP可以确定与 UE之间的通信可以使 用 20/40MHZ通信模式: For example, when the following decision condition is satisfied, the AP may determine that the communication with the UE may use the 20/40 MHZ communication mode:
a. AP和 UE均能够支持 20/40MHz通信模式, 或者说, AP和 UE的 HT Capabilities中的 Supported Channel Width Set均指示为支持接收和发送 40MHz PPDU (例如, Supported Channel Width Set设置为非 0值); Both the AP and the UE can support the 20/40MHz communication mode, or the Supported Channel Width Set in the HT Capabilities of the AP and the UE are both indicated to support receiving and transmitting 40MHz PPDUs (for example, the Supported Channel Width Set is set to a non-zero value) );
b. 无线通信系统内存在有效的辅载波(例如, 未被其他 AP占用), 或 者说, HT Operation 中的 Secondary Channel Offset能够指示有效的辅载。
应理解, 以上列举的判定条件仅为示例性说明, 本发明并不限定于此, 其他能够用于确定 AP和 UE之间通信的信道带宽的方法均落入本发明的保 护范围内。 HT Capabilities; b. There is a valid secondary carrier in the wireless communication system (for example, it is not occupied by other APs), or the Secondary Channel Offset in HT Operation can indicate a valid secondary load. It should be understood that the above-mentioned determination conditions are merely exemplary, and the present invention is not limited thereto, and other methods that can be used to determine the channel bandwidth of communication between the AP and the UE fall within the protection scope of the present invention. HT Capabilities;
HT操作 ( HT Operation ); HT Operation ( HT Operation );
20/40 BSS Coexistence; 20/40 BSS Coexistence;
Overlapping BSS Scan Parameters; Overlapping BSS Scan Parameters;
Extended Capabilities; Extended Capabilities;
其中, 上述 HT Capabilities , 20/40 BSS Coexistence 和 Extended Among them, the above HT Capabilities, 20/40 BSS Coexistence and Extended
Capabilities 的作用与 Probe Request 或 Association Request 中的 HT Capabilities, 20/40 BSS Coexistence和 Extended Capabilities的作用相似, 这 里, 为了避免赘述, 省略其说明。 The role of Capabilities is similar to that of HT Capabilities, 20/40 BSS Coexistence and Extended Capabilities in Probe Request or Association Request. Here, in order to avoid redundancy, the description is omitted.
并且, HT Operation包括以下信元: Also, HT Operation includes the following cells:
主信道的信道号 ( Primary Channel ) , 用于指示 AP确定的主信道; 辅信道偏移 ( Secondary Channel Offset ), 用于指示辅信道相对于主信道 的偏移; a primary channel of the primary channel, which is used to indicate the primary channel determined by the AP, and a secondary channel offset (secondary channel offset) for indicating the offset of the secondary channel relative to the primary channel;
信道带宽( Channel Width )用于指示 UE能够使用的信道带宽为 20MHz 带宽还是 40MHz带宽, 或者说, UE仅能够使用主信道还是主信道与辅信道 双方。 The channel Width is used to indicate whether the channel bandwidth that the UE can use is 20 MHz bandwidth or 40 MHz bandwidth, or whether the UE can only use the primary channel or both the primary channel and the secondary channel.
从而, UE将获取到的 HT Operation (第一信道带宽指示信息的一例) 上报给基站。 基站可以根据该 HT Operation (具体地说, 是 Channel Width ), 确定 UE与 AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。 Therefore, the UE reports the acquired HT Operation (an example of the first channel bandwidth indication information) to the base station. The base station can determine the channel bandwidth used for communication between the UE and the AP according to the HT Operation (specifically, Channel Width).
应理解, 以上列举的第一信道带宽指示信息的具体内容仅为示例性说 明, 本发明并不限定于此, 例如, UE根据获取到的 HT Operation参数评估 最大传输速率, 例如, 如果 Channel Width指示的可以使用的信道带宽为 40MHz, 则可以确定最大传输速率为 40Mbps, 并且, 可以将该最大传输速 率(第一信道带宽指示信息的另一例 )上报给基站。 并且, 该最大传输速率, 可以是一个绝对值, 如 40Mbps, 也可以是相对值, 例如, 可以设置低、 中、 高三个门限, 并且, 如果该最大速率超过 "高" 门限所对应的速率值, 则向 基站发送该 "高" 门限所对应的速率值。
由此,基站可以确定 UE与 AP之间通信的信道带宽(或者,通信模式)。 情况 B It should be understood that the specific content of the first channel bandwidth indication information enumerated above is only an exemplary description, and the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, the UE evaluates the maximum transmission rate according to the acquired HT Operation parameter, for example, if the Channel Width indication The available channel bandwidth is 40 MHz, and the maximum transmission rate can be determined to be 40 Mbps, and the maximum transmission rate (another example of the first channel bandwidth indication information) can be reported to the base station. Moreover, the maximum transmission rate may be an absolute value, such as 40 Mbps, or a relative value. For example, three thresholds of low, medium, and high may be set, and if the maximum rate exceeds a rate value corresponding to a "high" threshold, And sending the rate value corresponding to the "high" threshold to the base station. Thus, the base station can determine the channel bandwidth (or communication mode) of communication between the UE and the AP. Situation B
可选地,该确定该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 包括: Optionally, determining the channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP includes:
接收该用户设备发送的用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第 一能力信息; Receiving, by the user equipment, first capability information indicating a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support;
接收该 WLAN AP发送的用于指示该 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的 第二能力信息; Receiving, by the WLAN AP, second capability information indicating a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support;
根据该第一能力信息和该第二能力信息, 确定该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。 And determining, according to the first capability information and the second capability information, a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP.
具体地说, 例如, 在 UE接入 AP之前, UE可以向基站发送上述 HT Capabilities (第一能力信息的一例), 并且, AP 可以向基站发送上述 HT Capabilities (第二能力信息的一例)从而, 基站可以根据 UE发送的 HT Capabilities和 AP发送的 HT Capabilities,确定 UE与 AP之间通信的信道带 宽, 例如, 如果 UE与 AP均支持接收和发送 40MHz PPDU, 则 AP可以确 定 UE与 AP之间通信的信道带宽为 20MHz以上, 例如 40MHz。 再例如, 如果 AP支持接收和发送 40MHz PPDU, 但 UE不支持接收和发送 40MHz PPDU而仅支持接收和发送 20MHz PPDU, 则 AP可以确定 UE与 AP之间 通信的信道带宽为 20MHz以下。 Specifically, for example, before the UE accesses the AP, the UE may send the HT Capabilities (an example of the first capability information) to the base station, and the AP may send the HT Capabilities (an example of the second capability information) to the base station, The base station may determine the channel bandwidth of the communication between the UE and the AP according to the HT Capabilities sent by the UE and the HT Capabilities sent by the AP. For example, if both the UE and the AP support receiving and transmitting the 40 MHz PPDU, the AP may determine the communication between the UE and the AP. The channel bandwidth is above 20 MHz, for example 40 MHz. For another example, if the AP supports receiving and transmitting 40 MHz PPDUs, but the UE does not support receiving and transmitting 40 MHz PPDUs and only supports receiving and transmitting 20 MHz PPDUs, the AP may determine that the channel bandwidth of communication between the UE and the AP is 20 MHz or less.
应理解, 以上列举的作为第一能力信息和第二能力信息的 HT It should be understood that the HT listed above as the first capability information and the second capability information
Capabilities 仅为示例性说明, 本发明并不限定于此, 其他能够指示 UE和 AP 能够支持的信道带宽的信息均落入本发明的保护范围内, 例如, 也可以 仅选取 HT Capabilities中的 Supported Channel Width Set作为第一能力信息和 第二能力信息。 The Capabilities are only exemplary. The present invention is not limited thereto. Other information indicating the channel bandwidth that the UE and the AP can support falls within the protection scope of the present invention. For example, only the Supported Channel in the HT Capabilities may be selected. The Width Set is used as the first capability information and the second capability information.
由此,基站可以确定 UE与 AP之间通信的信道带宽(或者,通信模式)。 在 S120, 基站可以确定分流流量。 Thus, the base station can determine the channel bandwidth (or communication mode) of communication between the UE and the AP. At S120, the base station can determine the offload traffic.
可选地, 该根据该信道带宽, 经由该 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与 该用户设备进行目标数据的传输, 包括: Optionally, the transmitting, by the WLAN AP, the target data by using the WLAN AP, according to the channel bandwidth, includes:
根据该信道带宽, 确定下行目标数据, 其中, 该目标下行数据是该承载 上的全部或部分下行数据; Determining downlink target data according to the channel bandwidth, where the target downlink data is all or part of downlink data on the bearer;
经由该 GTP 隧道, 向该 WLAN AP发送该下行目标数据, 以便于该
WLAN AP向该用户设备转发该下行目标数据的。 Sending the downlink target data to the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, so as to facilitate the The WLAN AP forwards the downlink target data to the user equipment.
具体地说, 在下行时(即, 基站从网关设备获取数据并下发给 UE ), 基 站可以直接根据在 S110 中确定的信道带宽, 确定下行的分流流量(即, 下 行目标数据)。 例如, 基站可以预先确定各分流流量与各信道带宽 (或者, 通信模式)之间的映射关系, 如果 UE和 AP可以工作在 20/40MHz的通信 模式(即, 高吞吐量通信模式)下, 基站可以查找该映射关系中高吞吐量通 信模式的通信模式所对应的分流流量。 当然, 高吞吐量通信模式的通信模式 所对应的分流流量可以远大于非高吞吐量通信模式所对应的分流流量。 Specifically, in the downlink (that is, the base station acquires data from the gateway device and delivers the data to the UE), the base station can directly determine the downlink traffic (ie, the downlink target data) according to the channel bandwidth determined in S110. For example, the base station may predetermine a mapping relationship between each offload traffic and each channel bandwidth (or communication mode), if the UE and the AP can work in a 20/40 MHz communication mode (ie, a high throughput communication mode), the base station The shunt traffic corresponding to the communication mode of the high-throughput communication mode in the mapping relationship can be found. Of course, the traffic volume corresponding to the communication mode of the high-throughput communication mode can be much larger than the traffic volume corresponding to the non-high-throughput communication mode.
可选地, 该经由该 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目 标数据的传输, 包括: Optionally, the transmitting, by the WLAN AP, the target data by using the WLAN AP, includes:
向该用户设备发送第二信道带宽指示信息, 该第二信道带宽指示信息用 于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 以便于该用 户设备根据该第二信道带宽指示信息, 确定上行目标数据, 其中, 该目标上 行数据是该承载上的全部或部分上行数据; Transmitting, by the user equipment, the second channel bandwidth indication information, where the second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, so that the user equipment is configured according to the second channel bandwidth indication. Information, determining uplink target data, where the target uplink data is all or part of uplink data on the bearer;
经由该 GTP隧道, 接收该 WLAN AP发送的该上行目标数据, 该上行 目标数据是该用户设备发送给该 WLAN AP的。 Receiving, by the GTP tunnel, the uplink target data sent by the WLAN AP, where the uplink target data is sent by the user equipment to the WLAN AP.
具体地说, 例如, 在上述情况 B中, 由于 UE尚未接入 AP, 因此, UE 和 AP双方均未确定彼此之间通信的信道带宽,此情况下,基站可以将在 S110 中确定的信道带宽下发给 UE,从而 UE可以根据该信道带宽,确定上行(UE 经由基站而向网关设备发送数据) 的分流流量(上行目标数据)。 例如, 如 果基站指示的信道带宽为 40MHz, 则 UE可以使分流流量较大。 再例如, 如 果基站指示的信道带宽为 20MHz, 则 UE可以使分流流量较小。 当然, 信道 带宽为 40MHz时的分流流量可以远大于信道带宽为 20MHz时的分流流量。 Specifically, for example, in the foregoing case B, since the UE has not accessed the AP, neither the UE nor the AP determine the channel bandwidth for communication between each other. In this case, the base station may determine the channel bandwidth determined in S110. The UE is sent to the UE, so that the UE can determine the offload traffic (uplink target data) of the uplink (the UE transmits data to the gateway device via the base station) according to the channel bandwidth. For example, if the channel bandwidth indicated by the base station is 40 MHz, the UE can make the offload traffic larger. For another example, if the channel bandwidth indicated by the base station is 20 MHz, the UE can make the offload traffic smaller. Of course, the split traffic with a channel bandwidth of 40 MHz can be much larger than the split traffic with a channel bandwidth of 20 MHz.
另外, 在 UE与 AP的通信过程中, 存在辅信道被其他 AP等占用而导 致无法继续在高吞吐量通信模式下通信的情况, 或者, 存在 AP发现能够使 用的辅信道(未被其他 AP等占用 ) 而能够切换至高吞吐量通信模式下通信 的情况, 此情况下, UE可以接收 AP发送的变更后的 HT Operation, 确定信 道带宽发生变化, 并且, 可以将变化后的信道带宽通知基站, 从而, 基站可 以根据变化后的信道带宽, 重新确定分流流量。 In addition, in the communication process between the UE and the AP, there is a case where the secondary channel is occupied by another AP or the like, and communication cannot be continued in the high-throughput communication mode, or there is a secondary channel that the AP finds usable (not being used by other APs, etc.) The user can switch to the communication in the high-throughput communication mode. In this case, the UE can receive the changed HT Operation sent by the AP, determine that the channel bandwidth changes, and notify the base station of the changed channel bandwidth. The base station can re-determine the split traffic according to the changed channel bandwidth.
可选地, 该方法还包括: Optionally, the method further includes:
接收该用户设备或该 WLAN AP发送的信道切换信息, 该信道切换信息
用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完 成该切换的时间; 以及 Receiving channel switching information sent by the user equipment or the WLAN AP, the channel switching information a time for indicating a channel used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP and completing the handover; and
该根据该信道带宽, 经由该 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设 备进行目标数据的传输, 包括: And transmitting, according to the channel bandwidth, the target data by using the WLAN AP and the user equipment, including:
根据该信道带宽和该信道切换指示信息, 经由该 GTP 隧道, 通过该 Passing the channel bandwidth and the channel switching indication information, and passing the GTP tunnel
WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输。 The WLAN AP transmits the target data with the user equipment.
具体地说, 例如, 当 AP检测到当前使用的辅信道与其他 AP的主信道 重叠时, 存在 AP需要将当前辅助信道切换至一个新的操作信道的情况。 此 情况下, AP可以在例如, 信标帧 ( Beacon )、 探侦响应 ( Probe Response )、 信道切换通知 ( Channel Switch Announcement )等消息中携带 Channel Switch Announcement, 以通知 UE正在切换信道。 该 Channel Switch Aimoimcement 可以包括以下信元: Specifically, for example, when the AP detects that the currently used secondary channel overlaps with the primary channels of other APs, there is a case where the AP needs to switch the current secondary channel to a new operational channel. In this case, the AP may carry a Channel Switch Announcement in a message such as a Beacon, a Probe Response, or a Channel Switch Announcement to notify the UE that the channel is being switched. The Channel Switch Aimoimcement can include the following cells:
信道切换模式( Channel Switch Mode ) ,用于指示 UE是否能在信道切换 中继续传输数据; a channel switch mode (Channel Switch Mode), configured to indicate whether the UE can continue to transmit data during channel switching;
新信道号 (New Channel Number ), 用于指示将要切换至的信道号; 信道切换计数( Channel Switch Count ) , 用于指示切换到新信道成功前 的时间。 New Channel Number, used to indicate the channel number to be switched to; Channel Switch Count, used to indicate the time before switching to the new channel.
从而, UE或 AP可以通过, 例如 RRC专用消息将信道 Channel Switch Announcement里面的相关参数(信道切换指示信息的一例)发送给基站, 从而,基站可以根据 Channel Switch Conut来评估 UE和 AP完成信道切换的 时间, 从而, 基站以在信道切换时不通过 AP进行分流, 并在切换完成后, 重新执行分流过程。 Therefore, the UE or the AP may send the related parameter (an example of the channel switching indication information) in the channel Channel Switch Announcement to the base station by using, for example, an RRC dedicated message, so that the base station can evaluate the UE and the AP to complete the channel switching according to the Channel Switch Conut. Time, thus, the base station does not perform offloading through the AP when the channel is switched, and re-executes the offloading process after the handover is completed.
需要说明的是, 当因进行上述信道切换而导致切换前后的信道带宽出现 差异时, 基站可以重新获取切换后的信道带宽, 并重新确定分流流量, 该过 程与上述 S110中的过程类似, 这里, 为了避免赘述, 省略其说明。 It should be noted that, when the channel bandwidth is changed before and after the handover due to the foregoing channel switching, the base station may re-acquire the channel bandwidth after the handover and re-determine the traffic, and the process is similar to the process in the foregoing S110, where In order to avoid redundancy, the description thereof is omitted.
另外, 以上列举的 UE和 AP的通信能力 (能够支持的信道带宽)可以 是 UE和 AP的绝对通信能力,也可以是 UE和 AP在一定时间段内的相对通 信能力, 例如, 对于 AP, 如果当前没有可以使用的辅信道(所有信道均被 其他 AP占用), 则当前 AP的不能支持 40MHz的通信带宽, 同理, 如果当 前有可以使用的辅信道(该信道未与其他 AP的主信道重叠 ), 则当前 AP的 能够支持 40MHz的通信带宽。
以上, 列举了本发明的传输数据的方法在 802.11η版本中的应用, 但本 发明并不限定于此,例如,在 802.11ac版本中引入了更高吞吐量( VHT, Very High Throughput )模式能支持最高 160MHz的带宽, 同理对于具有 VHT能 力的 UE, 通过 VHT Capabilities信元声明其支持的 VHT特性, 例如, 是否 支持 80MHz+80MHz或者 160MHz的信道带宽(由 Supported Channel Width Set指示), 并且, AP能够支持的信道带宽为四种, 即, 20 MHz、 40 MHz, 80MHz以及 160MHz或者 80 MHz +80 MHz。 此情况下, 例如, 可以由 VHT Capabilities代替上述 S110和 S120中使用的 HT Capabilities, 除了最终确定 的信道带宽可能存在差异外, 其他的步骤和方法与在 802.11η版本中的应用 类似, 这里, 为了避免赘述, 省略其说明。 In addition, the communication capability (the channel bandwidth that can be supported) of the UE and the AP listed above may be the absolute communication capability of the UE and the AP, or may be the relative communication capability of the UE and the AP in a certain period of time, for example, for the AP, if There is currently no secondary channel that can be used (all channels are occupied by other APs), and the current AP cannot support the communication bandwidth of 40 MHz. Similarly, if there is currently a secondary channel that can be used (the channel does not overlap with the primary channel of other APs). ), the current AP can support a communication bandwidth of 40 MHz. The above describes the application of the method for transmitting data of the present invention in the 802.11n version, but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, the VHT (Very High Throughput) mode can be introduced in the 802.11ac version. Supports up to 160MHz bandwidth. Similarly, for VHT-capable UEs, the VHT features supported by the VHT Capabilities cell are declared, for example, whether to support 80MHz+80MHz or 160MHz channel bandwidth (indicated by Supported Channel Width Set), and The AP can support four channel bandwidths, namely 20 MHz, 40 MHz, 80 MHz and 160 MHz or 80 MHz + 80 MHz. In this case, for example, the HT Capabilities used in the above S110 and S1 2 0 may be replaced by the VHT Capabilities, and the other steps and methods are similar to those in the 802.11n version, except that the final determined channel bandwidth may vary. In order to avoid redundancy, the description is omitted.
另外, 例如, 如果系统中仅设置有一个(或少量) ΑΡ, 则可能存在无论 任何时段 ΑΡ均能够向 UE提供主信道和辅信道的情况, 此时, UE和 ΑΡ可 以协商彼此之间通信的版本(例如, 802.11a/b/g、 802.11η或 802.11ac中的任 一版本), 并上报给基站, 从而, 基站可以根据当前通信的版本, 确定分流 流量, 例如, 如果通信版本为 802.11a/b/g, 则基站可以确定 UE与 AP之间 通信的信道带宽为 20 MHz, 如果通信版本为 802.11η, 则基站可以确定 UE 与 AP之间通信的信道带宽为 40 MHz,如果通信版本为 802.11ac, 则基站可 以确定 UE与 AP之间通信的信道带宽为 80MHz或更高。 或者, UE和 AP 也可以分别上报其支持的版本, 从而基站可以根据二者中较低的版本, 确定 UE与 AP之间通信的信道带宽, 例如, 如果 UE仅支持 802.11a/b/g, 而基站 支持 802.11a/b/g、 802.11η和 802.11ac的全部, 则以 UE支持的版本为依据, 可以确定 UE与 AP之间通信的信道带宽为 20 MHz。 In addition, for example, if only one (or a small number) of ΑΡ is set in the system, there may be a case where the primary channel and the secondary channel can be provided to the UE regardless of any time period, and at this time, the UE and the ΑΡ can negotiate communication with each other. The version (for example, any of 802.11a/b/g, 802.11n, or 802.11ac) is reported to the base station, so that the base station can determine the offload traffic according to the version of the current communication, for example, if the communication version is 802.11a /b/g, the base station can determine that the channel bandwidth for communication between the UE and the AP is 20 MHz. If the communication version is 802.11n, the base station can determine that the channel bandwidth for communication between the UE and the AP is 40 MHz, if the communication version is 802.11ac, the base station can determine that the channel bandwidth for communication between the UE and the AP is 80 MHz or higher. Alternatively, the UE and the AP may separately report the supported versions, so that the base station may determine the channel bandwidth of the communication between the UE and the AP according to the lower version of the two, for example, if the UE only supports 802.11a/b/g, The base station supports all of 802.11a/b/g, 802.11n, and 802.11ac, and based on the version supported by the UE, it can be determined that the channel bandwidth for communication between the UE and the AP is 20 MHz.
在确定好分流的流量后, 基站需要通知 AP和目标用户设备做好分流准 备。 After determining the traffic of the offload, the base station needs to notify the AP and the target user equipment to prepare for offloading.
可选地, 在该根据该信道带宽, 经由该 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP 与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输之前, 该方法还包括: Optionally, before the transmitting, by the WLAN AP, the target data by using the WLAN AP, the method further includes:
向该 WLAN AP发送第一分流指示信息, 该第一分流指示信息用于指示 该 WLAN AP在该基站和该用户设备之间传输数据, 该第一分流指示信息包 括该用户设备的身份信息, 其中, 一个身份信息用于在该通信系统中唯一地 指示一个用户设备。 Sending the first offloading indication information to the WLAN AP, where the first offloading indication information is used to indicate that the WLAN AP transmits data between the base station and the user equipment, where the first offloading indication information includes identity information of the user equipment, where An identity information is used to uniquely indicate a user equipment in the communication system.
具体地说, 基站向 AP发送第一分流指示信息, 该第一分流指示信息可
以指示 AP需要将基站发送给其的数据发送给目标用户设备,还可以指示 AP 需要将目标用户设备发送给其的数据发送给基站, 其中, 该第一分流指示信 息可以目标用户设备的身份信息发送给 AP, 其中, 一个身份信息可以在系 统中唯一地指示一个用户设备。 Specifically, the base station sends the first offloading indication information to the AP, where the first offloading indication information may be The data indicating that the AP needs to send the base station to the target user equipment is sent to the target user equipment, and the data that the target user equipment needs to send to the base station is sent to the base station, where the first offload indication information can be the identity information of the target user equipment. Sent to the AP, where an identity information can uniquely indicate a user equipment in the system.
该身份信息可以包括以下任一信息: The identity information can include any of the following information:
MAC地址、 网际协议 IP地址、 基本服务集标识符 BSSID、 关联身份信 息 AID、 移动用户手机号、 国际移动用户标识 IMSI或国际移动台设备标识 IMEI。 MAC address, Internet Protocol IP address, basic service set identifier BSSID, associated identity information AID, mobile user handset number, international mobile subscriber identity IMSI or international mobile station device identity IMEI.
具体地说, 在本发明实施例中, 设备的身份信息是指在使用本发明实施 例的通信系统中能够唯一地标识该设备的信息。 需要说明的是, 在本发明实 施例中, 该身份信息可以是设备出厂时自带的信息, 也可以是系统为设备分 配的, 本发明并未特别限定。 Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, the identity information of the device refers to information capable of uniquely identifying the device in the communication system using the embodiment of the present invention. It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the identity information may be information that is provided when the device is shipped from the factory, or the system may be allocated by the device, and the present invention is not particularly limited.
在本发明实施例中, 身份信息可以包括媒体接入控制 (MAC, Medium Access Control )地址、 网际协议(IP, Internet Protocol )地址、 基本服务集 标识符( BSSID, Basic Service Set IDentifier ),关联身份信息( AID, Association IDentifier ),移动用户手机号、 国际移动用户标识( IMSI, International Mobile Subscriber Identity ) 和国际移动台设备标 口、 (IMEI , International Mobile Equipment Identity )等信息。 应理解, 本发明实施例的用户标识并不限于以 上信息, 其他能够唯一体现用户标识的信元均落入本发明实施例的范围内。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the identity information may include a Medium Access Control (MAC) address, an Internet Protocol (IP) address, a Basic Service Set IDentifier (BSSID), and an associated identity. Information (AID, Association IDentifier), mobile user mobile number, International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI, International Mobile Subscriber Identity) and International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI, International Mobile Equipment Identity). It should be understood that the user identifier of the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the above information, and other cells that can uniquely represent the user identifier are all within the scope of the embodiments of the present invention.
该 AP可以根据该目标用户设备的身份信息, 确定该目标用户设备, 并 且, 可以根据该第一分流指示信息, 确定需要将基站发送给其的数据发送给 目标用户设备,或者,确定需要将目标用户设备发送给其的数据发送给基站。 The AP may determine the target user equipment according to the identity information of the target user equipment, and may determine, according to the first offload indication information, that the data sent by the base station needs to be sent to the target user equipment, or determine that the target needs to be The data sent by the user equipment is sent to the base station.
由于 AP与目标用户设备通过无线局域网通信方式传输数据时, 需要获 知目标用户设备的 MAC地址, 因此, AP还可以在确定该目标用户设备后, 获取该目标用户设备的 MAC地址, 例如, 可以从系统内的移动性管理实体 ( MME, Mobility Management Entity )获取该目标用户设备的 MAC地址, 也可以从该目标用户设备获取该目标用户设备的 MAC地址, 还可以从基站 获取该目标用户设备的 MAC地址, 本发明并未特别限定。 The AP and the target user equipment need to know the MAC address of the target user equipment when the data is transmitted by using the WLAN. Therefore, the AP may obtain the MAC address of the target user equipment after determining the target user equipment, for example, The Mobility Management Entity (MME) in the system obtains the MAC address of the target user equipment, and obtains the MAC address of the target user equipment from the target user equipment, and obtains the MAC address of the target user equipment from the base station. The address is not particularly limited in the present invention.
另外, 在本发明实施例中, 用户设备可以将其 MAC地址, 通过例如附 着请求( Attach Request )或跟踪区更新请求( Tracking Area Update Request ) 消息携带给 MME , 从而, MME可以将用户设备的 MAC地址通过例如 UE
初始上下文建立( Initial UE Context Setup Request )或者 UE上下文修改消息 ( UE Context Modify Request ) 下发给基站, 从而, 基站可以获取各用户设 备的 MAC地址。 In addition, in the embodiment of the present invention, the user equipment may carry its MAC address to the MME through, for example, an Attach Request or a Tracking Area Update Request message, so that the MME may set the MAC of the user equipment. Address by, for example, UE The initial Context Setup Request or the UE Context Modify Request is sent to the base station, so that the base station can acquire the MAC address of each user equipment.
并且, 基站可以通过例如 UE 连接建立请求 (UE Association Setup Request ) 消息, 将基站侧的与该目标用户设备相对应的 GTP隧道终端标识 ( TEID, Tunnel Endpoint Identifier )发送给 AP, 并且, 可以通过例如, UE 连接建立响应 ( UE Association Setup Response ) 消息接收 AP发送的 AP侧 的与该目标用户设备相对应的 GTP TEID。 从而, 一个基站侧 GTP TEID可 以标识一个上行 GTP隧道(从 AP向基站传输数据时使用的 GTP隧道), 一 个 AP侧 GTP TEID可以标识一个下行 GTP隧道(从基站向 AP传输数据时 使用的 GTP隧道)。 In addition, the base station may send a GTP tunnel end identifier (TEID) corresponding to the target user equipment to the AP by using, for example, a UE Association Setup Request message, and may, for example, The UE Association Setup Response message receives the GTP TEID corresponding to the target user equipment on the AP side sent by the AP. Therefore, a base station side GTP TEID can identify an uplink GTP tunnel (a GTP tunnel used when transmitting data from the AP to the base station), and an AP side GTP TEID can identify a downlink GTP tunnel (a GTP tunnel used when transmitting data from the base station to the AP) ).
可选地, 该基站经由该 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进 行目标数据的传输, 包括: Optionally, the base station transmits the target data to the user equipment by using the WLAN AP, including:
该基站确定与该用户设备相对应的第一 GTP隧道; The base station determines a first GTP tunnel corresponding to the user equipment;
该基站经由该第一 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目 标数据的传输。 The base station transmits the target data to the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the first GTP tunnel.
具体地说, 如果需要通过 AP进行分流的 UE只有一个, 则可以直接通 过各 GTP隧道进行目标数据的传输, 但是, 如果需要通过 AP进行分流的 UE为两个以上, 或者当前接入 AP的 UE为两个以上, 则需要使基站和 AP 之间, 确定各 GTP与各 UE之间的映射关系。 从而, 例如, 当基站需要通过 AP向用户设备(以下, 为了便于区分, 称为目标用户设备)发送数据(即, 下行数据) 时, 可以通过与该目标设备相对应的 GTP 隧道(具体地说, 是 下行隧道) 向 AP发送该下行数据(下行目标数据), AP可以根据所接收到 的数据经由的隧道, 确定该数据是需要发送给目标用户设备的下行目标数 据。 再例如, 当 AP接收到目标用户设备发送的数据后, 可以根据上述第一 分流指示信息, 确定该数据是需要发送给基站的数据 (上行目标数据), 从 而, AP可以选择与该目标用户设备相对应的 GTP隧道(具体地说, 是上行 隧道), 并通过该 GTP隧道, 将上行目标数据发送给基站, 基站可以根据所 接收到的数据经由的隧道, 确定该数据是来自目标用户设备的上行目标数 据。 Specifically, if there is only one UE that needs to be offloaded by the AP, the target data can be directly transmitted through each GTP tunnel. However, if there are two or more UEs that need to be offloaded by the AP, or the UE currently accessing the AP If there are two or more, it is necessary to determine the mapping relationship between each GTP and each UE between the base station and the AP. Thus, for example, when a base station needs to transmit data (ie, downlink data) to a user equipment (hereinafter, referred to as a target user equipment for convenience of distinction) through an AP, it may pass a GTP tunnel corresponding to the target device (specifically And is a downlink tunnel. The downlink data (downlink target data) is sent to the AP, and the AP may determine, according to the tunnel through which the received data, the data is downlink target data that needs to be sent to the target user equipment. For example, after receiving the data sent by the target user equipment, the AP may determine, according to the first offloading indication information, that the data is data that needs to be sent to the base station (uplink target data), so that the AP may select the target user equipment. Corresponding GTP tunnel (specifically, an uplink tunnel), and sending uplink target data to the base station through the GTP tunnel, the base station may determine, according to the tunnel through the received data, that the data is from the target user equipment. Upstream target data.
可选地, 该基站确定与该用户设备相对应的第一 GTP隧道, 包括:
该基站确定与该用户设备相对应的上行第一 GTP隧道; Optionally, the base station determines a first GTP tunnel corresponding to the user equipment, including: The base station determines an uplink first GTP tunnel corresponding to the user equipment;
该基站向该 WLAN AP发送第一映射关系信息, 该第一映射关系信息用 于指示该上行第一 GTP隧道的隧道标识 TEID与该用户设备之间的映射关 系; 以及 The base station sends the first mapping relationship information to the WLAN AP, where the first mapping relationship information is used to indicate a mapping relationship between the tunnel identifier TEID of the uplink first GTP tunnel and the user equipment;
该基站经由该第一 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目 标数据的传输, 包括: And transmitting, by the base station, the target data by using the WLAN AP and the user equipment, including:
当经由该上行第一 GTP隧道而接收到该 WLAN AP发送的数据时, 该 基站根据该第一映射关系,确定所接收到的数据为该用户设备发送的上行目 标数据。 When receiving the data sent by the WLAN AP via the uplink first GTP tunnel, the base station determines, according to the first mapping relationship, that the received data is uplink target data sent by the user equipment.
具体地说, 在本发明实施例中, 传输数据的 GTP隧道可以是数据的接 收端确定的,例如,基站可以确定各用户设备所对应的上行 GTP隧道的 GTP TEID, 并将各上行 GTP隧道的 GTP TEID与各用户设备 (例如, 该用户设 备的身份信息)之间的映射关系 (第一映射关系信息)通知 AP, 从而, 当 AP接收到目标用户设备发送的上行数据时, 可以根据该目标用户设备的身 份信息, 从第一映射关系中, 查找到该目标用户设备所对应的上行 GTP 隧 道的 GTP TEID, 进而确定上行 GTP隧道, 并将该目标用户设备的上行数据 (上行目标数据)通过如上所述确定的上行 GTP 隧道, 发送给基站, 基站 通过该上行 GTP 隧道接收到数据后, 可以在上述第一映射关系中查找与该 上行 GTP隧道的 TEID相对应的用户设备,以确定该上行数据所来自的目标 用户设备。 Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, the GTP tunnel for transmitting data may be determined by the receiving end of the data. For example, the base station may determine the GTP TEID of the uplink GTP tunnel corresponding to each user equipment, and the GTP tunnel of each uplink GTP tunnel The mapping between the GTP TEID and the user equipment (for example, the identity information of the user equipment) (the first mapping relationship information) is notified to the AP, so that when the AP receives the uplink data sent by the target user equipment, the AP may be based on the target. The identity information of the user equipment, from the first mapping relationship, finds the GTP TEID of the uplink GTP tunnel corresponding to the target user equipment, and then determines the uplink GTP tunnel, and passes the uplink data (uplink target data) of the target user equipment. The uplink GTP tunnel determined as described above is sent to the base station. After receiving the data through the uplink GTP tunnel, the base station may search for the user equipment corresponding to the TEID of the uplink GTP tunnel in the first mapping relationship to determine the uplink. The target user device from which the data came.
可选地, 该基站确定与该用户设备相对应的第一 GTP隧道, 包括: 该基站接收该 WLAN AP发送的第二映射关系信息, 该第二映射关系信 息用于指示下行第一 GTP隧道的 TEID与该用户设备之间的映射关系; Optionally, the determining, by the base station, the first GTP tunnel corresponding to the user equipment, the method includes: receiving, by the base station, second mapping relationship information that is sent by the WLAN AP, where the second mapping relationship information is used to indicate that the first GTP tunnel is downlink Mapping relationship between the TEID and the user equipment;
该基站根据该第二映射关系信息, 确定该下行第一 GTP隧道; 以及 该基站经由该第一 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目 标数据的传输, 包括: The base station determines the downlink first GTP tunnel according to the second mapping relationship information, and the base station performs the target data transmission with the user equipment by using the WLAN AP, including:
该基站经由该下行第一 GTP隧道, 向该 WLAN AP发送下行目标数据, 以便于该 WLAN AP在通过该下行第一 GTP隧道接收到数据后, 根据该第 二映射关系信息, 确定该用户设备, 并向该用户设备转发该下行目标数据。 The base station sends the downlink target data to the WLAN AP by using the downlink first GTP tunnel, so that the WLAN AP determines the user equipment according to the second mapping relationship information after receiving the data through the downlink first GTP tunnel. And forwarding the downlink target data to the user equipment.
具体地说, 在本发明实施例中, 传输数据的 GTP隧道可以是数据的接 收端确定的, 例如, AP可以确定各用户设备所对应的下行 GTP隧道的 GTP
TEID, 并将各下行 GTP隧道的 GTP TEID与各用户设备 (例如, 该用户设 备的身份信息)之间的映射关系 (第二映射关系信息)通知基站, 从而, 当 基站需要通过 AP向目标用户设备发送的下行数据时, 可以根据该目标用户 设备的身份信息, 从第二映射关系中, 查找到该目标用户设备所对应的下行 GTP隧道的 GTP TEID , 进而确定下行 GTP隧道, 并将该目标用户设备的下 行数据 (下行目标数据)通过如上所述确定的下行 GTP隧道, 发送给 AP, AP通过该下行 GTP隧道接收到数据后, 可以在上述第二映射关系中查找与 该下行 GTP隧道的 TEID相对应的用户设备,以确定该下行数据所需要发送 至的目标用户设备。 Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, the GTP tunnel for transmitting data may be determined by the receiving end of the data. For example, the AP may determine the GTP of the downlink GTP tunnel corresponding to each user equipment. The TEID notifies the base station of the mapping relationship between the GTP TEID of each downlink GTP tunnel and the user equipment (for example, the identity information of the user equipment), so that the base station needs to pass the AP to the target user. When the downlink data is sent by the device, the GTP TEID of the downlink GTP tunnel corresponding to the target user equipment is found from the second mapping relationship according to the identity information of the target user equipment, and then the downlink GTP tunnel is determined, and the target is determined. The downlink data (downlink target data) of the user equipment is sent to the AP through the downlink GTP tunnel determined as described above, and after the AP receives the data through the downlink GTP tunnel, the AP may search for the downlink GTP tunnel in the second mapping relationship. The user equipment corresponding to the TEID determines the target user equipment to which the downlink data needs to be sent.
由于上述建立的 GTP隧道与目标用户设备相对应, 因此,基站和 AP可 以通过传输数据的隧道(或者说, 数据包中携带的 GTP TEID ), 确定该数据 属于该目标用户设备。 Since the GTP tunnel established above corresponds to the target user equipment, the base station and the AP can determine that the data belongs to the target user equipment by using a tunnel for transmitting data (or a GTP TEID carried in the data packet).
需要说明的是,如果在基站与网关设备之间设有多个用于传输该目标用 户设备的承载的情况下, 则在基站与 AP之间, 可以建立相同数量的 GTP隧 道, 使多个承载与多个 GTP隧道(具体地说, 是多个 GTP TEID )之间—— 对应。 从而, 可以通过 GTP 隧道, 区分属于所属于的承载, 随后, 对该过 程进行详细说明。 It should be noted that if a plurality of bearers for transmitting the target user equipment are provided between the base station and the gateway device, the same number of GTP tunnels can be established between the base station and the AP, so that multiple bearers can be established. Corresponds to - between multiple GTP tunnels (specifically, multiple GTP TEIDs). Thus, the GTP tunnel can be used to distinguish the bearers belonging to it, and then the process will be described in detail.
该方法还包括: The method also includes:
该基站向该用户设备发送第二分流指示信息,该第二分流指示信息用于 指示在该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间传输该目标数据。 The base station sends the second offloading indication information to the user equipment, where the second offloading indication information is used to indicate that the target data is transmitted between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.
具体地说, 基站向目标用户设备发送第二分流指示信息, 该第二分流指 示信息可以指示目标用户设备需要接收 AP发送给其的数据, 还可以指示目 标用户设备需要将规定的数据 (目标数据)发送给 AP, 或者说, 该第二分 流指示信息可以指示目标用户设备需要激活第二用户设备侧协议栈, 以执行 分流的相关流程, 随后详细说明。 Specifically, the base station sends the second offloading indication information to the target user equipment, where the second offloading indication information may indicate that the target user equipment needs to receive data sent by the AP, and may also indicate that the target user equipment needs to set the specified data (target data). And sending to the AP, or the second offloading indication information may indicate that the target user equipment needs to activate the second user equipment side protocol stack to perform a related procedure of the offloading, which is described in detail later.
需要说明的是, 该规定的数据可以是目标用户设备需要发送给基站(或 者说, EPC ) 的数据的全部或部分, 本发明并未特别限定, 并且, 当该目标 数据是目标用户设备需要发送给基站(或者说, EPC ) 的数据的部分时, 该 第二分流指示信息可以包括目标数据指示信元, 该目标数据指示信元可以指 示该目标数据是目标用户设备需要发送给基站(或者说, EPC ) 的数据具体 哪一部分, 例如, 该目标数据指示信元可以指示目标数据所对应的时域资源
或频域资源, 或者说, 当目标用户设备直接向基站发送该目标设备时, 用于 承载该目标数据的时域资源或频域资源。 It should be noted that the specified data may be all or part of data that the target user equipment needs to send to the base station (or EPC), and the present invention is not particularly limited, and, when the target data is the target user equipment, it needs to be sent. When the portion of the data of the base station (or EPC) is given, the second offload indication information may include a target data indication cell, and the target data indication cell may indicate that the target data is required to be sent by the target user equipment to the base station (or Specific part of the data of the EPC, for example, the target data indicating that the cell can indicate the time domain resource corresponding to the target data Or a frequency domain resource, or a time domain resource or a frequency domain resource used to carry the target data when the target user equipment directly sends the target device to the base station.
并且, 该第二分流指示信息可以包括指示该 AP的 AP指示信元, 以便 于目标用户设备根据该 AP指示信元, 确定分流所使用的 AP, 其中, 如果 目标用户设备尚未接入该 AP,第二分流指示信息还可以包括接入指示信元, 以便于目标用户设备根据该 AP指示信元和接入指示信元, 接入该 AP。 In addition, the second offloading indication information may include an AP indicating cell indicating the AP, so that the target user equipment determines, according to the AP indication cell, the AP used by the offloading, where, if the target user equipment has not accessed the AP, The second offload indication information may further include an access indication cell, so that the target user equipment accesses the AP according to the AP indication cell and the access indication cell.
在本发明实施例中, 在 AP和目标用户设备做好上述分流准备后, 可以 向基站发送确认信息。 In the embodiment of the present invention, after the AP and the target user equipment perform the foregoing offload preparation, the acknowledgment information may be sent to the base station.
从而, 基站在接收到该确认信息后, 可以执行分流操作。 Therefore, after receiving the confirmation information, the base station can perform a traffic off operation.
下面, 对下行时基站通过 AP进行针对(例如, 多个用户设备中的) 目 标用户设备分流时的动作进行说明。 Next, an operation when the base station performs offloading to the target user equipment (for example, among a plurality of user equipments) through the AP in the downlink will be described.
基站可以 (例如, 通过 S1接口)接收网关设备(例如, PDN-GW )发 送的来自网络侧 (例如, EPC ) 并需要发送给目标用户设备的下行数据, 并 从该数据中确定需要通过 AP发送给目标用户的下行目标数据, 以下, 称为 数据 A。 The base station can receive downlink data from the network side (eg, EPC) sent by the gateway device (eg, PDN-GW) and needs to be sent to the target user equipment (for example, through the S1 interface), and determine from the data that it needs to be sent through the AP. The downlink target data for the target user, hereinafter referred to as data A.
在本发明实施例中,在基站与网关设备之间设置有一个用于传输该目标 用户设备的数据的承载(情况 1 ); 或者, 在基站与网关设备之间设置有多个 用于传输该目标用户设备的数据的承载(情况 2 )。 In the embodiment of the present invention, a bearer for transmitting data of the target user equipment is set between the base station and the gateway device (Case 1); or a plurality of the base station and the gateway device are configured to transmit the bearer. The bearer of the data of the target user equipment (Case 2).
情况 1 Situation 1
该基站通过第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层和第二基站侧协议栈, 对数据 A进行封装处理, 以生成一个符合 GTP通信方式的数据包 A (第一 数据包的一例 ), 在该数据包 A中携带如上所述由 AP分配的与该目标用户 设备相对应的 GTP TEID (以下, 称为 AP侧 GTP TEID ), 并且, 根据如上 所述确定的第二映射关系,确定与该 AP侧 GTP TEID相对应的下行 GTP隧 道, 将该数据包 A发送给 AP。 The base station encapsulates the data A by using at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack to generate a data packet A conforming to the GTP communication mode (an example of the first data packet), The data packet A carries a GTP TEID (hereinafter referred to as an AP side GTP TEID) corresponding to the target user equipment, which is allocated by the AP as described above, and is determined according to the second mapping relationship determined as described above. The downlink GTP tunnel corresponding to the GTP TEID on the AP side sends the data packet A to the AP.
AP在接收到该数据包 A后, 可以通过第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈(或第 一 WLAN AP侧协议栈和适配层 ), 对该数据包 A进行解封装处理, 以获取 该目标用户设备相对应的 AP侧 GTP TEID以及该数据 A, 并且, 可以才艮据 该 AP侧 GTP TEID以及如上所述确定的第二映射关系, 确定数据 A是需要 发送给目标用户设备的, 其后, 可以通过第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈(或第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈和适配层)对该数据 A进行封装处理, 以生成一个符合
无线局域网通信方式的数据包 B (第二数据包的一例), 并通过无线局域网 通信方式所使用的载波(第一载波的一例), 向该目标用户设备发送该数据 包 After receiving the data packet A, the AP may perform decapsulation processing on the data packet A by using the first WLAN AP side protocol stack (or the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the adaptation layer) to obtain the target user equipment. Corresponding AP-side GTP TEID and the data A, and determining that the data A needs to be sent to the target user equipment according to the AP-side GTP TEID and the second mapping relationship determined as described above, and thereafter, Encapsulating the data A by using the second WLAN AP side protocol stack (or the second WLAN AP side protocol stack and the adaptation layer) to generate a match a packet B (an example of a second packet) of the WLAN communication method, and transmitting the packet to the target user equipment by using a carrier (an example of the first carrier) used in the WLAN communication method
目标用户设备可以通过该第一载波, 接收该数据包 B, 并通过第一用户 设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层和第二用户设备侧协议栈,对数据包 B进行 解封装处理, 从而获取该数据 。 The target user equipment may receive the data packet B through the first carrier, and perform decapsulation processing on the data packet B by using at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack. The data.
情况 2 Situation 2
由于在该基站与网关设备之间设有至少两个承载, 因此用户设备需要获 知 AP发送的数据包中所携带的各数据所属于的承载, 以可靠地还原来自网 络侧的数据, 从而, AP也需要获知基站发送的各数据所属于的承载, 在封 装发送给目标用户设备的数据包时,在数据包中添加指示各数据所属于的承 载的标识(第三承载指示信息), 该封装过程可以与现有技术相同或相似, 这里, 为了避免赘述, 省略其说明, 下面, 主要对基站通知 AP各数据所属 于的承载的过程和方法进行说明。 Since at least two bearers are provided between the base station and the gateway device, the user equipment needs to know the bearer to which each data carried in the data packet sent by the AP belongs, so as to reliably restore data from the network side, thereby, the AP The bearer to which the data sent by the base station belongs is also required to be learned. When the data packet sent to the target user equipment is encapsulated, an identifier (third bearer indication information) indicating the bearer to which the data belongs is added to the data packet, and the encapsulation process is performed. The description may be omitted or similar to the prior art. Here, in order to avoid redundancy, the description thereof will be omitted. Hereinafter, the procedure and method for the base station to notify the bearer to which the AP data belongs are mainly described.
可选地, 该第二基站侧协议栈包括^载映射层, 该^载映射层用于确定 该目标数据所属于的承载, 以及 Optionally, the second base station side protocol stack includes a mapping layer, where the mapping layer is used to determine a bearer to which the target data belongs, and
当该用户设备与至少两个 载相对应时, 该基站经由该 GTP 隧道, 通 过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输, 包括: When the user equipment is associated with the at least two mobile devices, the base station transmits the target data to the user equipment by using the WLAN AP, including:
该基站通过该承载映射层,确定该目标数据中的下行目标数据所属于的 承载, 并承载映射层生成第一承载指示信息, 该第一承载指示信息用于指示 该下行目标数据所属于的承载; The base station determines, by the bearer mapping layer, the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs in the target data, and the bearer mapping layer generates the first bearer indication information, where the first bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs. ;
该基站向该 WLAN AP发送该第一承载指示信息, 以便于该用户设备根 据该 WLAN AP转发的第一承载指示信息, 确定该下行目标数据所属于的承 载。 The base station sends the first bearer indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the user equipment determines, according to the first bearer indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP, the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs.
并且, 该基站向该 WLAN AP发送第一承载指示信息, 包括: And sending, by the base station, the first bearer indication information to the WLAN AP, including:
该基站通过该承载映射层,将该第一承载指示信息与该下行目标数据封 装于同一数据包内而发送给该 WLAN AP。 The base station encapsulates the first bearer indication information and the downlink target data in the same data packet by using the bearer mapping layer, and sends the first bearer indication information to the WLAN AP.
具体地说, 在本发明实施例中, 例如, 来自网络侧的数据 A由数据 Al~ 数据 An构成, 其中, n与在基站和网关设备之间传输数据 A所使用的承载 的数量相同, 基站可以在(例如, 通过基站协议栈的至少一层和 GTP协议 栈)封装数据包时, 在数据包中增加用于指示数据 Al~数据 An所属于的承
载的指示信息(第一承载指示信息), 从而, AP可以根据该第一承载指示信 息, 获知基站发送的数据 Al~数据 An所属于的承载。 Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, for example, the data A from the network side is composed of data Al~ data An, where n is the same as the number of bearers used to transmit data A between the base station and the gateway device, and the base station When the data packet is encapsulated (for example, through at least one layer of the base station protocol stack and the GTP protocol stack), the data packet is added to indicate that the data A1 to the data belongs to The indication information (the first bearer indication information) is carried, so that the AP can learn, according to the first bearer indication information, the bearer to which the data Al~data An sent by the base station belongs.
需要说明的是, 基站协议栈的 MAC层具有识别数据所示承载的功能, 因此, 在本发明实施例中,在 GTP协议栈聚合在基站协议栈的 MAC协议栈 上时, 可以通过该 MAC层, 在数据包中封装入该第一承载指示信息。 It should be noted that the MAC layer of the base station protocol stack has the function of identifying the bearer indicated by the data. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the GTP protocol stack is aggregated on the MAC protocol stack of the base station protocol stack, the MAC layer may be adopted. And encapsulating the first bearer indication information in the data packet.
并且, 在本发明实施例中, 基站对数据 Al~数据 An进行封装处理而生 成的数据包可以是一个, 也可以是 n个, 本发明并不特别限定。 另外, 在生 成 n个数据包的情况下, 该 n个数据包可以通过一个 GTP隧道传输至 AP, 也可以通过 n个隧道传输至 AP, 本发明并未特别限定。 Furthermore, in the embodiment of the present invention, the data packet generated by the base station for encapsulating the data Al~ data An may be one or n, and the present invention is not particularly limited. In addition, in the case of generating n data packets, the n data packets may be transmitted to the AP through one GTP tunnel, or may be transmitted to the AP through n tunnels, and the present invention is not particularly limited.
在本发明实施例中,还可以在基站协议栈中增加用于在数据包中封装入 该第一承载指示信息的协议层(承载映射层的一例;), 并使在 GTP协议栈聚 合在该承载映射层上。 并且, 在本发明实施例中, 该承载映射层可以设置在 PDCP层之上, 也可以设置在 PDCP层与 RLC层之间, 也可以设置在 RLC 层与 MAC层之间, 本发明并未特别限定。 In the embodiment of the present invention, a protocol layer (an example of a bearer mapping layer) for encapsulating the first bearer indication information in the data packet may be added to the base station protocol stack, and the GTP protocol stack is aggregated in the Hosting on the mapping layer. In addition, in the embodiment of the present invention, the bearer mapping layer may be disposed on the PDCP layer, or may be disposed between the PDCP layer and the RLC layer, or may be disposed between the RLC layer and the MAC layer, and the present invention is not particularly limited.
从而, AP可以根据该第一承载指示信息, 获知基站发送的数据 Dl 数 据 Dn所属于的承载。 需要说明的是, WiFi协议栈的 MAC层具有识别数据 所示承载的功能, 因此, 在本发明实施例中, 在 AP的 WiFi协议栈聚合在 GTP协议栈的 MAC协议栈上时, 可以通过该 MAC层, 从数据包中获取该 第一 7 载指示信息。 并且, 在本发明实施例中, 还可以在 GTP协议栈中增 加用于从数据包获取该第一承载指示信息的协议层(承载映射层的一例;), 并使在 WiFi协议栈聚合在该承载映射层上。 Therefore, the AP can learn, according to the first bearer indication information, the bearer to which the data D1 data Dn sent by the base station belongs. It should be noted that the MAC layer of the WiFi protocol stack has the function of identifying the bearer indicated by the data. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the WiFi protocol stack of the AP is aggregated on the MAC protocol stack of the GTP protocol stack, the The MAC layer obtains the first 7-load indication information from the data packet. In addition, in the embodiment of the present invention, a protocol layer (an example of a bearer mapping layer) for acquiring the first bearer indication information from the data packet may be added to the GTP protocol stack, and the WiFi protocol stack is aggregated in the GTP protocol stack. Hosting on the mapping layer.
需要说明的是,如果采用在数据包中添加承载指示信息的方式来指示数 据所属于的承载, 则基站与 AP可以根据如上所述确定的第一映射关系信息 和第二映射关系信息, 确定在彼此之间传输的数据所属于的用户设备。 It should be noted that, if the bearer to which the data belongs is indicated by adding the bearer indication information in the data packet, the base station and the AP may determine, according to the first mapping relationship information and the second mapping relationship information determined as described above, User equipment to which data transmitted between each other belongs.
可选地, 当该用户设备与至少两个 7 载相对应时, 该基站经由该 GTP 隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输, 包括: Optionally, when the user equipment corresponds to the at least two loads, the base station performs the target data transmission with the user equipment by using the WLAN AP, including:
该基站确定与该目标数据所属于的承载相对应的第二 GTP隧道; 该基站经由该第二 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行该 目标数据的传输。 The base station determines a second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the target data belongs; the base station transmits the target data to the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the second GTP tunnel.
并且, 该基站确定与该目标数据所属于的承载相对应的第二 GTP隧道, 包括:
该基站接收该 WLAN AP发送的第四映射关系信息, 该第四映射关系信 息用于指示下行第二 GTP隧道的 TEID与下行目标数据所属于的承载之间的 映射关系; And determining, by the base station, a second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the target data belongs, including: The base station receives the fourth mapping relationship information that is sent by the WLAN AP, where the fourth mapping relationship information is used to indicate a mapping relationship between the TEID of the downlink second GTP tunnel and the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs.
根据该第四映射关系信息, 确定该下行第二 GTP隧道; 以及 Determining, according to the fourth mapping relationship information, the downlink second GTP tunnel; and
该基站经由该第二 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行该 目标数据的传输, 包括: The base station performs the transmission of the target data with the user equipment by using the WLAN AP by using the second GTP tunnel, including:
该基站通过该下行第二 GTP隧道向该 WLAN AP发送该下行目标数据, 以便于该 WLAN AP在通过该下行第二 GTP隧道接收到该下行目标数据后, 根据该第四映射关系信息, 确定下行目标数据所属于的承载, 并根据该下行 目标数据所属于的承载和该承载信息, 确定该用户设备, 以向该用户设备发 送该下行目标数据。 The base station sends the downlink target data to the WLAN AP by using the downlink second GTP tunnel, so that the WLAN AP determines the downlink according to the fourth mapping relationship information after receiving the downlink target data by using the downlink second GTP tunnel. The bearer to which the target data belongs, and determining the user equipment according to the bearer and the bearer information to which the downlink target data belongs, to send the downlink target data to the user equipment.
具体地说, 在本发明实施例中, 基站与 AP之间可以建立 n个下行 GTP 隧道, 以使每个下行 GTP 隧道仅用于传输一个承载上的下行数据, 并且, 在本发明实施例中, 在第一分流信息中还可以包括承载指示信息, 该承载指 示信息用于指示该用户设备所对应的各承载, AP可以为每个下行 GTP隧道 分配一个 AP侧 GTP TEID,并向基站通知各 AP侧 GTP TEID与各下行 GTP 隧道之间的映射关系, 并且, AP可以确定与该目标用户设备所对应的各承 载与各下行 GTP隧道之间的映射关系 (第四映射关系), 从而, 基站可以根 据上述各 AP侧 GTP TEID与各下行 GTP隧道之间的映射关系以及各 载与 各下行 GTP隧道之间的映射关系,对数据 Al~数据 An进行封装处理而生成 n个数据包, 并通过与各数据相对应的隧道传输各数据包。 Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, n downlink GTP tunnels may be established between the base station and the AP, so that each downlink GTP tunnel is used only for transmitting downlink data on one bearer, and, in the embodiment of the present invention, The first offload information may further include bearer indication information, where the bearer indication information is used to indicate each bearer corresponding to the user equipment, and the AP may allocate an AP side GTP TEID for each downlink GTP tunnel, and notify each base station of each a mapping relationship between the GTP TEIDs of the APs and the downlink GTP tunnels, and the AP may determine a mapping relationship (fourth mapping relationship) between the bearers corresponding to the target user equipment and each downlink GTP tunnel, and thus, the base station The data Al~data An may be encapsulated according to the mapping relationship between the GTP TEIDs of the APs and the downlink GTP tunnels, and the mapping relationship between the bearers and the downlink GTP tunnels to generate n data packets. Each packet corresponding to each data is transmitted by a tunnel.
例如,基站可以将与数据 A1相对应的下行 GTP隧道的 AP侧 GTP TEID 封装入数据包 A1 , 并将该数据包 A1发送给 AP。 通过类似的方法, 基站可 生成数据包 A2~数据包 An并发送给 AP。 For example, the base station may encapsulate the AP side GTP TEID of the downlink GTP tunnel corresponding to the data A1 into the data packet A1, and send the data packet A1 to the AP. In a similar manner, the base station can generate a packet A2~data packet An and send it to the AP.
AP对该数据包 A1进行解封装处理后, 能够获知与数据 A1相对应的下 行 GTP隧道的 AP侧 GTP TEID,从而能够确定传输该数据包 A1的下行 GTP 隧道。 并且, AP可以根据传输该数据包 A1的下行 GTP隧道和如上所述确 定的各承载与各 GTP 隧道之间的映射关系 (第四映射关系), 确定数据包 A1中携带的数据 A1所属于的承载。 After the AP decapsulates the data packet A1, the AP can obtain the AP GTP TEID of the downlink GTP tunnel corresponding to the data A1, so that the downlink GTP tunnel for transmitting the data packet A1 can be determined. In addition, the AP may determine, according to the mapping relationship between the downlink GTP tunnel that transmits the data packet A1 and the bearer and the GTP tunnel determined as described above (the fourth mapping relationship), the AP belongs to the data A1 carried in the data packet A1. Hosted.
通过类似的方法, AP可以确定数据 A2~数据 An所属于的承载。 从而, In a similar manner, the AP can determine the bearer to which the data A2~ data An belongs. thereby,
AP可以确定数据 A2~数据 An所属于的承载和上述承载信息,确定该数据是
需要发送给目标用户设备的下行目标数据。 The AP may determine the bearer to which the data A2~the data belongs and the bearer information, and determine that the data is Downlink target data that needs to be sent to the target user equipment.
其后, AP可以通过第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈(或第二 WLAN AP侧协 议栈和适配层)对该数据 Al~An进行封装处理, 以生成一个或多个符合无 线局域网通信方式的数据包(第二数据包的另一例), 并通过无线局域网通 信方式所使用的载波(第一载波的一例), 向该目标用户设备发送该一个或 多个数据包, 这里, 在该数据包中可以携带用于指示数据 Al~数据 An所属 于的承载的指示信息。 Thereafter, the AP may encapsulate the data Al~An through the second WLAN AP side protocol stack (or the second WLAN AP side protocol stack and the adaptation layer) to generate one or more data conforming to the WLAN communication mode. a packet (another example of the second data packet), and transmitting the one or more data packets to the target user equipment by using a carrier (an example of the first carrier) used by the wireless local area network communication method, where the data packet is in the data packet The indication information indicating the bearer to which the data Al~data An belongs may be carried.
目标用户设备可以通过该第一载波, 接收该一个或多个数据包, 并通过 第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层和第二用户设备侧协议栈,对该一 个或多个数据包进行解封装处理, 从而获取该来自网络侧的数据 A。 The target user equipment may receive the one or more data packets through the first carrier, and pass the at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack to the one or more data packets. Decapsulation processing is performed to acquire the data A from the network side.
这里, 来自网络侧的数据 A有数据 Al~数据 An构成, 其中, n与在基 站和网关设备之间传输数据 A所使用的承载的数量相同,用户设备可以通过 AP所发送数据包中携带的用于指示数据 A 1 ~数据 An所属于的承载的指示信 息, 获知基站发送的数据 Al~数据 An所属于的承载。 Here, the data A from the network side is composed of data Al~data An, where n is the same as the number of bearers used to transmit data A between the base station and the gateway device, and the user equipment can carry the data packets carried by the AP. The indication information indicating the bearer to which the data A 1 to the data An belongs is obtained, and the bearer to which the data Al to the data An transmitted by the base station belongs is known.
需要说明的是, 用户设备协议栈的 MAC层具有识别数据所示承载的功 能,因此,在本发明实施例中,在 WiFi协议栈聚合在用户设备协议栈的 MAC 协议栈上时, 可以通过该 MAC层, 确定数据 Al~数据 An所属于的承载。 It should be noted that the MAC layer of the user equipment protocol stack has the function of identifying the bearer indicated by the data. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the WiFi protocol stack is aggregated on the MAC protocol stack of the user equipment protocol stack, the The MAC layer determines the bearer to which the data Al~data An belongs.
或者, 还可以在用户设备协议栈中增加用于确定数据 Al~数据 An所属 于的承载的协议层(承载映射层的一例;), 并使 WiFi协议栈聚合在该承载映 射层上。 Alternatively, a protocol layer (an example of a bearer mapping layer) for determining a bearer to which the data Al~ data An belongs may be added to the user equipment protocol stack, and the WiFi protocol stack is aggregated on the bearer mapping layer.
并且, 在本发明实施例中, 该承载映射层可以设置在 PDCP层之上, 也 可以设置在 PDCP层与 RLC层之间,也可以设置在 RLC层与 MAC层之间, 本发明并未特别限定 In addition, in the embodiment of the present invention, the bearer mapping layer may be disposed on the PDCP layer, or may be disposed between the PDCP layer and the RLC layer, or may be disposed between the RLC layer and the MAC layer, and the present invention is not particularly Limited
可选地, 当该目标数据是该承载上的部分数据时, 该方法还包括: 该基站通过该第一基站侧协议栈, 与该用户设备进行非目标数据的传 输, 其中, 该非目标数据是该承载上的全部数据中, 除该目标数据以外的数 据。 Optionally, when the target data is part of the data on the bearer, the method further includes: the base station performing non-target data transmission with the user equipment by using the first base station side protocol stack, where the non-target data Is the data other than the target data among all the data on the bearer.
具体地说, 当该下行目标数据是该至少一个承载上的部分下行数据时, 该方法还包括: 该基站通过该第一基站侧协议栈, 对下行非目标数据进行封 装处理, 以生成第五数据包, 该下行非目标数据是该至少一个承载上的全部 下行数据中, 除该下行目标数据以外的数据; 该基站通过第三载波, 向该目
标用户设备发送该第五数据包 , 以便于该目标用户设备通过该第一用户设备 侧协议栈对该第五数据包进行解封装处理, 以获取该下行非目标数据, 并根 据该下行非目标数据和该下行目标数据,确定该至少一个^ ^载上的全部下行 数据, 其中, 该第三载波是用于基站和用户设备之间通信的载波。 Specifically, when the downlink target data is part of downlink data on the at least one bearer, the method further includes: the base station performing encapsulation processing on the downlink non-target data by using the first base station side protocol stack to generate a fifth a data packet, the downlink non-target data is data other than the downlink target data in all downlink data on the at least one bearer; the base station passes the third carrier to the destination The target user equipment sends the fifth data packet, so that the target user equipment performs decapsulation processing on the fifth data packet by using the first user equipment side protocol stack to obtain the downlink non-target data, and according to the downlink non-target And the downlink target data, the at least one downlink data is determined, wherein the third carrier is a carrier used for communication between the base station and the user equipment.
例如,当数据 A是来自网络侧并需要发送给目标用户设备的全部数据中 的一部分时, 基站还需要将剩余部分(以下称为数据 C )通过用于基站与用 户设备之间通信的载波(第三载波的一例)发送给目标用户设备, 该过程与 方法可以与现有技术相同或相似, 这里, 为了避免赘述, 省略其说明。 For example, when the data A is part of all data from the network side and needs to be transmitted to the target user equipment, the base station also needs to pass the remaining part (hereinafter referred to as data C) through the carrier used for communication between the base station and the user equipment ( The example of the third carrier is transmitted to the target user equipment. The process and method may be the same as or similar to the prior art. Here, in order to avoid redundancy, the description thereof is omitted.
由此, 完成了下行数据的传输过程。 Thereby, the transmission process of the downlink data is completed.
图 5是根据本发明一实施例的下行数据的传输方法的示意性交互图。 如图 5所示, 在 S210, UE可以将其 MAC地址发送给 MME。 FIG. 5 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method for transmitting downlink data according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5, at S210, the UE may send its MAC address to the MME.
在 S220, MME可以将该 UE的 MAC地址发送给基站。 At S220, the MME may send the MAC address of the UE to the base station.
在 S230, 基站可以将该 UE的 MAC地址和为该 UE分配的基站侧 GTP TEID发送给 AP。 At S230, the base station may send the MAC address of the UE and the base station side GTP TEID allocated to the UE to the AP.
在 S240 , AP可以其为该 UE分配的 AP侧 GTP TEID发送给基站。 在 S250 , 基站可以将该 AP侧 GTP TEID封装在数据包内, 并将该数据 包发送给 AP。 At S240, the AP may send the AP-side GTP TEID allocated to the UE to the base station. At S250, the base station may encapsulate the AP side GTP TEID in a data packet, and send the data packet to the AP.
在 S260, AP根据该 AP侧 GTP TEID确定该数据包内携带的数据是需 要发送给 UE的。 At S260, the AP determines, according to the GTP TEID of the AP side, that the data carried in the data packet needs to be sent to the UE.
在 S270, AP可以根据该 UE的 MAC地址, 将该数据包内携带的数据 发送给 UE。 At S270, the AP may send the data carried in the data packet to the UE according to the MAC address of the UE.
下面, 对上行时基站通过 AP进行针对(例如, 多个用户设备中的) 目 标用户设备的分流时的动作进行说明。 Next, an operation when the base station performs the offloading of the target user equipment (e.g., among the plurality of user equipments) by the AP in the uplink will be described.
用户设备可以从需要发送至基站(或者说, 网络侧)的上行数据中, 确 定需要通过 AP发送给基站的上行目标数据, 以下, 称为数 D。 The user equipment can determine the uplink target data that needs to be sent to the base station through the AP from the uplink data that needs to be sent to the base station (or the network side), hereinafter referred to as the number D.
在本发明实施例中,在基站与网关设备之间设置有一个用于传输该目标 用户设备的数据的承载(情况 3 ); 或者, 在基站与网关设备之间设置有多个 用于传输该目标用户设备的数据的承载(情况 4 )。 In the embodiment of the present invention, a bearer for transmitting data of the target user equipment is set between the base station and the gateway device (Case 3); or, a plurality of the base station and the gateway device are configured to transmit the bearer. The bearer of the data of the target user equipment (Case 4).
情况 3 Situation 3
目标用户设备通过第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层和第二用 户设备侧协议栈,对数据 D进行封装处理, 以生成一个符合无线局域网通信
方式的数据包 D (第四数据包的一例), 并通过无线局域网通信方式所使用 的载波(第二载波的一例;), 向 AP发送该数据包 D。 The target user equipment encapsulates the data D by using at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack to generate a wireless local area network communication. The packet D of the mode (an example of the fourth packet) is transmitted to the AP by the carrier (an example of the second carrier) used by the WLAN communication method.
AP在接收到该数据包 D后, 可以通过第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈(或第 二 WLAN AP侧协议栈和适配层 ), 对该数据包 D进行解封装处理, 以获取 该数据 D, 其后, AP可以根据如上所述接收的第一分流指示信息, 确定该 数据 D需要发送至基站, 从而, 可以通过第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈(或第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈和适配层)对该数据 D进行封装处理, 以生成一个符合 GTP通信方式的数据包 E (第二数据包的一例)。 将基站分配的与该目标用 户设备相对应的 GTP TEID (基站侧 GTP TEID ), 封装在该数据包 E中, 并 且, 可以根据如上所述确定的第一映射关系, 确定与该基站侧 GTP TEID相 对应的上行 GTP隧道, 将该数据包 E发送给基站。 After receiving the data packet D, the AP may perform decapsulation processing on the data packet D through the second WLAN AP side protocol stack (or the second WLAN AP side protocol stack and the adaptation layer) to obtain the data D. Then, the AP may determine that the data D needs to be sent to the base station according to the first offload indication information received as described above, and thus may pass the first WLAN AP side protocol stack (or the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the adaptation layer). The data D is encapsulated to generate a data packet E (an example of the second data packet) conforming to the GTP communication method. The GTP TEID (base station side GTP TEID) corresponding to the target user equipment allocated by the base station is encapsulated in the data packet E, and the GTP TEID with the base station side may be determined according to the first mapping relationship determined as described above. The corresponding uplink GTP tunnel transmits the data packet E to the base station.
基站在接收到该数据包 E后,可以通过第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协 议层和第二基站侧协议栈, 对数据包 E进行解封装处理, 以获取该基站侧 GTP TEID和数据 D, 并根据该基站侧 GTP TEID和如上所述确定的第一映 射关系,确定该数据 D是来自目标用户设备的上行数据,从而,基站可以(例 如, 通过 S1接口) 向网关设备(例如, PDN-GW )发送该目标用户设备需 要发送给网络侧 (例如, EPC ) 的上行数据 D。 After receiving the data packet E, the base station may perform decapsulation processing on the data packet E by using at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack to obtain the GTP TEID and the data D of the base station side. Determining, according to the base station side GTP TEID and the first mapping relationship determined as described above, that the data D is uplink data from the target user equipment, so that the base station can (for example, through the S1 interface) to the gateway device (for example, PDN) -GW) Sends the uplink data D that the target user equipment needs to send to the network side (for example, EPC).
情况 4 Situation 4
由于在该基站与网关设备之间设有至少两个承载, 因此基站需要获知 AP发送的数据包中所携带的各数据所属于的承载, 以将各数据准确地发送 至网络侧, 从而, AP也需要获知目标用户设备发送的各数据所属于的承载, 目标用户设备可以在封装发送给 AP数据包时, 在数据包中添加指示各数据 所属于的承载的标识。 Since at least two bearers are provided between the base station and the gateway device, the base station needs to know the bearer to which each data carried in the data packet sent by the AP belongs, so as to accurately transmit each data to the network side, thereby, the AP It is also necessary to know the bearer to which each data sent by the target user equipment belongs. The target user equipment may add an identifier indicating the bearer to which each data belongs when the packet is sent to the AP data packet.
可选地, 该第二基站侧协议栈包括承载映射层, 该承载映射层用于确定 该目标数据所属于的承载, 以及 Optionally, the second base station side protocol stack includes a bearer mapping layer, where the bearer mapping layer is used to determine a bearer to which the target data belongs, and
当该用户设备与至少两个 载相对应时, 该基站经由该 GTP 隧道, 通 过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输, 包括: When the user equipment is associated with the at least two mobile devices, the base station transmits the target data to the user equipment by using the WLAN AP, including:
该基站通过该承载映射层,获取该 WLAN AP转发的第二承载指示信息, 该第二承载指示信息用于指示该目标数据中的上行目标数据所属于的承载; 该基站根据该第二承载指示信息, 确定该上行目标数据所属于的承载, 该第二承载指示信息是该用户设备确定并发送给该 WLAN AP的。
并且, 该基站通过该承载映射层获取该 WLAN AP转发的第二承载指示 信息, 包括: The base station obtains the second bearer indication information that is forwarded by the WLAN AP by using the bearer mapping layer, where the second bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs in the target data; the base station according to the second bearer indication And determining, by the user equipment, the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs, where the second bearer indication information is determined by the user equipment and sent to the WLAN AP. And the acquiring, by the base station, the second bearer indication information that is forwarded by the WLAN AP by using the bearer mapping layer, including:
该基站通过该承载映射层, 从封装有该上行目标数据的数据包内, 获取 该第二承载指示信息。 The base station obtains the second bearer indication information from the data packet encapsulated with the uplink target data by using the bearer mapping layer.
具体地说, 在本发明实施例中, 例如, 目标用户设备需要发送给网络侧 的数据 D由数据 Dl~数据 Dn构成, 其中, n与在基站和网关设备之间传输 数据 D所使用的承载的数量相同, 目标用户设备可以在(例如, 通过用户设 备协议栈的至少一层和 WiFi协议栈)封装数据包时, 在数据包中增加用于 指示数据 Dl~数据 Dn所属于的承载的指示信息(第二承载指示信息),从而, AP可以根据该第二承载指示信息, 获知目标用户设备发送的数据 01~数据 Dn所属于的承载。 Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, for example, the data D that the target user equipment needs to send to the network side is composed of the data D1 to the data Dn, where n carries the bearer used for transmitting the data D between the base station and the gateway device. The number of the same is the same, the target user equipment can add an indication to the data packet indicating the bearer to which the data D1~Dn belongs, when the data packet is encapsulated (for example, through at least one layer of the user equipment protocol stack and the WiFi protocol stack). The information (the second bearer indication information), so that the AP can learn the bearer to which the data 01 to the data Dn sent by the target user equipment belongs according to the second bearer indication information.
需要说明的是, 用户设备协议栈的 MAC层具有识别数据所示承载的功 能,因此,在本发明实施例中,在 WiFi协议栈聚合在用户设备协议栈的 MAC 协议栈上时,可以通过该 MAC层,在数据包中封装入该第二承载指示信息。 It should be noted that the MAC layer of the user equipment protocol stack has the function of identifying the bearer indicated by the data. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the WiFi protocol stack is aggregated on the MAC protocol stack of the user equipment protocol stack, the The MAC layer encapsulates the second bearer indication information in the data packet.
并且, 在本发明实施例中, 对数据 Dl~数据 Dn进行封装处理而生成的 数据包可以是一个, 也可以是 n个, 本发明并不特别限定。 Further, in the embodiment of the present invention, the data packets generated by the encapsulation processing of the data D1 to the data Dn may be one or n, and the present invention is not particularly limited.
另外, 在本发明实施例中, 还可以在用户设备协议栈中增加用于在数据 包中封装入该第二承载指示信息的协议层(承载映射层的一例;),并使在 WiFi 协议栈聚合在该承载映射层上。 在本发明实施例中, 该承载映射层可以设置 在 PDCP层之上,也可以设置在 PDCP层与 RLC层之间,也可以设置在 RLC 层与 MAC层之间, 本发明并未特别限定。 In addition, in the embodiment of the present invention, a protocol layer (an example of a bearer mapping layer) for encapsulating the second bearer indication information in the data packet may be added to the user equipment protocol stack, and the WiFi protocol stack may be Aggregation is on the bearer mapping layer. In the embodiment of the present invention, the bearer mapping layer may be disposed on the PDCP layer, or between the PDCP layer and the RLC layer, or between the RLC layer and the MAC layer. The present invention is not particularly limited.
从而, AP可以根据该第二承载指示信息,获知用户设备发送的数据 Dl~ 数据 Dn所属于的承载。 需要说明的是, AP的 WiFi协议栈的 MAC层具有 识别数据所示承载的功能, 因此, 在本发明实施例中, 在 AP的 GTP协议栈 聚合在 WiFi协议栈的 MAC协议栈上时, 可以通过该 MAC层, 从数据包中 获取该第二承载指示信息。 并且, 在本发明实施例中, 还可以在 GTP协议 栈中增加用于从数据包获取该第二承载指示信息的协议层(承载映射层的一 例 ), 并使在 GTP协议栈聚合在该承载映射层上。 Therefore, the AP can learn, according to the second bearer indication information, the bearer to which the data D1~Dn transmitted by the user equipment belongs. It should be noted that the MAC layer of the WiFi protocol stack of the AP has the function of identifying the bearer indicated by the data. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the GTP protocol stack of the AP is aggregated on the MAC protocol stack of the WiFi protocol stack, The second bearer indication information is obtained from the data packet by using the MAC layer. In addition, in the embodiment of the present invention, a protocol layer (an example of a bearer mapping layer) for obtaining the second bearer indication information from the data packet may be added to the GTP protocol stack, and the GTP protocol stack is aggregated in the bearer. On the mapping layer.
需要说明的是,如果采用在数据包中添加承载指示信息的方式来指示数 据所属于的承载, 则基站与 AP可以根据如上所述确定的第一映射关系信息 和第二映射关系信息, 确定在彼此之间传输的数据所属于的用户设备。
可选地, 当该用户设备与至少两个 7 载相对应时, 该基站经由该 GTP 隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输, 包括: It should be noted that, if the bearer to which the data belongs is indicated by adding the bearer indication information in the data packet, the base station and the AP may determine, according to the first mapping relationship information and the second mapping relationship information determined as described above, User equipment to which data transmitted between each other belongs. Optionally, when the user equipment corresponds to the at least two seven-carriers, the base station performs the target data transmission with the user equipment by using the WLAN AP, including:
该基站确定与该目标数据所属于的承载相对应的第二 GTP隧道; 该基站经由该第二 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行该 目标数据的传输。 The base station determines a second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the target data belongs; the base station transmits the target data to the user equipment through the WLAN AP via the second GTP tunnel.
并且, 该基站确定与该目标数据所属于的承载相对应的第二 GTP隧道, 包括: And determining, by the base station, a second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the target data belongs, including:
该基站确定与上行目标数据所属于的承载相对应的上行第二 GTP隧道; 该基站向该 WLAN AP发送第三映射关系信息, 该第三映射关系信息用 于指示该上行第二 GTP隧道的 TEID与该上行目标数据所属于的承载之间的 映射关系; 以及 The base station determines an uplink second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs; the base station sends a third mapping relationship information to the WLAN AP, where the third mapping relationship information is used to indicate the TEID of the uplink second GTP tunnel a mapping relationship with a bearer to which the uplink target data belongs;
该基站经由该第二 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行该 目标数据的传输, 包括: The base station performs the transmission of the target data with the user equipment by using the WLAN AP by using the second GTP tunnel, including:
当经由该上行第二 GTP隧道接收该 WLAN AP发送的数据时, 该基站 根据该第三映射关系信息, 确定所接收到的数据所属于的承载; When receiving the data sent by the WLAN AP by using the uplink second GTP tunnel, the base station determines, according to the third mapping relationship information, a bearer to which the received data belongs;
根据所接收到的数据所属于的承载, 确定经由该上行第二 GTP隧道接 收到的数据为该用户设备发送的目标上行数据。 And determining, according to the bearer to which the received data belongs, the target uplink data sent by the user equipment by using the data received by the uplink second GTP tunnel.
具体地说, 在本发明实施例中, 目标用户设备可以在(例如, 通过用户 设备协议栈的至少一层和 WiFi协议栈)封装数据包时, 在数据包中增加用 于指示数据 Dl 数据 Dn所属于的承载的指示信息(第二承载指示信息 ),从 而, AP可以根据该第二承载指示信息, 获知目标用户设备发送的数据 Dl~ 数据 Dn所属于的承载。 Specifically, in the embodiment of the present invention, the target user equipment may add the data D1 data Dn to the data packet when the data packet is encapsulated (for example, through at least one layer of the user equipment protocol stack and the WiFi protocol stack). The indication information (the second bearer indication information) of the bearer that belongs to the AP, so that the AP can learn the bearer to which the data D1~Dn transmitted by the target user equipment belongs according to the second bearer indication information.
需要说明的是, 用户设备协议栈的 MAC层具有识别数据所示承载的功 能, 因此, 在本发明实施例中, 在 UE的 WiFi协议栈聚合在用户设备协议 栈的 MAC协议栈上时, 可以通过该 MAC层, 在数据包中封装入该第二 载指示信息。 It should be noted that the MAC layer of the user equipment protocol stack has the function of identifying the bearer indicated by the data. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the WiFi protocol stack of the UE is aggregated on the MAC protocol stack of the user equipment protocol stack, Through the MAC layer, the second bearer indication information is encapsulated in the data packet.
并且, 在本发明实施例中, 对数据 Dl~数据 Dn进行封装处理而生成的 数据包可以是一个, 也可以是 n个, 本发明并不特别限定。 Further, in the embodiment of the present invention, the data packets generated by the encapsulation processing of the data D1 to the data Dn may be one or n, and the present invention is not particularly limited.
另外, 在本发明实施例中, 还可以在用户设备协议栈中增加用于在数据 包中封装入该第二承载指示信息的协议层(承载映射层的一例;),并使在 WiFi 协议栈聚合在该承载映射层上。 在本发明实施例中, 该承载映射层可以设置
在 PDCP层之上,也可以设置在 PDCP层与 RLC层之间,也可以设置在 RLC 层与 MAC层之间, 本发明并未特别限定。 In addition, in the embodiment of the present invention, a protocol layer (an example of a bearer mapping layer) for encapsulating the second bearer indication information in the data packet may be added to the user equipment protocol stack, and the WiFi protocol stack may be Aggregation is on the bearer mapping layer. In the embodiment of the present invention, the bearer mapping layer can be set The PDCP layer may be disposed between the PDCP layer and the RLC layer, or may be disposed between the RLC layer and the MAC layer, and the present invention is not particularly limited.
AP 可以根据该第二承载指示信息, 获知基站发送的数据 Ol~$ Dn 所属于的承载。 AP可以根据该用户设备的身份信息, 确定该数据 Dl 数据 Dn需要发送给基站。 The AP may learn, according to the second bearer indication information, the bearer to which the data Ol~$ Dn sent by the base station belongs. The AP may determine, according to the identity information of the user equipment, that the data D1 data Dn needs to be sent to the base station.
基站与 AP之间可以建立 n个上行 GTP隧道, 以使每个上行 GTP隧道 仅用于传输一个承载上的上行数据, 基站可以为每个上行 GTP 隧道分配一 个基站侧 GTP TEID, 并通知 AP通知, 并且基站可以确定各用户设备所述 对应的各^载与各上行 GTP隧道之间的映射关系 (第三映射关系), 并通知 AP, 从而, AP可以根据上述各基站侧 GTP TEID与各上行 GTP隧道之间的 映射关系以及各承载与各上行 GTP隧道之间的映射关系, 对数据 Dl 数据 Dn进行封装处理而生成 n个数据包, 并通过与各数据相对应的隧道传输各 数据包。 An uplink GTP tunnel can be established between the base station and the AP, so that each uplink GTP tunnel is only used to transmit uplink data on one bearer. The base station can allocate a base station side GTP TEID for each uplink GTP tunnel, and notify the AP to notify the AP. And the base station can determine the mapping relationship between the corresponding each of the user equipments and each of the uplink GTP tunnels (the third mapping relationship), and notify the AP, so that the AP can use the GTP TEID and each uplink of each of the base stations. The mapping relationship between the GTP tunnels and the mapping relationship between the bearers and the uplink GTP tunnels, the data D1 data Dn is encapsulated to generate n data packets, and each data packet is transmitted through a tunnel corresponding to each data.
例如, AP可以将与数据 D1相对应的上行 GTP隧道的基站侧 GTP TEID 封装入数据包 D1 , 并将该数据包 D1发送给基站。 通过类似的方法, AP可 生成数据包 D2~数据包 Dn并发送给基站。 For example, the AP may encapsulate the base station side GTP TEID of the uplink GTP tunnel corresponding to the data D1 into the data packet D1, and send the data packet D1 to the base station. In a similar manner, the AP can generate a packet D2~data packet Dn and send it to the base station.
基站对该数据包 D1进行解封装处理后, 能够获知与数据 D1相对应的 上行 GTP隧道的基站侧 GTP TEID , 从而能够确定传输该数据包 D1的上行 GTP隧道, 进而, 可以根据如上所述确定的第三映射关系, 确定该上行数据 所属于的承载, 以及发送该上行数据的用户设备。 After the base station decapsulates the data packet D1, the base station side GTP TEID of the uplink GTP tunnel corresponding to the data D1 can be obtained, so that the uplink GTP tunnel for transmitting the data packet D1 can be determined, and further, it can be determined according to the above. The third mapping relationship determines the bearer to which the uplink data belongs, and the user equipment that sends the uplink data.
其后, 基站可以 (例如, 通过 S1接口)向网关设备(例如, PDN-GW ) 发送的如上所述获取的目标用户设备需要发送给网络侧 (例如, EPC ) 的上 行数据, 并将各数据通过所对应的承载, 发送给网络侧。 Thereafter, the base station that the base station can send (for example, through the S1 interface) to the gateway device (for example, the PDN-GW) needs to send uplink data to the network side (for example, EPC), and each data is sent. The corresponding bearer is sent to the network side.
可选地, 当该目标数据是该承载上的部分数据时, 该方法还包括: 该基站通过该第一基站侧协议栈, 与该用户设备进行非目标数据的传 输, 其中, 该非目标数据是该承载上的全部数据中, 除该目标数据以外的数 据。 Optionally, when the target data is part of the data on the bearer, the method further includes: the base station performing non-target data transmission with the user equipment by using the first base station side protocol stack, where the non-target data Is the data other than the target data among all the data on the bearer.
具体地说,当数据 D是目标用户设备需要发送给网络侧的全部数据中的 一部分时, 目标用户设备还需要将剩余部分(以下称为数据 F )通过用于基 站与用户设备之间通信的载波(第四载波的一例)发送给基站, 该过程与方 法可以与现有技术相同或相似, 这里, 为了避免赘述, 省略其说明。
由此, 完成了上行数据的传输过程。 Specifically, when the data D is a part of all data that the target user equipment needs to send to the network side, the target user equipment also needs to pass the remaining part (hereinafter referred to as data F) for communication between the base station and the user equipment. The carrier (an example of the fourth carrier) is transmitted to the base station, and the process and method may be the same as or similar to the prior art. Here, in order to avoid redundancy, the description thereof is omitted. Thereby, the transmission process of the uplink data is completed.
图 6是根据本发明一实施例的上行数据的传输方法的示意性交互图。 如图 6所示, 在 S310 , UE可以将其 MAC地址发送给 MME。 FIG. 6 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method for transmitting uplink data according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 6, at S310, the UE may send its MAC address to the MME.
在 S320, MME可以将该 UE的 MAC地址发送给基站。 At S320, the MME may send the MAC address of the UE to the base station.
在 S330, 基站可以将该 UE的 MAC地址和为该 UE分配的基站侧 GTP At S330, the base station may set the MAC address of the UE and the base station side GTP allocated to the UE.
TEID发送给 AP。 The TEID is sent to the AP.
在 S340 , AP可以其为该 UE分配的 AP侧 GTP TEID发送给基站。 在 S350, UE可以向该 AP发送数据包。 At S340, the AP may send the AP-side GTP TEID allocated to the UE to the base station. At S350, the UE may send a data packet to the AP.
在 S360, AP可以根据该 MAC地址, 确定该数据包中携带的数据需要 发送给基站, 并且可以将该基站侧 GTP TEID封装在数据包内, 并将该数据 包发送给基站。 In S360, the AP may determine, according to the MAC address, that the data carried in the data packet needs to be sent to the base station, and may encapsulate the base station side GTP TEID in the data packet, and send the data packet to the base station.
在 S370,基站根据该基站侧 GTP TEID确定该数据包内携带的数据是来 自 UE的。 At S370, the base station determines, according to the GTP TEID of the base station side, that the data carried in the data packet is from the UE.
需要说明的是, 以上列举了由与基站进行通信 AP (以下, 为了便于区 分筒称 AP 1 )直接与用户设备之间传输数据的实施例,但本发明并未限定于 此, 例如, 当用户设备通过未与与基站进行通信 AP (以下, 为了便于区分 筒称 AP 2 ) 时, 在下行时, 基站可以将下行数据发送给 AP I , AP I通过无 线局域网通信方式将该下行数据传输给 AP 2, 从而, AP 2可以将该下行数 据传输给用户设备。 在上行时, 用户设备可以将上行数据传输给 AP 2, AP 2 通过无线局域网通信方式将该下行数据传输给 AP 1 , 从而, AP I可以将该 上行数据传输给基站。 It should be noted that the above describes an embodiment in which data is directly transmitted between the AP and the user equipment by communicating with the base station (hereinafter, in order to facilitate the division of the AP 1 ), but the present invention is not limited thereto, for example, when the user When the device does not communicate with the base station (hereinafter, in order to facilitate the division of the AP 2), the base station may transmit the downlink data to the AP I when the downlink is downlink, and the AP 1 transmits the downlink data to the AP through the wireless local area network communication mode. 2. Therefore, the AP 2 can transmit the downlink data to the user equipment. In the uplink, the user equipment can transmit the uplink data to the AP 2, and the AP 2 transmits the downlink data to the AP 1 through the WLAN communication mode, so that the AP I can transmit the uplink data to the base station.
并且, 在本发明实施例中, AP I与 AP 2之间可以直接传输数据, 也可 以经由其他中继设备(例如, 一个或多个 AP )进行数据传输, 本发明并未 特别限定。 Moreover, in the embodiment of the present invention, data may be directly transmitted between the AP 1 and the AP 2, and data may be transmitted through other relay devices (for example, one or more APs), which is not specifically limited.
根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法,通过基站在确定需要通过 WLAN A method for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention, through a base station, determining that a WLAN needs to be passed
AP对 UE的数据进行分流后, 通过 GTP隧道与 WLAN AP之间传输 UE的 数据(包括上行数据或下行数据), 能够使分流锚点位于基站, 并且, 通过 基站确定用户设备与 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 能够使基站根 据该信道带宽, 确定分流流量, 从而提高分流效果, 并且, 由于 WLAN AP 分流的数据经由基站而到达网关设备, 能保证在通过 WLAN建立通信连接 时使用的网关设备与在通过基站建立通信连接时使用的网关设备相同, 从
而, 能够保证业务连续性, 改善用户体验。 After the AP splits the data of the UE, the data of the UE (including the uplink data or the downlink data) is transmitted between the GTP tunnel and the WLAN AP, so that the offload anchor point is located at the base station, and the base station determines the user equipment and the WLAN AP. The channel bandwidth used by the communication enables the base station to determine the offload traffic according to the channel bandwidth, thereby improving the offloading effect, and since the data split by the WLAN AP arrives at the gateway device via the base station, the use of the communication connection through the WLAN can be ensured. The gateway device is the same as the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the base station, However, business continuity can be guaranteed and the user experience can be improved.
下面,对 WLAN AP在根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法进行数据传 输时的动作进行说明。 Next, an operation when the WLAN AP performs data transmission in accordance with the method of transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described.
图 7示出了本发明一实施例的传输数据的方法 400的示意性流程图, 该 方法 400由通信系统中的无线局域网接入点 WLAN AP执行, 该通信系统还 包括基站和用户设备, 在该基站与网关设备之间, 设有用于传输该用户设备 的数据的承载, 该基站与该 WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议 GTP隧道, 该方法包括: FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method 400 for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method 400 is performed by a wireless local area network access point WLAN AP in a communication system, where the communication system further includes a base station and user equipment. The base station and the gateway device are provided with a bearer for transmitting data of the user equipment, and the base station and the WLAN AP are provided with a general packet radio service tunneling protocol GTP tunnel, and the method includes:
S420, 经由该 GTP隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据, 其中, 该目标数据是根据该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽确 定的, 该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。 S420, the target data of the user equipment is transmitted with the base station by using the GTP tunnel, where the target data is determined according to a channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, where the target data is on the bearer. All or part of the data.
可选地, 在经由该 GTP 隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据之 前, 该方法 400还包括: Optionally, before the transmitting, by the GTP tunnel, the target data of the user equipment with the base station, the method 400 further includes:
接收该用户设备发送的用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第 一能力信息; Receiving, by the user equipment, first capability information indicating a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support;
根据该 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽和该第一能力信息, 确定与该用 户设备之间通信所使用信道带宽; Determining, according to a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support and the first capability information, a channel bandwidth used for communication with the user equipment;
向该基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息, 其中, 该第一信道带宽指示信息 用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。 The first channel bandwidth indication information is sent to the base station, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP.
可选地, 在经由该 GTP 隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据之 前, 该方法 400还包括: Optionally, before the transmitting, by the GTP tunnel, the target data of the user equipment with the base station, the method 400 further includes:
向该基站发送用于指示该 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信 息, 以便于该基站根据第一能力信息和该第二能力信息, 确定该用户设备与 该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 其中, 该第一能力指示信息是该 用户发送给该基站的, 用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽。 Sending, to the base station, second capability information indicating a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support, so that the base station determines, according to the first capability information and the second capability information, the communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP. Channel bandwidth, where the first capability indication information is sent by the user to the base station, and is used to indicate a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support.
可选地, 该方法 400还包括: Optionally, the method 400 further includes:
向该基站发送信道切换信息, 该信道切换信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时间。 And transmitting channel switching information to the base station, where the channel switching information is used to indicate that a channel used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP is switched and a time for completing the handover.
可选地, 该经由该 GTP 隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据, 包括: Optionally, the transmitting, by the GTP tunnel, the target data of the user equipment with the base station, including:
S410, 接收该基站发送的第一分流指示信息, 该第一分流指示信息用于
指示该 WLAN AP在该基站和该用户设备之间传输数据, 该第一分流指示信 息包括该用户设备的身份信息, 其中, 一个身份信息用于在该通信系统中唯 一地指示一个用户设备 S410. The first offloading indication information sent by the base station is received, where the first offloading indication information is used. Instructing the WLAN AP to transmit data between the base station and the user equipment, where the first offload indication information includes identity information of the user equipment, where one identity information is used to uniquely indicate a user equipment in the communication system
根据该第一分流指示信息, 经由该 GTP 隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设 备的目标数据。 And according to the first offload indication information, the target data of the user equipment is transmitted with the base station via the GTP tunnel.
可选地, 该经由该 GTP 隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据, 包括: Optionally, the transmitting, by the GTP tunnel, the target data of the user equipment with the base station, including:
根据该用户设备的用户信息, 确定与该用户设备相对应的第一 GTP 隧 道; Determining, according to user information of the user equipment, a first GTP tunnel corresponding to the user equipment;
经由该第一 GTP隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据。 The target data of the user equipment is transmitted with the base station via the first GTP tunnel.
可选地, 当该用户设备与至少两个 7 载相对应时, 该经由该 GTP隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据, 包括: Optionally, when the user equipment corresponds to the at least two loads, the target data of the user equipment is transmitted with the base station by using the GTP tunnel, including:
接收该基站发送的第一承载指示信息, 并向该用户设备转发该第一承载 指示信息, 该第一承载指示信息用于指示下行目标数据所属于的承载; 或 接收该用户设备发送的第二承载指示信息, 并向该基站转发该第二承载 指示信息, 该第二承载指示信息用于指示上行目标数据所属于的承载。 Receiving the first bearer indication information sent by the base station, and forwarding the first bearer indication information to the user equipment, where the first bearer indication information is used to indicate a bearer to which the downlink target data belongs; or receive the second sent by the user equipment Carrying the indication information, and forwarding the second bearer indication information to the base station, where the second bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs.
可选地, 该 WLAN AP具有第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈和第二 WLAN AP 侧协议栈, 该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈用于在该 WLAN AP侧实现与该基站 之间通信的数据处理, 该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈用于在该 WLAN AP侧实 现与该用户设备之间通信的数据处理, 以及 Optionally, the WLAN AP has a first WLAN AP side protocol stack and a second WLAN AP side protocol stack, where the first WLAN AP side protocol stack is used to implement data processing for communication with the base station on the WLAN AP side, The second WLAN AP side protocol stack is configured to implement data processing for communication with the user equipment on the WLAN AP side, and
该经由该 GTP隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据, 包括: 将从该基站获取的数据输入至第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 将从该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据传输至该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 将从该 第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该用户设备; 或 Transmitting, by the GTP tunnel, the target data of the user equipment with the base station, including: inputting data acquired from the base station to a first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and transmitting data output from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack Up to the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, the data output from the second WLAN AP side protocol stack is sent to the user equipment; or
将从该用户设备获取的数据输入至第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 将从该第 二 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据传输至该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 将从 该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该基站。 The data obtained from the user equipment is input to the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the data output from the second WLAN AP side protocol stack is transmitted to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the first WLAN AP side is to be used. The data output by the protocol stack is sent to the base station.
可选地, 在该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈与该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈之 间设置有适配层, 该适配层用于对数据进行在该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈的 与该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈之间的转换处理; 以及 Optionally, an adaptation layer is configured between the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, where the adaptation layer is configured to perform data on the first WLAN AP side protocol stack. Conversion processing between the second WLAN AP side protocol stacks;
该经由该 GTP隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据, 包括:
将从该基站获取的数据输入至第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 通过该适配层 将从该第一 WLAN AP 侧协议栈输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈能够识别的数据格式, 并传输至该第二 WLAN AP侧协 议栈, 将从该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该用户设备; 或 将从该用户设备获取的数据输入至第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 通过该适 配层将从该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈能够识别的数据格式, 并传输至该第一 WLAN AP侧协 议栈, 将从该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该基站。 The transmitting, by the GTP tunnel, the target data of the user equipment with the base station, including: The data obtained from the base station is input to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the data format of the data output from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack is converted by the adaptation layer to be identifiable by the second WLAN AP side protocol stack. The data format is transmitted to the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the data output from the second WLAN AP side protocol stack is sent to the user equipment; or the data acquired from the user equipment is input to the second WLAN AP. a side protocol stack, by which the data format of the data output by the second WLAN AP side protocol stack is converted into a data format that can be identified by the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and transmitted to the first WLAN AP side. The protocol stack sends data output from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack to the base station.
可选地, 当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时, 该经由该 GTP隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据, 包括: Optionally, when the user equipment is associated with the at least two bearers, the transmitting the target data of the user equipment with the base station by using the GTP tunnel, including:
根据该用户设备的身份信息,确定与该目标数据所属于的承载相对应的 第二 GTP隧道; Determining, according to the identity information of the user equipment, a second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the target data belongs;
经由该第二 GTP隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据。 The target data of the user equipment is transmitted with the base station via the second GTP tunnel.
根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法,通过基站在确定需要通过 WLAN AP对 UE的数据进行分流后, 通过 GTP隧道与 WLAN AP之间传输 UE的 数据(包括上行数据或下行数据), 能够使分流锚点位于基站, 并且, 通过 基站确定用户设备与 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 能够使基站根 据该信道带宽, 确定分流流量, 从而提高分流效果, 并且, 由于 WLAN AP 分流的数据经由基站而到达网关设备, 能保证在通过 WLAN建立通信连接 时使用的网关设备与在通过基站建立通信连接时使用的网关设备相同, 从 而, 能够保证业务连续性, 改善用户体验。 According to the method for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention, after the base station determines that the data of the UE needs to be offloaded by the WLAN AP, the UE transmits data of the UE (including uplink data or downlink data) between the GTP tunnel and the WLAN AP, thereby enabling the data to be transmitted. The shunt anchor point is located at the base station, and the channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP is determined by the base station, so that the base station can determine the offload traffic according to the channel bandwidth, thereby improving the offloading effect, and the data split by the WLAN AP When the gateway device is reached via the base station, it is ensured that the gateway device used when establishing the communication connection through the WLAN is the same as the gateway device used when establishing the communication connection through the base station, thereby ensuring service continuity and improving the user experience.
下面,对用户设备在根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法进行数据传输 时的动作进行说明。 Next, an operation when the user equipment performs data transmission in the method of transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described.
图 8示出了本发明一实施例的传输数据的方法 500的示意性流程图,该 方法 500由通信系统中的用户设备执行, 该通信系统还包括基站和无线局域 网接入点 WLAN AP, 在该基站与网关设备之间, 设有用于传输该用户设备 的数据的承载, 该基站与该 WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议 GTP隧道, 该方法包括: FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method 500 for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method 500 is performed by a user equipment in a communication system, and the communication system further includes a base station and a wireless local area network access point WLAN AP. The base station and the gateway device are provided with a bearer for transmitting data of the user equipment, and the base station and the WLAN AP are provided with a general packet radio service tunneling protocol GTP tunnel, and the method includes:
S520, 经由该 WLAN AP, 与该基站进行目标数据的传输, 其中, 该目 标数据是根据该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽确定 的, 该目标数据在该 WLAN AP与该基站之间是经由该 GTP隧道传输的,
该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。 S520, the target data is transmitted by using the WLAN AP, where the target data is determined according to a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, where the target data is in the WLAN AP and the The base stations are transmitted between the GTP tunnels. The target data is all or part of the data on the bearer.
可选地, 在经由该 WLAN AP, 与该基站进行目标数据的传输之前, 该 方法还包括: Optionally, before performing the transmission of the target data with the base station by using the WLAN AP, the method further includes:
接收该 WLAN AP发送的用于指示该 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的 第二能力信息; Receiving, by the WLAN AP, second capability information indicating a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support;
根据该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽和该第二能力信息, 确定与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用信道带宽; Determining, according to a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support and the second capability information, a channel bandwidth used for communication with the WLAN AP;
向该基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息, 其中, 该第一信道带宽指示信息 用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。 The first channel bandwidth indication information is sent to the base station, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP.
可选地, 在经由该 WLAN AP, 与该基站进行目标数据的传输之前, 该 方法还包括: Optionally, before performing the transmission of the target data with the base station by using the WLAN AP, the method further includes:
向该基站发送用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信 息, 以便于该基站根据该第一能力信息和第二能力信息, 确定该用户设备与 该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 其中, 该第二能力指示信息是该 WLAN AP发送给该基站的, 用于指示该 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽。 Transmitting, by the base station, first capability information indicating a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support, so that the base station determines, according to the first capability information and the second capability information, that the user equipment is used for communication with the WLAN AP. Channel bandwidth, where the second capability indication information is sent by the WLAN AP to the base station, and is used to indicate a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support.
可选地, 该经由该 WLAN AP, 与该基站进行目标数据的传输, 包括: 接收该基站发送的第二信道带宽指示信息, 该第二信道带宽指示信息用 于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽; Optionally, the transmitting, by the WLAN AP, the target data is transmitted by the base station, including: receiving, by the base station, second channel bandwidth indication information, where the second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the user equipment and the WLAN AP The channel bandwidth used for communication between;
根据该第二信道带宽指示信息, 确定上行目标数据, 其中, 该目标上行 数据是该承载上的全部或部分上行数据; Determining uplink target data according to the second channel bandwidth indication information, where the target uplink data is all or part of uplink data on the bearer;
向该 WLAN AP发送该上行目标数据,以便于该 WLAN AP经由该 GTP 隧道将该上行目标数据发送给该基站。 Sending the uplink target data to the WLAN AP, so that the WLAN AP sends the uplink target data to the base station via the GTP tunnel.
可选地, 该方法还包括: Optionally, the method further includes:
向该基站发送信道切换信息, 该信道切换信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时间。 And transmitting channel switching information to the base station, where the channel switching information is used to indicate that a channel used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP is switched and a time for completing the handover.
可选地, 该经由该 WLAN AP, 与该基站进行目标数据的传输, 包括: Optionally, the transmitting, by the WLAN AP, the target data is transmitted by the base station, including:
S510, 接收该基站发送的第二分流指示信息, 该第二分流指示信息用于 指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间传输数据。 S510: Receive second offloading indication information sent by the base station, where the second offloading indication information is used to indicate that data is transmitted between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.
根据该第二分流指示信息, 经由该 WLAN AP, 与该基站进行目标数据 的传输。 And transmitting, according to the second offloading indication information, the target data to the base station via the WLAN AP.
可选地, 该用户设备具有第一用户设备侧协议栈和第二用户设备侧协议
栈, 该第一用户设备侧协议栈用于在该用户设备侧实现与该基站之间通信的 数据处理, 该第二用户设备侧协议栈用于在该用户设备侧实现与该 WLAN AP之间通信的数据处理, 其中, 该第二用户设备侧协议栈与该第一用户设 备侧协议栈的至少一个协议层相连, 以及 Optionally, the user equipment has a first user equipment side protocol stack and a second user equipment side protocol. The first user equipment side protocol stack is configured to implement data processing for communication with the base station, and the second user equipment side protocol stack is configured to be implemented between the user equipment side and the WLAN AP. Data processing of the communication, wherein the second user equipment side protocol stack is connected to at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack, and
该经由该 WLAN AP, 与该基站进行目标数据的传输, 包括: The transmitting of the target data with the base station via the WLAN AP includes:
通过该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一层和该第二用户设备侧协议栈, 经由该 WLAN AP , 与该基站进行目标数据的传输。 The target data is transmitted with the base station via the WLAN AP through at least one layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack.
可选地, 该第二用户设备侧协议栈包括适配层, 该适配层用于对数据进 行在该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层与该第二用户设备侧协议栈 之间的转换处理, 该第二用户设备侧协议栈与该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至 少一协议层通过该适配层相连; 以及 Optionally, the second user equipment side protocol stack includes an adaptation layer, where the adaptation layer is configured to perform data on at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack. Inter-switching process, the second user equipment side protocol stack is connected to the at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack by the adaptation layer;
该通过该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一层和该第二用户设备侧协议 栈, 经由该 WLAN ΑΡ, 与该基站进行目标数据的传输, 包括: Passing at least one layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack to transmit target data to the base station via the WLAN, including:
将上行目标数据输入至该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层,通过 该适配层将从该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层输出的数据的数据 格式转换为该第二用户设备侧协议栈能够识别的数据格式, 并传输至该第二 用户设备侧协议栈, 将从该第二用户设备侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该 WLAN AP, 以通过该 WLAN AP发送给该基站, 或 Inputting the uplink target data to at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack, and converting, by using the adaptation layer, a data format of data output from at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack to the first The data format that can be identified by the user equipment side protocol stack is transmitted to the second user equipment side protocol stack, and the data output from the second user equipment side protocol stack is sent to the WLAN AP for sending to the WLAN AP through the WLAN AP. The base station, or
将从该 WLAN AP获取的数据输入至该第二用户设备侧协议栈, 通过该 适配层将从该第二用户设备侧协议栈输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第一 用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层能够识别的数据格式, 并传输至该第一用 户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层, 以获取下行目标数据。 Transmitting data acquired from the WLAN AP to the second user equipment side protocol stack, and converting, by using the adaptation layer, a data format of data output from the second user equipment side protocol stack to the first user equipment side protocol stack The data format that can be identified by the at least one protocol layer is transmitted to at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack to obtain downlink target data.
可选地, 该第二用户设备侧协议栈包括承载映射层, 该承载映射层用于 确定该目标数据所属于的承载, 以及 Optionally, the second user equipment side protocol stack includes a bearer mapping layer, where the bearer mapping layer is used to determine a bearer to which the target data belongs, and
当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时, 该经由该 WLAN AP, 与该基 站进行目标数据的传输, 包括: When the user equipment corresponds to the at least two bearers, the transmitting the target data with the base station via the WLAN AP includes:
通过该承载映射层, 确定该目标数据中的上行目标数据所属于的承载, 并通过该承载映射层生成第二承载指示信息,该第二承载指示信息用于指示 该上行目标数据所属于的承载,并向该 WLAN AP发送该第二承载指示信息, 以便于该基站根据该 WLAN AP转发的该第二承载指示信息或与该上行目标 数据所属于的承载相对应的上行第二 GTP 隧道, 确定该上行目标数据所属
于的承载; 或 And determining, by the bearer mapping layer, the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs in the target data, and generating, by using the bearer mapping layer, the second bearer indication information, where the second bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs And sending the second bearer indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the base station determines, according to the second bearer indication information that is forwarded by the WLAN AP or the uplink second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs. The uplink target data belongs to Carrying; or
通过该承载映射层, 获取该 WLAN AP发送的第一承载指示信息, 该第 一承载指示信息用于指示该目标数据中的下行目标数据所属于的承载, 并根 据该第一承载指示信息, 确定该下行目标数据所属于的承载, 该第一承载指 示信息是该 WLAN AP从该基站获取的, 或该 WLAN AP根据与该下行目标 数据所属于的承载相对应的下行第二 GTP隧道确定的。 The first bearer indication information that is sent by the WLAN AP is obtained by using the bearer mapping layer, where the first bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs in the target data, and is determined according to the first bearer indication information. The bearer to which the downlink target data belongs, the first bearer indication information is obtained by the WLAN AP from the base station, or the WLAN AP is determined according to the downlink second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs.
可选地, 该第一用户设备侧协议栈包括重排序层, 该重排序层用于确定 该目标数据在该承载上的全部数据中的位置, 该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至 少一个协议层为该重排序层, 以及 Optionally, the first user equipment side protocol stack includes a reordering layer, where the reordering layer is used to determine a location of the target data in all data on the bearer, and at least one protocol of the first user equipment side protocol stack The layer is the reordering layer, and
该经由该 WLAN AP, 与该基站进行目标数据的传输, 包括: The transmitting of the target data with the base station via the WLAN AP includes:
通过该重排序层,确定目标数据中的上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上 行数据中的位置, 并通过该重排序层生成第二位置指示信息, 该第二位置指 示信息用于指示该上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上行数据中的位置, 并向 该 WLAN AP发送该第二位置指示信息, 以便于该基站根据该 WLAN AP转 发的第二位置指示信息,确定该上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上行数据中 的位置; 或 And determining, by the reordering layer, a location of the uplink data in the target data in all the uplink data on the bearer, and generating, by using the reordering layer, second location indication information, where the second location indication information is used to indicate the uplink Positioning the target data in all the uplink data on the bearer, and sending the second location indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the base station determines, according to the second location indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP, that the uplink target data is in the The location in all upstream data on the bearer; or
通过该重排序层, 获取该 WLAN AP转发的第一位置指示信息, 该第一 位置指示信息用于指示该目标数据中的下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下 行数据中的位置, 并根据该第一位置指示信息, 确定该下行目标数据在该承 载上的全部下行数据中的位置, 该第一位置指示信息是该基站确定并发送给 该 WLAN AP的。 And obtaining, by the reordering layer, the first location indication information that is forwarded by the WLAN AP, where the first location indication information is used to indicate a location of the downlink target data in the target data in all downlink data on the bearer, and according to the The first location indication information determines a location of the downlink target data in all downlink data on the bearer, where the first location indication information is determined by the base station and sent to the WLAN AP.
根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法,通过基站在确定需要通过 WLAN AP对 UE的数据进行分流后, 通过 GTP隧道与 WLAN AP之间传输 UE的 数据(包括上行数据或下行数据), 能够使分流锚点位于基站, 并且, 通过 基站确定用户设备与 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 能够使基站根 据该信道带宽, 确定分流流量, 从而提高分流效果, 并且, 由于 WLAN AP 分流的数据经由基站而到达网关设备, 能保证在通过 WLAN建立通信连接 时使用的网关设备与在通过基站建立通信连接时使用的网关设备相同, 从 而, 能够保证业务连续性, 改善用户体验。 下面, 结合图 9至图 11详细说明根据本发明实施例的传输数据的装置。
图 9示出了根据本发明实施例的传输数据的装置 600的示意性框图。在 该装置 600与网关设备之间, 设有用于传输用户设备的数据的承载, 该装置 600 与无线局域网接入点 WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议 GTP隧道, 该装置 600包括: According to the method for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention, after the base station determines that the data of the UE needs to be offloaded by the WLAN AP, the UE transmits data of the UE (including uplink data or downlink data) between the GTP tunnel and the WLAN AP, thereby enabling the data to be transmitted. The shunt anchor point is located at the base station, and the channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP is determined by the base station, so that the base station can determine the offload traffic according to the channel bandwidth, thereby improving the offloading effect, and the data split by the WLAN AP When the gateway device is reached via the base station, it is ensured that the gateway device used when establishing the communication connection through the WLAN is the same as the gateway device used when establishing the communication connection through the base station, thereby ensuring service continuity and improving the user experience. Next, an apparatus for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 9 through 11. FIG. 9 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 600 for transmitting data in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Between the device 600 and the gateway device, a bearer for transmitting data of the user equipment is provided, and the device 600 and the wireless local area network access point WLAN AP are provided with a general packet radio service tunneling protocol GTP tunnel, and the device 600 includes:
第一基站侧协议栈 610, 用于实现与该用户设备之间通信的数据处理; 第二基站侧协议栈 620,用于实现与该 WLAN AP之间通信的数据处理, 其中, 该第二基站侧协议栈 620与该第一基站侧协议栈 610的至少一个协议 层相连; a first base station side protocol stack 610, configured to implement data processing for communication with the user equipment; a second base station side protocol stack 620, configured to implement data processing for communication with the WLAN AP, where the second base station The side protocol stack 620 is connected to at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack 610;
确定单元 640, 用于确定该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的 信道带宽; a determining unit 640, configured to determine a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP;
收发单元 630, 与该第二基站侧协议栈 620相连, 用于根据该确定单元 640确定的该信道带宽, 经由该 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备 进行目标数据的传输, 其中, 该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。 The transceiver unit 630 is connected to the second base station side protocol stack 620, and configured to perform target data transmission with the user equipment by using the WLAN AP according to the channel bandwidth determined by the determining unit 640. The target data is all or part of the data on the bearer.
可选地, 该收发单元 630还用于接收该用户设备或该 WLAN AP发送的 第一信道带宽指示信息, 其中, 该第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设 备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用信道带宽, 该信道带宽是由该用户设备与 该 WLAN AP协商后确定的; Optionally, the transceiver unit 630 is further configured to receive the first channel bandwidth indication information sent by the user equipment or the WLAN AP, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP. The channel bandwidth used, which is determined by the user equipment after negotiating with the WLAN AP;
该确定单元 640具体用于根据该第一信道带宽指示信息,确定该用户设 备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。 The determining unit 640 is specifically configured to determine, according to the first channel bandwidth indication information, a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP.
可选地, 该收发单元 630还用于接收该用户设备发送的用于指示该用户 设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息, 并接收该 WLAN AP发送的用于 指示该 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信息; Optionally, the transceiver unit 630 is further configured to receive first capability information that is sent by the user equipment to indicate a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support, and receive, by the WLAN AP, an indication that the WLAN AP can support. Second capability information of the channel bandwidth;
该确定单元 640具体用于根据该第一能力信息和该第二能力信息,确定 该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。 The determining unit 640 is specifically configured to determine, according to the first capability information and the second capability information, a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP.
可选地, 该收发单元 630还用于向该用户设备发送第二信道带宽指示信 息, 该第二信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信 所使用的信道带宽, 以便于该用户设备根据该第二信道带宽指示信息, 确定 上行目标数据, 其中, 该目标上行数据是该承载上的全部或部分上行数据; 该收发单元 630具体用于经由该 GTP隧道, 接收该 WLAN AP发送的 该上行目标数据, 该上行目标数据是该用户设备发送给该 WLAN AP的。 Optionally, the transceiver unit 630 is further configured to send, to the user equipment, second channel bandwidth indication information, where the second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, so that And determining, by the user equipment, the uplink target data according to the second channel bandwidth indication information, where the target uplink data is all or part of the uplink data on the bearer; the transceiver unit 630 is specifically configured to receive the WLAN by using the GTP tunnel. The uplink target data sent by the AP, where the uplink target data is sent by the user equipment to the WLAN AP.
可选地, 该确定单元 640还用于根据该信道带宽, 确定下行目标数据,
其中, 该目标下行数据是该承载上的全部或部分下行数据; Optionally, the determining unit 640 is further configured to determine downlink target data according to the channel bandwidth, The target downlink data is all or part of downlink data on the bearer;
该收发单元 630具体用于经由该 GTP隧道, 向该 WLAN AP发送该下 行目标数据, 以便于该 WLAN AP向该用户设备转发该下行目标数据的。 The transceiver unit 630 is specifically configured to send the downlink target data to the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, so that the WLAN AP forwards the downlink target data to the user equipment.
可选地, 该收发单元 630还用于接收该用户设备或该 WLAN AP发送的 信道切换信息, 该信道切换信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通 信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时间; Optionally, the transceiver unit 630 is further configured to receive channel switching information sent by the user equipment or the WLAN AP, where the channel switching information is used to indicate that a channel used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP is switched and completed. The time of the switch;
该收发单元 630具体用于根据该信道带宽和该信道切换指示信息, 经由 该 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输。 The transceiver unit 630 is specifically configured to perform target data transmission with the user equipment by using the WLAN AP according to the channel bandwidth and the channel switching indication information.
可选地,该收发单元 630还用于向该 WLAN AP发送第一分流指示信息, 该第一分流指示信息用于指示该 WLAN AP在该基站和该用户设备之间传输 数据, 该第一分流指示信息包括该用户设备的身份信息, 其中, 一个身份信 息用于在该通信系统中唯一地指示一个用户设备。 Optionally, the transceiver unit 630 is further configured to send the first offloading indication information to the WLAN AP, where the first offloading indication information is used to indicate that the WLAN AP transmits data between the base station and the user equipment, where the first offloading The indication information includes identity information of the user equipment, wherein one identity information is used to uniquely indicate a user equipment in the communication system.
可选地, 该收发单元 630还用与向该用户设备发送第二分流指示信息, 该第二分流指示信息用于指示在该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间传输数据。 Optionally, the transceiver unit 630 further sends a second offload indication information to the user equipment, where the second offload indication information is used to indicate that data is transmitted between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.
可选地, 该确定单元 640还用与确定与该用户设备相对应的第一 GTP 隧道; Optionally, the determining unit 640 is further configured to determine a first GTP tunnel corresponding to the user equipment;
该收发单元 630具体用于根据该信道带宽, 经由该第一 GTP隧道, 通 过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输。 The transceiver unit 630 is specifically configured to perform target data transmission with the user equipment by using the WLAN AP according to the channel bandwidth.
可选地, 当该用户设备与至少两个 7 载相对应时, 该确定单元 640还用 于确定与该目标数据所属于的^载相对应的第二 GTP隧道; Optionally, when the user equipment corresponds to at least two loads, the determining unit 640 is further configured to determine a second GTP tunnel corresponding to the load to which the target data belongs;
该收发单元 630具体用于根据该信道带宽, 经由该第二 GTP隧道, 通 过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行该目标数据的传输。 The transceiver unit 630 is specifically configured to perform transmission of the target data with the user equipment by using the WLAN AP according to the channel bandwidth.
可选地, 该第二基站侧协议栈 620包括适配层, 该适配层用于对数据进 行在该第一基站侧协议栈 610的至少一协议层与该第二基站侧协议栈 620之 间的转换处理,该第二基站侧协议栈 620与该第一基站侧协议栈 610的至少 一协议层通过该适配层相连。 Optionally, the second base station side protocol stack 620 includes an adaptation layer, where the adaptation layer is configured to perform data on at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack 610 and the second base station side protocol stack 620. The second base station side protocol stack 620 is connected to the at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack 610 through the adaptation layer.
可选地, 该第二基站侧协议栈 620包括^载映射层, 该^载映射层用于 确定该目标数据所属于的承载, 以及 Optionally, the second base station side protocol stack 620 includes a mapping layer, where the mapping layer is used to determine a bearer to which the target data belongs, and
当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时, 该确定单元 640具体用于根据 该信道带宽, 确定下行目标数据, 并通过该承载映射层, 确定该下行目标数 据所属于的承载, 并通过该承载映射层生成第一承载指示信息, 该第一承载
指示信息用于指示该下行目标数据所属于的承载; When the user equipment corresponds to the at least two bearers, the determining unit 640 is specifically configured to determine downlink target data according to the channel bandwidth, and determine, by using the bearer mapping layer, a bearer to which the downlink target data belongs, and pass the The bearer mapping layer generates first bearer indication information, where the first bearer The indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs;
该收发单元 630还用于向该 WLAN AP发送该第一承载指示信息, 以便 于该用户设备根据该 WLAN AP转发的第一承载指示信息, 确定该下行目标 数据所属于的承载。 The transceiver unit 630 is further configured to send the first bearer indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the user equipment determines, according to the first bearer indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP, the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs.
可选地, 该第二基站侧协议栈 620包括^载映射层, 该^载映射层用于 确定该目标数据所属于的承载, 以及 Optionally, the second base station side protocol stack 620 includes a mapping layer, where the mapping layer is used to determine a bearer to which the target data belongs, and
当该用户设备与至少两个^载相对应时, 该确定单元 640具体用于通过 该承载映射层, 获取该 WLAN AP转发的第二承载指示信息, 该第二承载指 示信息用于指示上行目标数据所属于的承载,该上行目标数据是根据该信道 带宽确定的; When the user equipment is associated with the at least two carriers, the determining unit 640 is configured to obtain, by using the bearer mapping layer, second bearer indication information that is forwarded by the WLAN AP, where the second bearer indication information is used to indicate an uplink target. The bearer to which the data belongs, the uplink target data is determined according to the channel bandwidth;
用于根据该第二承载指示信息, 确定该上行目标数据所属于的承载, 该 第二承载指示信息是该用户设备确定并发送给该 WLAN AP的。 And determining, according to the second bearer indication information, a bearer to which the uplink target data belongs, where the second bearer indication information is determined by the user equipment and sent to the WLAN AP.
可选地, 该第一基站侧协议栈 610包括重排序层, 该重排序层用于确定 该目标数据在该承载上的全部数据中的位置, 该第一基站侧协议栈 610的至 少一个协议层为该重排序层, 以及 Optionally, the first base station side protocol stack 610 includes a reordering layer, where the reordering layer is used to determine a location of the target data in all data on the bearer, and at least one protocol of the first base station side protocol stack 610. The layer is the reordering layer, and
该确定单元 640还用于根据该信道带宽, 确定下行目标数据, 并通过该 重排序层, 确定该下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置, 并通 过该重排序层生成第一位置指示信息, 该第一位置指示信息用于指示该下行 目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置; The determining unit 640 is further configured to determine downlink target data according to the channel bandwidth, and determine, by using the reordering layer, a location of the downlink target data in all downlink data on the bearer, and generate a first through the reordering layer. Location indication information, where the first location indication information is used to indicate a location of the downlink target data in all downlink data on the bearer;
该收发单元 630还用于向该 WLAN AP发送该第一位置指示信息, 以便 于该用户设备根据该 WLAN AP转发的第一位置指示信息, 确定该下行目标 数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置。 The transceiver unit 630 is further configured to send the first location indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the user equipment determines, according to the first location indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP, the downlink target data in all downlink data on the bearer. s position.
可选地, 该第一基站侧协议栈 610包括重排序层, 该重排序层用于确定 该目标数据在该承载上的全部数据中的位置, 该第一基站侧协议栈 610的至 少一个协议层为该重排序层, 以及 Optionally, the first base station side protocol stack 610 includes a reordering layer, where the reordering layer is used to determine a location of the target data in all data on the bearer, and at least one protocol of the first base station side protocol stack 610. The layer is the reordering layer, and
该确定单元 640还用于通过该重排序层, 获取该 WLAN AP转发的第二 位置指示信息,该第二位置指示信息用于指示上行目标数据在该承载上的全 部上行数据中的位置, 该上行目标数据是根据该信道带宽确定的; The determining unit 640 is further configured to: obtain, by using the reordering layer, second location indication information that is forwarded by the WLAN AP, where the second location indication information is used to indicate a location of the uplink target data in all uplink data on the bearer, where The uplink target data is determined according to the channel bandwidth;
用于根据该第二位置指示信息,确定该上行目标数据在该承载上的全部 上行数据中的位置, 该第二位置指示信息是该用户设备确定并发送给该 WLAN AP的。
根据本发明实施例的传输数据的装置 600可对应于本发明实施例的方法 中的基站, 并且, 该传输数据的装置 600中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作 和 /或功能分别为了实现图 4中的方法 100的相应流程, 为了筒洁,在此不再 赘述。 And determining, according to the second location indication information, a location of the uplink target data in all uplink data on the bearer, where the second location indication information is determined by the user equipment and sent to the WLAN AP. The apparatus 600 for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to a base station in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the apparatus 600 for transmitting data and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented for The corresponding process of the method 100 in 4, for the sake of cleaning, will not be repeated here.
根据本发明实施例的传输数据的装置,通过基站在确定需要通过 WLAN An apparatus for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention, through a base station, determining that a WLAN needs to be passed
AP对 UE的数据进行分流后, 通过 GTP隧道与 WLAN AP之间传输 UE的 数据(包括上行数据或下行数据), 能够使分流锚点位于基站, 并且, 通过 基站确定用户设备与 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 能够使基站根 据该信道带宽, 确定分流流量, 从而提高分流效果, 并且, 由于 WLAN AP 分流的数据经由基站而到达网关设备, 能保证在通过 WLAN建立通信连接 时使用的网关设备与在通过基站建立通信连接时使用的网关设备相同, 从 而, 能够保证业务连续性, 改善用户体验。 After the AP splits the data of the UE, the data of the UE (including the uplink data or the downlink data) is transmitted between the GTP tunnel and the WLAN AP, so that the offload anchor point is located at the base station, and the base station determines the user equipment and the WLAN AP. The channel bandwidth used by the communication enables the base station to determine the offload traffic according to the channel bandwidth, thereby improving the offloading effect, and since the data split by the WLAN AP arrives at the gateway device via the base station, the use of the communication connection through the WLAN can be ensured. The gateway device is the same as the gateway device used when establishing a communication connection through the base station, thereby ensuring business continuity and improving the user experience.
图 10示出了根据本发明实施例的传输数据的装置 700的示意性框图。 该装置 700与基站之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议 GTP隧道, 在该基 站与网关设备之间, 设有用于传输用户设备的数据的承载, 如图 10所示, 该装置 700包括: FIG. 10 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 700 for transmitting data in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. The apparatus 700 and the base station are provided with a general packet radio service tunneling protocol GTP tunnel, and a bearer for transmitting data of the user equipment is provided between the base station and the gateway device. As shown in FIG. 10, the apparatus 700 includes:
第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈 710,用于实现与该基站之间通信的数据处理; 第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈 720,与该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈 710相连, 用于实现与该用户设备之间通信的数据处理; The first WLAN AP side protocol stack 710 is configured to implement data processing for communication with the base station, and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack 720 is connected to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack 710 for implementing the user equipment. Data processing between communications;
收发单元 730, 与该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈 710和该第二 WLAN AP 侧协议栈 720相连, 用于经由该 GTP隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设备的目 标数据, 其中, 该目标数据是根据该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使 用的信道带宽确定的, 该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。 The transceiver unit 730 is connected to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack 710 and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack 720, and is configured to transmit target data of the user equipment to the base station via the GTP tunnel, where the target data is According to the channel bandwidth used by the communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, the target data is all or part of the data on the bearer.
可选地, 该收发单元 730还用于接收该用户设备发送的用于指示该用户 设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息; Optionally, the transceiver unit 730 is further configured to receive first capability information that is sent by the user equipment to indicate a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support;
该装置 700还包括: The device 700 also includes:
确定单元 740, 用于根据该 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽和该第一能 力信息, 确定与该用户设备之间通信所使用信道带宽; 以及 a determining unit 740, configured to determine, according to a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support and the first capability information, a channel bandwidth used for communication with the user equipment;
该收发单元 730还用于向该基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息, 其中, 该 第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用 的信道带宽。
可选地, 该收发单元 730还用于向该基站发送用于指示该 WLAN AP能 够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信息, 以便于该基站根据第一能力信息和该第 二能力信息, 确定该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 其中, 该第一能力指示信息是该用户发送给该基站的, 用于指示该用户设备 能够支持的信道带宽。 The transceiver unit 730 is further configured to send the first channel bandwidth indication information to the base station, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP. Optionally, the transceiver unit 730 is further configured to send, to the base station, second capability information that is used to indicate a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support, so that the base station determines, according to the first capability information and the second capability information, The channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, where the first capability indication information is sent by the user to the base station, and is used to indicate a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support.
可选地, 该收发单元 730还用于向该基站发送信道切换信息, 该信道切 换信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换 以及完成该切换的时间。 Optionally, the transceiver unit 730 is further configured to send channel switching information to the base station, where the channel switching information is used to indicate that a channel used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP is switched, and a time for completing the handover.
可选地, 该收发单元 730还用于接收该基站发送的第一分流指示信息, 该第一分流指示信息用于指示该 WLAN AP在该基站和该用户设备之间传输 数据, 该第一分流指示信息包括该用户设备的身份信息, 其中, 一个身份信 息用于在该通信系统中唯一地指示一个用户设备; Optionally, the transceiver unit 730 is further configured to receive the first offloading indication information sent by the base station, where the first offloading indication information is used to indicate that the WLAN AP transmits data between the base station and the user equipment, where the first offloading The indication information includes identity information of the user equipment, where one identity information is used to uniquely indicate a user equipment in the communication system;
用于根据该第一分流指示信息, 经由该 GTP 隧道, 与该基站传输该用 户设备的目标数据。 And transmitting, according to the first offload indication information, the target data of the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel.
可选地, 该装置 700还包括: 确定单元 740用于根据该用户设备的用户 信息, 确定与该用户设备相对应的第一 GTP隧道; Optionally, the apparatus 700 further includes: a determining unit 740, configured to determine, according to user information of the user equipment, a first GTP tunnel corresponding to the user equipment;
该收发单元 730具体用于经由该第一 GTP隧道, 与该基站传输该用户 设备的目标数据。 The transceiver unit 730 is specifically configured to transmit target data of the user equipment with the base station via the first GTP tunnel.
可选地, 当该用户设备与至少两个 7 载相对应时, 该收发单元 730还用 于接收该基站发送的第一承载指示信息, 并向该用户设备转发该第一承载指 示信息, 该第一承载指示信息用于指示下行目标数据所属于的承载; 或 Optionally, when the user equipment corresponds to the at least two loads, the transceiver unit 730 is further configured to receive the first bearer indication information sent by the base station, and forward the first bearer indication information to the user equipment, where The first bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs; or
该收发单元 730还用于接收该用户设备发送的第二承载指示信息, 并向 该基站转发该第二承载指示信息, 该第二承载指示信息用于指示上行目标数 据所属于的承载。 The transceiver unit 730 is further configured to receive the second bearer indication information sent by the user equipment, and forward the second bearer indication information to the base station, where the second bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs.
可选地, 在该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈 710与该第二 WLAN AP侧协议 栈 720之间设置有适配层, 该适配层用于对数据进行在该第一 WLAN AP侧 协议栈 710的与该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈 720之间的转换处理。 Optionally, an adaptation layer is configured between the first WLAN AP side protocol stack 710 and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack 720, where the adaptation layer is configured to perform data on the first WLAN AP side protocol stack. Conversion processing between the 710 and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack 720.
可选地, 当该用户设备与至少两个^载相对应时, 该装置 700还包括: 确定单元 740, 用于根据该用户设备的身份信息, 确定与该目标数据所 属于的 载相对应的第二 GTP隧道; Optionally, when the user equipment corresponds to the at least two devices, the apparatus 700 further includes: a determining unit 740, configured to determine, according to the identity information of the user equipment, a bearer corresponding to the bearer to which the target data belongs a second GTP tunnel;
该收发单元 730具体用于经由该第二 GTP隧道, 与该基站传输该用户
设备的目标数据。 The transceiver unit 730 is specifically configured to transmit the user with the base station via the second GTP tunnel. The target data of the device.
根据本发明实施例的传输数据的装置 700可对应于本发明实施例的方法 中的 AP, 并且, 该传输数据的装置 700中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作 和 /或功能分别为了实现图 7中的方法 400的相应流程, 为了筒洁,在此不再 根据本发明实施例的传输数据的装置,通过基站在确定需要通过 WLAN AP对 UE的数据进行分流后, 通过 GTP隧道与 WLAN AP之间传输 UE的 数据(包括上行数据或下行数据), 能够使分流锚点位于基站, 并且, 通过 基站确定用户设备与 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 能够使基站根 据该信道带宽, 确定分流流量, 从而提高分流效果, 并且, 由于 WLAN AP 分流的数据经由基站而到达网关设备, 能保证在通过 WLAN建立通信连接 时使用的网关设备与在通过基站建立通信连接时使用的网关设备相同, 从 而, 能够保证业务连续性, 改善用户体验。 The apparatus 700 for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to an AP in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the apparatus 700 for transmitting data and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented for The corresponding process of the method 400 in the seventh embodiment, in order to clean the data, the device for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention, after the base station determines that the data of the UE needs to be shunted through the WLAN AP, passes the GTP tunnel and the WLAN AP. The data of the UE (including the uplink data or the downlink data) is transmitted between the base station, and the channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP is determined by the base station, so that the base station can make the base station according to the channel bandwidth. Determining the offload traffic, thereby improving the offloading effect, and since the data split by the WLAN AP arrives at the gateway device via the base station, it can ensure that the gateway device used when establishing the communication connection through the WLAN is the same as the gateway device used when establishing the communication connection through the base station , thereby ensuring business continuity and improving user body .
图 11示出了根据本发明实施例的传输数据的装置 800的示意性框图。 如图 11所示, 该装置 800包括: Figure 11 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 800 for transmitting data in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 11, the apparatus 800 includes:
第一用户设备侧协议栈 810, 用于实现与基站之间通信的数据处理, 其 中, 在该基站与网关设备之间, 设有用于传输该用户设备的数据的承载, 该 基站与无线局域网接入点 WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议 GTP隧道; The first user equipment side protocol stack 810 is configured to implement data processing for communication with the base station, where a bearer for transmitting data of the user equipment is provided between the base station and the gateway device, and the base station is connected to the wireless local area network. A general packet radio service tunneling protocol GTP tunnel is established between the ingress WLAN APs;
第二用户设备侧协议栈 820, 用于实现与该 WLAN AP之间通信的数据 处理, 其中, 该第二用户设备侧协议栈 820与该第一用户设备侧协议栈 810 的至少一个协议层相连; The second user equipment side protocol stack 820 is configured to implement data processing for communication with the WLAN AP, where the second user equipment side protocol stack 820 is connected to at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack 810. ;
收发单元 830,与该第二用户设备侧协议栈 820相连,用于经由该 WLAN The transceiver unit 830 is connected to the second user equipment side protocol stack 820 for using the WLAN.
AP, 与该基站进行目标数据的传输, 其中, 该目标数据是根据该用户设备与 该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽确定的, 该目标数据在该 WLANAnd performing, by the AP, the transmission of the target data, where the target data is determined according to a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, where the target data is in the WLAN
AP与该基站之间是经由该 GTP隧道传输的, 该目标数据是该承载上的全部 或部分数据。 The AP and the base station are transmitted via the GTP tunnel, and the target data is all or part of data on the bearer.
可选地, 该收发单元 830还用于接收该 WLAN AP发送的用于指示该 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信息; Optionally, the transceiver unit 830 is further configured to receive second capability information that is sent by the WLAN AP to indicate a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support;
该装置 800还包括: The apparatus 800 also includes:
确定单元 840, 用于根据该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽和该第二能力
信息, 确定与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用信道带宽; a determining unit 840, configured to: according to a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support, and the second capability Information, determining the channel bandwidth used for communication with the WLAN AP;
该收发单元 830还用于向该基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息, 其中, 该 第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用 的信道带宽。 The transceiver unit 830 is further configured to send the first channel bandwidth indication information to the base station, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP.
可选地, 该收发单元 830还用于向该基站发送用于指示该用户设备能够 支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息, 以便于该基站根据该第一能力信息和第二 能力信息, 确定该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 其 中, 该第二能力指示信息是该 WLAN AP 发送给该基站的, 用于指示该 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽。 Optionally, the transceiver unit 830 is further configured to send, to the base station, first capability information that is used to indicate a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support, so that the base station determines, according to the first capability information and the second capability information, The channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, where the second capability indication information is sent by the WLAN AP to the base station, and is used to indicate a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support.
可选地, 该收发单元 830还用于接收该基站发送的第二信道带宽指示信 息, 该第二信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信 所使用的信道带宽; Optionally, the transceiver unit 830 is further configured to receive, by the base station, second channel bandwidth indication information, where the second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP;
该装置 800还包括: The apparatus 800 also includes:
确定单元 840,用于根据该第二信道带宽指示信息,确定上行目标数据, 其中, 该目标上行数据是该承载上的全部或部分上行数据; The determining unit 840 is configured to determine uplink target data according to the second channel bandwidth indication information, where the target uplink data is all or part of uplink data on the bearer;
该收发单元 830具体用于向该 WLAN AP发送该上行目标数据, 以便于 该 WLAN AP经由该 GTP隧道将该上行目标数据发送给该基站。 The transceiver unit 830 is specifically configured to send the uplink target data to the WLAN AP, so that the WLAN AP sends the uplink target data to the base station via the GTP tunnel.
可选地, 该收发单元 830还用于向该基站发送信道切换信息, 该信道切 换信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换 以及完成该切换的时间。 Optionally, the transceiver unit 830 is further configured to send channel switching information to the base station, where the channel switching information is used to indicate that a channel used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP is switched, and a time for completing the handover.
可选地, 该收发单元 830还用于接收该基站发送的第二分流指示信息, 该第二分流指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间传输数据。 Optionally, the transceiver unit 830 is further configured to receive the second offloading indication information sent by the base station, where the second offloading indication information is used to indicate that the user equipment and the WLAN AP transmit data.
用于根据该第二分流指示信息, 确定需要经由该 WLAN AP与该基站进 行数据传输。 And determining, according to the second offloading indication information, that data transmission needs to be performed with the base station via the WLAN AP.
可选地, 该第二用户设备侧协议栈 820包括适配层, 该适配层用于对数 据进行在该第一用户设备侧协议栈 810的至少一协议层与该第二用户设备侧 协议栈 820之间的转换处理, 该第二用户设备侧协议栈 820与该第一用户设 备侧协议栈 810的至少一协议层通过该适配层相连。 Optionally, the second user equipment side protocol stack 820 includes an adaptation layer, where the adaptation layer is configured to perform at least one protocol layer and the second user equipment side protocol on the first user equipment side protocol stack 810. The conversion processing between the stacks 820, the second user equipment side protocol stack 820 and the at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack 810 are connected through the adaptation layer.
可选地, 该第二用户设备侧协议栈 820包括^载映射层, 该^载映射层 用于确定该目标数据所属于的承载, 以及 Optionally, the second user equipment side protocol stack 820 includes a mapping layer, where the mapping layer is used to determine a bearer to which the target data belongs, and
当该用户设备与至少两个^载相对应时,
该发送单元还用于通过该承载映射层,确定该目标数据中的上行目标数 据所属于的承载, 并通过该承载映射层生成第二承载指示信息, 该第二承载 指示信息用于指示该上行目标数据所属于的承载, 并向该 WLAN AP发送该 第二承载指示信息, 以便于该基站根据该 WLAN AP转发的该第二承载指示 信息或与该上行目标数据所属于的承载相对应的上行第二 GTP 隧道, 确定 该上行目标数据所属于的承载; 或 When the user equipment corresponds to at least two loads, The sending unit is further configured to: determine, by using the bearer mapping layer, a bearer to which the uplink target data belongs in the target data, and generate second bearer indication information by using the bearer mapping layer, where the second bearer indication information is used to indicate the uplink The bearer to which the target data belongs, and the second bearer indication information is sent to the WLAN AP, so that the base station according to the second bearer indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP or the uplink corresponding to the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs a second GTP tunnel, determining a bearer to which the uplink target data belongs; or
该发送单元还用于通过该承载映射层, 获取该 WLAN AP发送的第一承 载指示信息, 该第一承载指示信息用于指示该目标数据中的下行目标数据所 属于的承载, 并根据该第一承载指示信息, 确定该下行目标数据所属于的承 载, 该第一承载指示信息是该 WLAN AP从该基站获取的, 或该 WLAN AP 根据与该下行目标数据所属于的承载相对应的下行第二 GTP隧道确定的。 The sending unit is further configured to: obtain, by using the bearer mapping layer, first bearer indication information that is sent by the WLAN AP, where the first bearer indication information is used to indicate a bearer to which the downlink target data in the target data belongs, and according to the first Determining, by the bearer indication information, the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs, where the first bearer indication information is obtained by the WLAN AP from the base station, or the WLAN AP according to the bearer corresponding to the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs Two GTP tunnels are determined.
可选地, 该第一用户设备侧协议栈 810包括重排序层, 该重排序层用于 确定该目标数据在该承载上的全部数据中的位置,该第一用户设备侧协议栈 810的至少一个协议层为该重排序层, 以及 Optionally, the first user equipment side protocol stack 810 includes a reordering layer, where the reordering layer is used to determine a location of the target data in all data on the bearer, where the first user equipment side protocol stack 810 is at least a protocol layer for the reordering layer, and
该收发单元 830还用于通过该重排序层,确定目标数据中的上行目标数 据在该承载上的全部上行数据中的位置, 并通过该重排序层生成第二位置指 示信息,该第二位置指示信息用于指示该上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上 行数据中的位置, 并向该 WLAN AP发送该第二位置指示信息, 以便于该基 站根据该 WLAN AP转发的第二位置指示信息, 确定该上行目标数据在该承 载上的全部上行数据中的位置; 或 The transceiver unit 830 is further configured to determine, by using the reordering layer, a location of the uplink target data in the target data in all uplink data on the bearer, and generate second location indication information by using the reordering layer, where the second location The indication information is used to indicate the location of the uplink target data in all the uplink data on the bearer, and send the second location indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the base station may forward the second location indication information according to the WLAN AP. Determining the location of the uplink target data in all uplink data on the bearer; or
该收发单元 830还用于通过该重排序层, 获取该 WLAN AP转发的第一 位置指示信息,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该目标数据中的下行目标数据 在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置, 并根据该第一位置指示信息, 确定该 下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置, 该第一位置指示信息是 该基站确定并发送给该 WLAN AP的。 The transceiver unit 830 is further configured to: obtain, by using the reordering layer, first location indication information that is forwarded by the WLAN AP, where the first location indication information is used to indicate all downlink data of the downlink target data in the target data on the bearer. And determining, according to the first location indication information, a location of the downlink target data in all downlink data on the bearer, where the first location indication information is determined by the base station and sent to the WLAN AP.
根据本发明实施例的传输数据的装置 800可对应于本发明实施例的方法 中的用户设备 (目标用户设备), 并且, 该传输数据的装置 800 中的各单元 即模块和上述其他操作和 /或功能分别为了实现图 8 中的方法 500的相应流 程, 为了筒洁, 在此不再赘述。 The apparatus 800 for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to a user equipment (target user equipment) in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the apparatus 800 for transmitting data, that is, a module and the other operations described above and/or For the purpose of implementing the corresponding process of the method 500 in FIG. 8, the functions are not described here.
根据本发明实施例的传输数据的装置,通过基站在确定需要通过 WLAN An apparatus for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention, through a base station, determining that a WLAN needs to be passed
AP对 UE的数据进行分流后, 通过 GTP隧道与 WLAN AP之间传输 UE的
数据(包括上行数据或下行数据), 能够使分流锚点位于基站, 并且, 通过 基站确定用户设备与 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 能够使基站根 据该信道带宽, 确定分流流量, 从而提高分流效果, 并且, 由于 WLAN AP 分流的数据经由基站而到达网关设备, 能保证在通过 WLAN建立通信连接 时使用的网关设备与在通过基站建立通信连接时使用的网关设备相同, 从 而, 能够保证业务连续性, 改善用户体验。 下面, 结合图 12至图 14详细说明根据本发明实施例的传输数据的设备。 After the AP splits the data of the UE, the UE transmits the UE between the GTP tunnel and the WLAN AP. The data (including the uplink data or the downlink data) enables the offload anchor to be located at the base station, and the base station determines the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, so that the base station can determine the split traffic according to the channel bandwidth, thereby The shunting effect is improved, and since the data split by the WLAN AP arrives at the gateway device via the base station, it can be ensured that the gateway device used when establishing the communication connection through the WLAN is the same as the gateway device used when establishing the communication connection through the base station, thereby ensuring Business continuity, improving the user experience. Hereinafter, an apparatus for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 12 to 14.
图 12示出了根据本发明实施例的传输数据的设备 900的示意性框图。 在该设备 900与网关设备之间, 设有用于传输用户设备的数据的承载, 该设 备与该 WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议 GTP隧道如图 12所 示, 该设备 900包括: Figure 12 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 900 for transmitting data in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Between the device 900 and the gateway device, there is a bearer for transmitting data of the user equipment, and a GTP tunnel is provided between the device and the WLAN AP. As shown in FIG. 12, the device 900 includes:
总线 910; Bus 910;
与该总线 910相连的处理器 920; a processor 920 connected to the bus 910;
与该总线 910相连的存储器 930; a memory 930 connected to the bus 910;
与该总线 910相连的收发器 940 Transceiver 940 connected to the bus 910
其中,该处理器 920通过该总线 910,调用该存储器 930中存储的程序, 以用于确定该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽; The processor 920, through the bus 910, invokes a program stored in the memory 930 to determine a channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP;
用于根据该信道带宽, 控制该收发器 940 经由该 GTP 隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输, 其中, 该目标数据是该承载 上的全部或部分数据。 And controlling the transceiver 940 to perform target data transmission with the user equipment by using the WLAN AP according to the channel bandwidth, where the target data is all or part of data on the bearer.
可选地,该处理器 920具体用于控制该收发器 940接收该用户设备或该 WLAN AP发送的第一信道带宽指示信息, 其中, 该第一信道带宽指示信息 用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用信道带宽, 该信道带宽 是由该用户设备与该 WLAN AP协商后确定的; Optionally, the processor 920 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 940 to receive the first channel bandwidth indication information sent by the user equipment or the WLAN AP, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the user equipment and the Channel bandwidth used for communication between WLAN APs, which is determined by the user equipment in consultation with the WLAN AP;
用于根据该第一信道带宽指示信息, 确定该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之 间通信所使用的信道带宽。 And determining, according to the first channel bandwidth indication information, a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP.
可选地,该处理器 920具体用于控制该收发器 940接收该用户设备发送 的用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息,以及该 WLAN AP发送的用于指示该 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信息; 用于根据该第一能力信息和该第二能力信息, 确定该用户设备与该
WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。 Optionally, the processor 920 is specifically configured to control, by the transceiver 940, the first capability information that is sent by the user equipment to indicate a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support, and the WLAN AP sends the WLAN to indicate the WLAN. The second capability information of the channel bandwidth that the AP can support; and configured to determine, according to the first capability information and the second capability information, the user equipment and the The channel bandwidth used for communication between WLAN APs.
可选地,该处理器 920具体用于控制该收发器 940向该用户设备发送第 二信道带宽指示信息, 该第二信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 以便于该用户设备根据该第二信道 带宽指示信息, 确定上行目标数据, 其中, 该目标上行数据是该承载上的全 部或部分上行数据; Optionally, the processor 920 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 940 to send second channel bandwidth indication information to the user equipment, where the second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP. Channel bandwidth, in order for the user equipment to determine uplink target data according to the second channel bandwidth indication information, where the target uplink data is all or part of uplink data on the bearer;
用于控制该收发器 940经由该 GTP隧道, 接收该 WLAN AP发送的该 上行目标数据, 该上行目标数据是该用户设备发送给该 WLAN AP的。 The uplink target data sent by the WLAN AP is received by the WLAN AP, and the uplink target data is sent by the user equipment to the WLAN AP.
可选地, 该处理器 920具体用于根据该信道带宽, 确定下行目标数据, 其中, 该目标下行数据是该承载上的全部或部分下行数据; Optionally, the processor 920 is specifically configured to determine downlink target data according to the channel bandwidth, where the target downlink data is all or part of downlink data on the bearer;
用于控制该收发器 940经由该 GTP隧道, 向该 WLAN AP发送该下行 目标数据, 以便于该 WLAN AP向该用户设备转发该下行目标数据的。 The control unit 940 is configured to send the downlink target data to the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel, so that the WLAN AP forwards the downlink target data to the user equipment.
可选地,该处理器 920具体用于控制该收发器 940接收该用户设备或该 WLAN AP发送的信道切换信息, 该信道切换信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时间; Optionally, the processor 920 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 940 to receive channel switching information sent by the user equipment or the WLAN AP, where the channel switching information is used to indicate that the user equipment is used for communication with the WLAN AP. Channel switching and the time to complete the handover;
用于根据该信道带宽和该信道切换指示信息,控制该收发器 940经由该 GTP隧道, 通过该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输。 And controlling the transceiver 940 to perform target data transmission with the user equipment by using the WLAN AP according to the channel bandwidth and the channel switching indication information.
可选地, 该处理器 920具体用于控制该收发器 940向该 WLAN AP发送 第一分流指示信息, 该第一分流指示信息用于指示该 WLAN AP在该基站和 该用户设备之间传输数据, 该第一分流指示信息包括该用户设备的身份信 息, 其中, 一个身份信息用于在该通信系统中唯一地指示一个用户设备。 Optionally, the processor 920 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 940 to send the first offloading indication information to the WLAN AP, where the first offloading indication information is used to indicate that the WLAN AP transmits data between the base station and the user equipment. The first offload indication information includes identity information of the user equipment, where one identity information is used to uniquely indicate a user equipment in the communication system.
可选地,该处理器 920具体用于控制该收发器 940向该用户设备发送第 二分流指示信息, 该第二分流指示信息用于指示在该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间传输数据。 Optionally, the processor 920 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 940 to send the second offloading indication information to the user equipment, where the second offloading indication information is used to indicate that data is transmitted between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.
可选地, 该处理器 920具体用于确定与该用户设备相对应的第一 GTP 隧道; Optionally, the processor 920 is specifically configured to determine a first GTP tunnel corresponding to the user equipment;
用于根据该信道带宽, 控制该收发器 940经由该第一 GTP隧道, 通过 该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输。 And controlling the transceiver 940 to perform target data transmission with the user equipment by using the WLAN AP according to the channel bandwidth.
可选地,当该用户设备与至少两个^载相对应时,可选地,该处理器 920 具体用于确定与该目标数据所属于的^载相对应的第二 GTP隧道; Optionally, when the user equipment corresponds to the at least two loads, the processor 920 is specifically configured to determine a second GTP tunnel corresponding to the load to which the target data belongs;
用于根据该信道带宽, 控制该收发器 940经由该第二 GTP隧道, 通过
该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行该目标数据的传输。 Used to control the transceiver 940 to pass through the second GTP tunnel according to the channel bandwidth. The WLAN AP performs transmission of the target data with the user equipment.
可选地, 该设备具有第一基站侧协议栈和第二基站侧协议栈, 该第一基 站侧协议栈用于在基站侧实现与该用户设备之间通信的数据处理, 该第二基 站侧协议栈用于在基站侧实现与该 WLAN AP之间通信的数据处理, 其中, 该第二基站侧协议栈与该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层相连, 以及 该处理器 920具体用于根据该信道带宽,控制该收发器 940通过该第一 基站侧协议栈的至少一层和该第二基站侧协议栈, 经由该 GTP 隧道, 通过 该 WLAN AP与该用户设备进行目标数据的传输。 Optionally, the device has a first base station side protocol stack and a second base station side protocol stack, where the first base station side protocol stack is configured to implement data processing for communication with the user equipment at the base station side, where the second base station side The protocol stack is configured to implement data processing for communication with the WLAN AP on the base station side, where the second base station side protocol stack is connected to at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack, and the processor 920 is specifically used. Controlling the transceiver 940 to perform target data transmission with the user equipment through the WLAN AP through the GTP tunnel through the at least one layer of the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack according to the channel bandwidth. .
可选地, 该第二基站侧协议栈包括适配层, 该适配层用于对数据进行在 该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层与该第二基站侧协议栈之间的转换处 理, 该第二基站侧协议栈与该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层通过该适配 层相连, 以及 Optionally, the second base station side protocol stack includes an adaptation layer, where the adaptation layer is configured to perform data conversion between the at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack. Processing, the second base station side protocol stack is connected to the at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack by using the adaptation layer, and
该处理器 920具体用于控制该收发器 940将根据该信道带宽确定的下行 目标数据输入至该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层,通过该适配层将从该 第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第二基 站侧协议栈能够识别的数据格式, 并传输至该第二基站侧协议栈, 将从该第 二基站侧协议栈输出的数据经由该 GTP隧道发送给该 WLAN AP, 以通过该 WLAN AP发送给该用户设备; 或 The processor 920 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 940 to input downlink target data determined according to the channel bandwidth to at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack, and the adaptation layer will use the first base station side protocol. The data format of the data output by the at least one protocol layer of the stack is converted into a data format recognizable by the second base station side protocol stack, and transmitted to the second base station side protocol stack, and the data output from the second base station side protocol stack is Sending to the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel to be sent to the user equipment by using the WLAN AP; or
该处理器 920具体用于控制该收发器 940将经由该 GTP隧道从该 WLAN AP获取的数据输入至该第二基站侧协议栈, 通过该适配层将从该第二基站 侧协议栈输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议 层能够识别的数据格式, 并传输至该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层, 以 获取该用户设备的上行目标数据, 该上行目标数据是该用户设备根据该信道 带宽确定的。 The processor 920 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 940 to input data acquired from the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel to the second base station side protocol stack, and the adaptation layer outputs the data from the second base station side protocol stack. The data format of the data is converted into a data format that is identifiable by the at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack, and is transmitted to at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack, to obtain uplink target data of the user equipment, The uplink target data is determined by the user equipment according to the channel bandwidth.
可选地, 该第二基站侧协议栈包括^载映射层, 该^载映射层用于确定 该目标数据所属于的承载, 以及 Optionally, the second base station side protocol stack includes a mapping layer, where the mapping layer is used to determine a bearer to which the target data belongs, and
当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时, 该处理器 920具体用于根据该 信道带宽, 确定下行目标数据; When the user equipment corresponds to the at least two bearers, the processor 920 is specifically configured to determine downlink target data according to the channel bandwidth;
用于通过该承载映射层, 确定该下行目标数据所属于的承载, 并通过该 承载映射层生成第一承载指示信息,该第一承载指示信息用于指示该下行目 标数据所属于的承载;
用于控制该收发器 940向该 WLAN AP发送该第一承载指示信息, 以便 于该用户设备根据该 WLAN AP转发的第一承载指示信息, 确定该下行目标 数据所属于的承载。 And determining, by the bearer mapping layer, a bearer to which the downlink target data belongs, and generating first bearer indication information by using the bearer mapping layer, where the first bearer indication information is used to indicate a bearer to which the downlink target data belongs; The control unit 940 is configured to send the first bearer indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the user equipment determines, according to the first bearer indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP, the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs.
可选地, 该第二基站侧协议栈包括承载映射层, 该承载映射层用于确定 该目标数据所属于的承载, 以及 Optionally, the second base station side protocol stack includes a bearer mapping layer, where the bearer mapping layer is used to determine a bearer to which the target data belongs, and
当该用户设备与至少两个^载相对应时, 该处理器 920具体用于通过该 承载映射层, 获取该 WLAN AP转发的第二承载指示信息, 该第二承载指示 信息用于指示上行目标数据所属于的承载, 该上行目标数据是根据该信道带 宽确定的; The processor 920 is configured to: obtain, by using the bearer mapping layer, the second bearer indication information that is forwarded by the WLAN AP, where the second bearer indication information is used to indicate an uplink target, where the user equipment is associated with the at least two carriers. The bearer to which the data belongs, the uplink target data is determined according to the channel bandwidth;
用于根据该第二承载指示信息, 确定该上行目标数据所属于的承载, 该 第二承载指示信息是该用户设备确定并发送给该 WLAN AP的。 And determining, according to the second bearer indication information, a bearer to which the uplink target data belongs, where the second bearer indication information is determined by the user equipment and sent to the WLAN AP.
可选地, 该第一基站侧协议栈包括重排序层, 该重排序层用于确定该目 标数据在该承载上的全部数据中的位置, 该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协 议层为该重排序层, 以及 Optionally, the first base station side protocol stack includes a reordering layer, where the reordering layer is used to determine a location of the target data in all data on the bearer, where at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack is The reordering layer, and
该处理器 920具体用于根据该信道带宽, 确定下行目标数据; 用于通过该重排序层,确定该下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据 中的位置, 并通过该重排序层生成第一位置指示信息, 该第一位置指示信息 用于指示该下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置; The processor 920 is specifically configured to determine downlink target data according to the channel bandwidth, and determine, by using the reordering layer, a location of the downlink target data in all downlink data on the bearer, and generate, by using the reordering layer. a location indication information, where the first location indication information is used to indicate a location of the downlink target data in all downlink data on the bearer;
用于控制该收发器 940向该 WLAN AP发送该第一位置指示信息, 以便 于该用户设备根据该 WLAN AP转发的第一位置指示信息, 确定该下行目标 数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置。 The device 940 is configured to send the first location indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the user equipment determines, according to the first location indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP, the downlink target data in all downlink data on the bearer. s position.
可选地, 该第一基站侧协议栈包括重排序层, 该重排序层用于确定该目 标数据在该承载上的全部数据中的位置, 该第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协 议层为该重排序层, 以及 Optionally, the first base station side protocol stack includes a reordering layer, where the reordering layer is used to determine a location of the target data in all data on the bearer, where at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack is The reordering layer, and
该处理器 920具体用于通过该重排序层, 获取该 WLAN AP转发的第二 位置指示信息,该第二位置指示信息用于指示上行目标数据在该承载上的全 部上行数据中的位置, 该上行目标数据是根据该信道带宽确定的; The processor 920 is configured to: obtain, by using the reordering layer, the second location indication information that is forwarded by the WLAN AP, where the second location indication information is used to indicate a location of the uplink target data in all uplink data on the bearer, where The uplink target data is determined according to the channel bandwidth;
用于根据该第二位置指示信息,确定该上行目标数据在该承载上的全部 上行数据中的位置, 该第二位置指示信息是该用户设备确定并发送给该 WLAN AP的。 And determining, according to the second location indication information, a location of the uplink target data in all uplink data on the bearer, where the second location indication information is determined by the user equipment and sent to the WLAN AP.
根据本发明实施例的传输数据的设备 900可对应于本发明实施例的方法
中的基站, 并且, 该传输数据的设备 900中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作 和 /或功能分别为了实现图 4中的方法 100的相应流程, 为了筒洁,在此不再 赘述。 The apparatus 900 for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the method of the embodiment of the present invention. In the base station, and the modules and the other operations and/or functions in the device 900 for transmitting data are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes of the method 100 in FIG. 4, for the sake of cleaning, no further details are provided herein.
根据本发明实施例的传输数据的设备,通过基站在确定需要通过 WLAN AP对 UE的数据进行分流后, 通过 GTP隧道与 WLAN AP之间传输 UE的 数据(包括上行数据或下行数据), 能够使分流锚点位于基站, 并且, 通过 基站确定用户设备与 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 能够使基站根 据该信道带宽, 确定分流流量, 从而提高分流效果, 并且, 由于 WLAN AP 分流的数据经由基站而到达网关设备, 能保证在通过 WLAN建立通信连接 时使用的网关设备与在通过基站建立通信连接时使用的网关设备相同, 从 而, 能够保证业务连续性, 改善用户体验。 The device for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention can transmit data of the UE (including uplink data or downlink data) between the GTP tunnel and the WLAN AP after the base station determines that the data of the UE needs to be offloaded by the WLAN AP. The shunt anchor point is located at the base station, and the channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP is determined by the base station, so that the base station can determine the offload traffic according to the channel bandwidth, thereby improving the offloading effect, and the data split by the WLAN AP When the gateway device is reached via the base station, it is ensured that the gateway device used when establishing the communication connection through the WLAN is the same as the gateway device used when establishing the communication connection through the base station, thereby ensuring service continuity and improving the user experience.
图 13示出了根据本发明实施例的传输数据的设备 1000的示意性框图。 该设备 1000与基站之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议 GTP隧道, 在该基 站与网关设备之间, 设有用于传输用户设备的数据的承载, 如图 13所示, 该设备 1000包括: Figure 13 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 1000 for transmitting data in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. The device 1000 and the base station are provided with a general packet radio service tunneling protocol GTP tunnel, and between the base station and the gateway device, a bearer for transmitting data of the user equipment is provided. As shown in FIG. 13, the device 1000 includes:
总线 1010; Bus 1010;
与该总线 1010相连的处理器 1020; a processor 1020 connected to the bus 1010;
与该总线 1010相连的存储器 1030; a memory 1030 connected to the bus 1010;
与该总线 1010相连的收发器 1040 Transceiver 1040 connected to the bus 1010
其中,该处理器 1020通过该总线 1010,调用该存储器 1030中存储的程 序, 以用于控制该收发器 1040经由该 GTP隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设备 的目标数据, 其中, 该目标数据是根据该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信 所使用的信道带宽确定的, 该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。 The processor 1020, by using the bus 1010, invokes a program stored in the memory 1030, for controlling the transceiver 1040 to transmit target data of the user equipment to the base station via the GTP tunnel, where the target data is According to the channel bandwidth used by the communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, the target data is all or part of the data on the bearer.
可选地,该处理器 1020具体用于控制该收发器 1040接收该用户设备发 送的用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息; Optionally, the processor 1020 is specifically configured to control, by the transceiver 1040, the first capability information that is sent by the user equipment to indicate a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support;
用于根据该 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽和该第一能力信息, 确定与 该用户设备之间通信所使用信道带宽; And determining, according to the channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support and the first capability information, determining a channel bandwidth used for communication with the user equipment;
用于控制该收发器 1040向该基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息, 其中, 该第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使 用的信道带宽。 The transceiver 1040 is configured to send a first channel bandwidth indication information to the base station, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP.
可选地,该处理器 1020具体用于控制该收发器 1040向该基站发送用于
指示该 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信息, 以便于该基站根据 第一能力信息和该第二能力信息, 确定该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信 所使用的信道带宽, 其中, 该第一能力指示信息是该用户发送给该基站的, 用于指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽。 Optionally, the processor 1020 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1040 to send the base station to the base station. a second capability information indicating a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support, so that the base station determines, according to the first capability information and the second capability information, a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, where The first capability indication information is sent by the user to the base station, and is used to indicate a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support.
可选地,该处理器 1020具体用于控制该收发器 1040向该基站发送信道 切换信息, 该信道切换信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所 使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时间。 Optionally, the processor 1020 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1040 to send channel switching information to the base station, where the channel switching information is used to indicate that a channel used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP is switched, and the The time of the switch.
可选地,该处理器 1020具体用于控制该收发器 1040接收该基站发送的 第一分流指示信息, 该第一分流指示信息用于指示该 WLAN AP在该基站和 该用户设备之间传输数据, 该第一分流指示信息包括该用户设备的身份信 息, 其中, 一个身份信息用于在该通信系统中唯一地指示一个用户设备; 用于根据该第一分流指示信息, 控制该收发器 1040经由该 GTP隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设备的目标数据。 Optionally, the processor 1020 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1040 to receive the first offloading indication information sent by the base station, where the first offloading indication information is used to indicate that the WLAN AP transmits data between the base station and the user equipment. The first offload indication information includes identity information of the user equipment, where one identity information is used to uniquely indicate a user equipment in the communication system, and is configured to control the transceiver 1040 to be controlled according to the first offload indication information. The GTP tunnel transmits the target data of the user equipment with the base station.
可选地, 该处理器 1020具体用于根据该用户设备的用户信息, 确定与 该用户设备相对应的第一 GTP隧道; Optionally, the processor 1020 is specifically configured to determine, according to user information of the user equipment, a first GTP tunnel corresponding to the user equipment;
用于控制该收发器 1040经由该第一 GTP隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设 备的目标数据。 And controlling the transceiver 1040 to transmit target data of the user equipment to the base station via the first GTP tunnel.
可选地当该用户设备与至少两个^载相对应时, 该处理器 1020具体用 于控制该收发器 1040接收该基站发送的第一承载指示信息, 并向该用户设 备转发该第一承载指示信息, 该第一承载指示信息用于指示下行目标数据所 属于的 7|载; 或 Optionally, when the user equipment corresponds to the at least two carriers, the processor 1020 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1040 to receive the first bearer indication information sent by the base station, and forward the first bearer to the user equipment. indication information, the first indication information carrier 7 is used to indicate the downstream target data belongs | carrier; or
该处理器 1020具体用于控制该收发器 1040接收该用户设备发送的第二 承载指示信息, 并向该基站转发该第二承载指示信息, 该第二承载指示信息 用于指示上行目标数据所属于的承载。 The processor 1020 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1040 to receive the second bearer indication information sent by the user equipment, and forward the second bearer indication information to the base station, where the second bearer indication information is used to indicate that the uplink target data belongs to Hosting.
可选地, 该设备具有第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈和第二 WLAN AP侧协议 栈, 该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈用于在该 WLAN AP侧实现与该基站之间通 信的数据处理, 该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈用于在该 WLAN AP侧实现与该 用户设备之间通信的数据处理, 以及 Optionally, the device has a first WLAN AP side protocol stack and a second WLAN AP side protocol stack, where the first WLAN AP side protocol stack is configured to implement data processing for communication with the base station on the WLAN AP side, where The second WLAN AP side protocol stack is configured to implement data processing for communication with the user equipment on the WLAN AP side, and
该处理器 1020具体用于控制该收发器 1040将从该基站获取的数据输入 至第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 将从该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据传 输至该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 将从该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数
据发送给该用户设备; 或 The processor 1020 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1040 to input data acquired from the base station to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and transmit data output from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack to the second WLAN AP side. Protocol stack, the number to be output from the second WLAN AP side protocol stack Sent to the user equipment; or
该处理器 1020具体用于控制该收发器 1040将从该用户设备获取的数据 输入至第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 将从该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数 据传输至该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 将从该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出 的数据发送给该基站。 The processor 1020 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1040 to input data acquired by the user equipment to a second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and transmit data output from the second WLAN AP side protocol stack to the first WLAN AP. The side protocol stack sends data outputted from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack to the base station.
可选地, 在该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈与该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈之 间设置有适配层, 该适配层用于对数据进行在该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈的 与该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈之间的转换处理; 以及 Optionally, an adaptation layer is configured between the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, where the adaptation layer is configured to perform data on the first WLAN AP side protocol stack. Conversion processing between the second WLAN AP side protocol stacks;
该处理器 1020具体用于控制该收发器 1040将从该基站获取的数据输入 至第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 通过该适配层将从该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈 输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈能够识别的数据格 式, 并传输至该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 将从该第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈 输出的数据发送给该用户设备; 或 The processor 1020 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1040 to input data acquired from the base station to a first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the data format of data output from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack by using the adaptation layer. Converting to a data format that can be identified by the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and transmitting the data to the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and transmitting the data output from the second WLAN AP side protocol stack to the user equipment; or
该处理器 1020具体用于控制该收发器 1040将从该用户设备获取的数据 输入至第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 通过该适配层将从该第二 WLAN AP侧协 议栈输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈能够识别的数 据格式, 并传输至该第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 将从该第一 WLAN AP侧协 议栈输出的数据发送给该基站。 The processor 1020 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1040 to input data acquired from the user equipment to a second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and data of data output from the second WLAN AP side protocol stack by using the adaptation layer. The format is converted to a data format that can be identified by the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and transmitted to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and data output from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack is sent to the base station.
可选地, 当该用户设备与至少两个^载相对应时, 该处理器 1020具体 用于根据该用户设备的身份信息,确定与该目标数据所属于的承载相对应的 第二 GTP隧道; Optionally, when the user equipment corresponds to the at least two carriers, the processor 1020 is specifically configured to determine, according to the identity information of the user equipment, a second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the target data belongs;
用于控制该收发器 1040经由该第二 GTP隧道, 与该基站传输该用户设 备的目标数据。 And controlling the transceiver 1040 to transmit target data of the user equipment to the base station via the second GTP tunnel.
根据本发明实施例的传输数据的设备 1000可对应于本发明实施例的方 法中的 AP, 并且, 该传输数据的设备 1000中的各单元即模块和上述其他操 作和 /或功能分别为了实现图 7中的方法 400的相应流程,为了筒洁,在此不 再赘述。 The device 1000 for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to an AP in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the device 1000 for transmitting data and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented for The corresponding process of the method 400 in the seventh embodiment is not described here.
根据本发明实施例的传输数据的设备,通过基站在确定需要通过 WLAN AP对 UE的数据进行分流后, 通过 GTP隧道与 WLAN AP之间传输 UE的 数据(包括上行数据或下行数据), 能够使分流锚点位于基站, 并且, 通过 基站确定用户设备与 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 能够使基站根
据该信道带宽, 确定分流流量, 从而提高分流效果, 并且, 由于 WLAN AP 分流的数据经由基站而到达网关设备, 能保证在通过 WLAN建立通信连接 时使用的网关设备与在通过基站建立通信连接时使用的网关设备相同, 从 而, 能够保证业务连续性, 改善用户体验。 The device for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention can transmit data of the UE (including uplink data or downlink data) between the GTP tunnel and the WLAN AP after the base station determines that the data of the UE needs to be offloaded by the WLAN AP. The shunt anchor point is located at the base station, and the base station determines the channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, and enables the base station root According to the channel bandwidth, the offload traffic is determined, thereby improving the offloading effect, and since the data split by the WLAN AP arrives at the gateway device via the base station, the gateway device used when establishing the communication connection through the WLAN can be ensured when the communication connection is established through the base station. The gateway devices used are the same, thus ensuring business continuity and improving the user experience.
图 14示出了根据本发明实施例的传输数据的设备 1100的示意性框图。 如图 11所示, 该设备 1100包括: Figure 14 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 1100 for transmitting data in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 11, the device 1100 includes:
总线 1110; Bus 1110;
与该总线 1110相连的处理器 1120; a processor 1120 connected to the bus 1110;
与该总线 1110相连的存储器 1130; a memory 1130 connected to the bus 1110;
与该总线 1110相连的收发器 1140 Transceiver 1140 connected to the bus 1110
其中, 该处理器 1120通过该总线 1110, 调用该存储器 1130中存储的程 序, 以用于控制该收发器 1140经由该 WLAN AP, 与该基站进行目标数据的 传输, 其中, 该目标数据是根据该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用 的信道带宽确定的,该目标数据在该 WLAN AP与该基站之间是经由该 GTP 隧道传输的, 该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据。 The processor 1120, through the bus 1110, invokes a program stored in the memory 1130, for controlling the transceiver 1140 to perform target data transmission with the base station via the WLAN AP, wherein the target data is according to the The channel bandwidth determined by the communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP is determined, and the target data is transmitted between the WLAN AP and the base station via the GTP tunnel, and the target data is all or part of data on the bearer.
可选地, 该处理器 1120具体用于控制该收发器 1140接收该 WLAN AP 发送的用于指示该 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信息; Optionally, the processor 1120 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1140 to receive second capability information that is sent by the WLAN AP to indicate a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support;
用于根据该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽和该第二能力信息,确定与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用信道带宽; And determining, according to a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support and the second capability information, determining a channel bandwidth used for communication with the WLAN AP;
用于控制该收发器 1140向该基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息, 其中, 该第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使 用的信道带宽。 The transceiver 1140 is configured to send first channel bandwidth indication information to the base station, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP.
可选地, 该处理器 1120具体用于控制该收发器 1140向该基站发送用于 指示该用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信息, 以便于该基站根据该 第一能力信息和第二能力信息, 确定该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所 使用的信道带宽, 其中, 该第二能力指示信息是该 WLAN AP发送给该基站 的, 用于指示该 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽。 Optionally, the processor 1120 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1140 to send, to the base station, first capability information, which is used to indicate a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support, so that the base station is configured according to the first capability information and the second The capability information is used to determine a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, where the second capability indication information is sent by the WLAN AP to the base station, and is used to indicate a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support.
可选地, 该处理器 1120具体用于控制该收发器 1140接收该基站发送的 第二信道带宽指示信息, 该第二信道带宽指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽; Optionally, the processor 1120 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1140 to receive the second channel bandwidth indication information sent by the base station, where the second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate that the user equipment is used for communication with the WLAN AP. Channel bandwidth
用于根据该第二信道带宽指示信息, 确定上行目标数据, 其中, 该目标
上行数据是该承载上的全部或部分上行数据; And determining, according to the second channel bandwidth indication information, an uplink target data, where the target The uplink data is all or part of the uplink data on the bearer;
用于控制该收发器 1140向该 WLAN AP发送该上行目标数据, 以便于 该 WLAN AP经由该 GTP隧道将该上行目标数据发送给该基站。 The transceiver 1140 is configured to send the uplink target data to the WLAN AP, so that the WLAN AP sends the uplink target data to the base station via the GTP tunnel.
可选地, 该处理器 1120具体用于控制该收发器 1140向该基站发送信道 切换信息, 该信道切换信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间通信所 使用的信道发生切换以及完成该切换的时间。 Optionally, the processor 1120 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1140 to send channel switching information to the base station, where the channel switching information is used to indicate that a channel used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP is switched, and the The time of the switch.
可选地, 该处理器 1120具体用于控制该收发器 1140接收该基站发送的 第二分流指示信息, 该第二分流指示信息用于指示该用户设备与该 WLAN AP之间传输数据。 Optionally, the processor 1120 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1140 to receive the second offloading indication information sent by the base station, where the second offloading indication information is used to indicate that the user equipment and the WLAN AP transmit data.
用于根据该第二分流指示信息, 控制该收发器 1140经由该 WLAN AP, 与该基站进行目标数据的传输。 And configured to control, by the second WLAN, the transceiver 1140 to perform target data transmission with the base station via the WLAN AP.
可选地, 该设备具有第一用户设备侧协议栈和第二用户设备侧协议栈, 该第一用户设备侧协议栈用于在该用户设备侧实现与该基站之间通信的数 据处理, 该第二用户设备侧协议栈用于在该用户设备侧实现与该 WLAN AP 之间通信的数据处理, 其中, 该第二用户设备侧协议栈与该第一用户设备侧 协议栈的至少一个协议层相连, 以及 Optionally, the device has a first user equipment side protocol stack and a second user equipment side protocol stack, where the first user equipment side protocol stack is used to implement data processing for communication with the base station on the user equipment side, where The second user equipment side protocol stack is configured to implement data processing for communication with the WLAN AP on the user equipment side, where the second user equipment side protocol stack and at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack Connected, and
可选地, 该处理器 1120具体用于控制该收发器 1140通过该第一用户设 备侧协议栈的至少一层和该第二用户设备侧协议栈, 经由该 WLAN AP, 与 该基站进行目标数据的传输。 Optionally, the processor 1120 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1140 to perform target data with the base station by using at least one layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack. Transmission.
可选地, 该第二用户设备侧协议栈包括适配层, 该适配层用于对数据进 行在该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层与该第二用户设备侧协议栈 之间的转换处理, 该第二用户设备侧协议栈与该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至 少一协议层通过该适配层相连; 以及 Optionally, the second user equipment side protocol stack includes an adaptation layer, where the adaptation layer is configured to perform data on at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack. Inter-switching process, the second user equipment side protocol stack is connected to the at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack by the adaptation layer;
可选地, 该处理器 1120具体用于控制该收发器 1140将上行目标数据输 入至该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层,通过该适配层将从该第一用 户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第二用户 设备侧协议栈能够识别的数据格式, 并传输至该第二用户设备侧协议栈, 将 从该第二用户设备侧协议栈输出的数据发送给该 WLAN AP , 以通过该 Optionally, the processor 1120 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1140 to input uplink target data to at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack, and the adaptation layer will use the first user equipment side protocol. The data format of the data output by the at least one protocol layer of the stack is converted into a data format recognizable by the second user equipment side protocol stack, and transmitted to the second user equipment side protocol stack, and the second user equipment side protocol stack is to be used. The output data is sent to the WLAN AP to pass the
WLAN AP发送给该基站, 或 The WLAN AP sends to the base station, or
该处理器 1120具体用于控制该收发器 1140将从该 WLAN AP获取的数 据输入至该第二用户设备侧协议栈,通过该适配层将从该第二用户设备侧协
议栈输出的数据的数据格式转换为该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议 层能够识别的数据格式, 并传输至该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议 层, 以获取下行目标数据。 The processor 1120 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1140 to input data acquired from the WLAN AP to the second user equipment side protocol stack, and the adaptation layer will cooperate with the second user equipment. The data format of the data outputted by the stack is converted into a data format recognizable by at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack, and transmitted to at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack to obtain a downlink target. data.
可选地, 该第二用户设备侧协议栈包括承载映射层, 该承载映射层用于 确定该目标数据所属于的承载, 以及 Optionally, the second user equipment side protocol stack includes a bearer mapping layer, where the bearer mapping layer is used to determine a bearer to which the target data belongs, and
当该用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时, 该处理器 1120具体用于控制 该收发器 1140通过该承载映射层, 确定该目标数据中的上行目标数据所属 于的承载, 并通过该承载映射层生成第二承载指示信息, 该第二承载指示信 息用于指示该上行目标数据所属于的承载, 并向该 WLAN AP发送该第二承 载指示信息, 以便于该基站根据该 WLAN AP转发的该第二承载指示信息或 与该上行目标数据所属于的 载相对应的上行第二 GTP 隧道, 确定该上行 目标数据所属于的承载; 或 When the user equipment corresponds to the at least two bearers, the processor 1120 is specifically configured to control the transceiver 1140 to determine, by using the bearer mapping layer, the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs in the target data, and pass the bearer mapping. The layer generates the second bearer indication information, where the second bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs, and sends the second bearer indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the base station forwards the packet according to the WLAN AP. a second bearer indication information or an uplink second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs, determining a bearer to which the uplink target data belongs; or
该处理器 1120具体用于控制该收发器 1140通过该承载映射层, 获取该 WLAN AP发送的第一承载指示信息, 该第一承载指示信息用于指示该目标 数据中的下行目标数据所属于的承载, 并根据该第一承载指示信息, 确定该 下行目标数据所属于的承载, 该第一承载指示信息是该 WLAN AP从该基站 获取的, 或该 WLAN AP根据与该下行目标数据所属于的承载相对应的下行 第二 GTP隧道确定的。 The processor 1120 is specifically configured to control, by using the bearer mapping layer, the first bearer indication information sent by the WLAN AP, where the first bearer indication information is used to indicate that the downlink target data in the target data belongs to Carrying, and determining, according to the first bearer indication information, a bearer to which the downlink target data belongs, the first bearer indication information is obtained by the WLAN AP from the base station, or the WLAN AP belongs according to the downlink target data The bearer corresponding to the downlink second GTP tunnel is determined.
可选地, 该第一用户设备侧协议栈包括重排序层, 该重排序层用于确定 该目标数据在该承载上的全部数据中的位置,该第一用户设备侧协议栈的至 少一个协议层为该重排序层, 以及 Optionally, the first user equipment side protocol stack includes a reordering layer, where the reordering layer is used to determine a location of the target data in all data on the bearer, and at least one protocol of the first user equipment side protocol stack The layer is the reordering layer, and
可选地, 该处理器 1120具体用于通过该重排序层, 确定目标数据中的 上行目标数据在该承载上的全部上行数据中的位置, 并通过该重排序层生成 第二位置指示信息, 该第二位置指示信息用于指示该上行目标数据在该承载 上的全部上行数据中的位置, 并向该 WLAN AP发送该第二位置指示信息, 以便于该基站根据该 WLAN AP转发的第二位置指示信息, 确定该上行目标 数据在该承载上的全部上行数据中的位置; 或 Optionally, the processor 1120 is specifically configured to determine, by using the reordering layer, a location of uplink target data in the target data in all uplink data on the bearer, and generate second location indication information by using the reordering layer, The second location indication information is used to indicate the location of the uplink target data in all uplink data on the bearer, and send the second location indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the base station forwards according to the WLAN AP. Location indication information, determining a location of the uplink target data in all uplink data on the bearer; or
该处理器 1120具体用于通过该重排序层, 获取该 WLAN AP转发的第 一位置指示信息, 该第一位置指示信息用于指示该目标数据中的下行目标数 据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置, 并根据该第一位置指示信息, 确定 该下行目标数据在该承载上的全部下行数据中的位置, 该第一位置指示信息
是该基站确定并发送给该 WLAN AP的。 The processor 1120 is configured to: obtain, by using the reordering layer, the first location indication information that is forwarded by the WLAN AP, where the first location indication information is used to indicate all downlink data of the downlink target data in the target data on the bearer. a location in the middle location, and determining, according to the first location indication information, a location of the downlink target data in all downlink data on the bearer, the first location indication information It is determined by the base station and sent to the WLAN AP.
根据本发明实施例的传输数据的设备 1100可对应于本发明实施例的方 法中的用户设备(目标用户设备), 并且, 该传输数据的设备 1100中的各单 元即模块和上述其他操作和 /或功能分别为了实现图 8中的方法 500的相应流 程, 为了筒洁, 在此不再赘述。 The device 1100 for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to a user equipment (target user equipment) in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the apparatus 1100 that transmits data and the other operations and/ For the purpose of implementing the corresponding process of the method 500 in FIG. 8, the functions are not described here.
根据本发明实施例的传输数据的设备,通过基站在确定需要通过 WLAN AP对 UE的数据进行分流后, 通过 GTP隧道与 WLAN AP之间传输 UE的 数据(包括上行数据或下行数据), 能够使分流锚点位于基站, 并且, 通过 基站确定用户设备与 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 能够使基站根 据该信道带宽, 确定分流流量, 从而提高分流效果, 并且, 由于 WLAN AP 分流的数据经由基站而到达网关设备, 能保证在通过 WLAN建立通信连接 时使用的网关设备与在通过基站建立通信连接时使用的网关设备相同, 从 而, 能够保证业务连续性, 改善用户体验。 The device for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention can transmit data of the UE (including uplink data or downlink data) between the GTP tunnel and the WLAN AP after the base station determines that the data of the UE needs to be offloaded by the WLAN AP. The shunt anchor point is located at the base station, and the channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP is determined by the base station, so that the base station can determine the offload traffic according to the channel bandwidth, thereby improving the offloading effect, and the data split by the WLAN AP When the gateway device is reached via the base station, it is ensured that the gateway device used when establishing the communication connection through the WLAN is the same as the gateway device used when establishing the communication connection through the base station, thereby ensuring service continuity and improving the user experience.
图 15是根据本发明一实施例的传输信号的系统 1200的示意性架构图。 如图 15所示, 该系统 1200包括: Figure 15 is a schematic architectural diagram of a system 1200 for transmitting signals in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 15, the system 1200 includes:
基站 1210, 该基站与网关设备之间, 设有用于传输用户设备 1230的数 据的承载,该基站与无线局域网接入点 WLAN AP 1220之间设有通用分组无 线业务隧道协议 GTP隧道, 用于确定该用户设备 1230与该 WLAN AP 1220 之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 并根据该信道带宽, 经由该 GTP 隧道, 通过 该 WLAN AP 1220与该用户设备 1230进行目标数据的传输, 其中, 该目标 数据是该承载上的全部或部分数据; The base station 1210, the base station and the gateway device are provided with a bearer for transmitting data of the user equipment 1230, and the base station and the wireless local area network access point WLAN AP 1220 are provided with a general packet radio service tunneling protocol GTP tunnel for determining The channel bandwidth used by the user equipment 1230 to communicate with the WLAN AP 1220, and the target data is transmitted by the WLAN AP 1220 and the user equipment 1230 via the GTP tunnel according to the channel bandwidth, where the target data is transmitted. Is all or part of the data on the bearer;
WLAN AP 1220, 用于经由该 GTP隧道, 与该基站 1210传输该用户设 备 1230的目标数据,其中,该目标数据是根据该用户设备 1230与该 WLAN AP 1220之间通信所使用的信道带宽确定的, 该目标数据是该承载上的全部 或部分数据; The WLAN AP 1220 is configured to transmit target data of the user equipment 1230 with the base station 1210 via the GTP tunnel, where the target data is determined according to a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment 1230 to communicate with the WLAN AP 1220. The target data is all or part of the data on the bearer;
用户设备 1230, 用于经由该 WLAN AP 1220, 与该基站 1210进行目标 数据的传输,其中,该目标数据是根据该用户设备 1230与该 WLAN AP 1220 之间通信所使用的信道带宽确定的,该目标数据在该 WLAN AP 1220与该基 站 1210之间是经由该 GTP隧道传输的, 该目标数据是该承载上的全部或部 分数据。 User equipment 1230, configured to perform target data transmission with the base station 1210 via the WLAN AP 1220, where the target data is determined according to a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment 1230 to communicate with the WLAN AP 1220, where The target data is transmitted between the WLAN AP 1220 and the base station 1210 via the GTP tunnel, and the target data is all or part of data on the bearer.
根据本发明实施例的传输数据的系统 1200中,基站 1210可对应于本发
明实施例的方法中的基站, 并且, 该基站 1210 中的各单元即模块和上述其 他操作和 /或功能分别为了实现图 4中的方法 100的相应流程, 为了筒洁,在 该 WLAN AP1220中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和 /或功能分别为了实 现图 7中的方法 400的相应流程, 为了筒洁, 在此不再赘述。 用户设备 1230 可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的用户设备(目标用户设备), 并且, 该基 站中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和 /或功能分别为了实现图 8 中的方法 500的相应流程, 为了筒洁, 在此不再赘述。 In the system 1200 for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention, the base station 1210 may correspond to the present disclosure. The base station in the method of the embodiment, and the modules and the other operations and/or functions in the base station 1210 are respectively implemented in the WLAN AP 1220 in order to implement the corresponding process of the method 100 in FIG. The modules, and the other operations and/or functions described above, respectively, in order to implement the corresponding processes of the method 400 in FIG. 7, are not described herein. The user equipment 1230 may correspond to the user equipment (target user equipment) in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the base station, that is, the module and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented to implement the method 500 in FIG. The corresponding process, for the sake of cleanliness, will not be repeated here.
根据本发明实施例的传输数据的系统,通过基站在确定需要通过 WLAN AP对 UE的数据进行分流后, 通过 GTP隧道与 WLAN AP之间传输 UE的 数据(包括上行数据或下行数据), 能够使分流锚点位于基站, 并且, 通过 基站确定用户设备与 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 能够使基站根 据该信道带宽, 确定分流流量, 从而提高分流效果, 并且, 由于 WLAN AP 分流的数据经由基站而到达网关设备, 能保证在通过 WLAN建立通信连接 时使用的网关设备与在通过基站建立通信连接时使用的网关设备相同, 从 而, 能够保证业务连续性, 改善用户体验。 The system for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention can transmit data of the UE (including uplink data or downlink data) between the GTP tunnel and the WLAN AP after the base station determines that the data of the UE needs to be offloaded by the WLAN AP. The shunt anchor point is located at the base station, and the channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP is determined by the base station, so that the base station can determine the offload traffic according to the channel bandwidth, thereby improving the offloading effect, and the data split by the WLAN AP When the gateway device is reached via the base station, it is ensured that the gateway device used when establishing the communication connection through the WLAN is the same as the gateway device used when establishing the communication connection through the base station, thereby ensuring service continuity and improving the user experience.
应理解, 本文中术语 "和 /或", 仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系, 表示可以存在三种关系, 例如, A和 /或 B, 可以表示: 单独存在 A, 同时存 在 A和 B, 单独存在 B这三种情况。 另外, 本文中字符 "/" , 一般表示前后 关联对象是一种 "或" 的关系。 It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this context is merely an association describing the associated object, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and / or B, which may represent: A exists separately, and A and B exist simultaneously There are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the context object is an "or" relationship.
应理解, 在本发明的各种实施例中, 上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味 着执行顺序的先后, 各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定, 而不应 对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。 It should be understood that, in various embodiments of the present invention, the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be taken to the embodiments of the present invention. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到, 结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各 示例的单元及算法步骤, 能够以电子硬件、 或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结 合来实现。 这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行, 取决于技术方案的特 定应用和设计约束条件。 专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方 法来实现所描述的功能, 但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。 Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in a combination of electronic hardware or computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods for implementing the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present invention.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到, 为描述的方便和筒洁, 上述描 述的系统、 装置和单元的具体工作过程, 可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应 过程, 在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中, 应该理解到, 所揭露的系统、 装置和 方法, 可以通过其它的方式实现。 例如, 以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示 意性的, 例如, 所述单元的划分, 仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分, 实际实现时可 以有另外的划分方式, 例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个 系统, 或一些特征可以忽略, 或不执行。 另一点, 所显示或讨论的相互之间 的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口, 装置或单元的间接耦合 或通信连接, 可以是电性, 机械或其它的形式。 A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and the cleaning of the description, the specific working processes of the system, the device and the unit described above can refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and details are not described herein again. In the several embodiments provided herein, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作 为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元, 即可以位于一个地方, 或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或 者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。 The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solution of the embodiment.
另外, 在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元 中, 也可以是各个单元单独物理存在, 也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一 个单元中。 In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使 用时, 可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。 基于这样的理解, 本发明 的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部 分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质 中, 包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机, 服务器, 或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。 而前 述的存储介质包括: U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器( ROM , Read-Only Memory )、 随机存取存储器(RAM, Random Access Memory ), 磁碟或者光盘等各种可 以存储程序代码的介质。 The functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as separate products, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present invention, which is essential to the prior art or part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium, including The instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .
以上所述, 仅为本发明的具体实施方式, 但本发明的保护范围并不局限 于此, 任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内, 可轻易 想到变化或替换, 都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。 因此, 本发明的保护 范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。
The above is only the specific embodiment of the present invention, but the scope of the present invention is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope of the present invention. It should be covered by the scope of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the invention should be determined by the scope of the appended claims.
Claims
权利要求 Rights request
1、 一种传输数据的方法, 其特征在于, 由通信系统中的基站执行, 所 述通信系统还包括无线局域网接入点 WLAN AP和用户设备, 在所述基站与 网关设备之间, 设有用于传输所述用户设备的数据的承载, 所述基站与所述 WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议 GTP隧道, 所述方法包括: 确定所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽; 根据所述信道带宽, 经由所述 GTP隧道, 通过所述 WLAN AP与所述 用户设备进行目标数据的传输, 其中, 所述目标数据是所述承载上的全部或 部分数据。 A method for transmitting data, characterized in that it is executed by a base station in a communication system, the communication system further comprising a wireless local area network access point WLAN AP and a user equipment, and is provided between the base station and the gateway device. And a general packet radio service tunneling protocol GTP tunnel is set between the base station and the WLAN AP, where the method includes: determining communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP a channel bandwidth to be used, according to the channel bandwidth, the target data is transmitted by the WLAN AP and the user equipment, where the target data is all or part of data on the bearer. .
2、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述确定所述用户设备 与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 包括: The method according to claim 1, wherein the determining a channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP comprises:
接收所述用户设备或所述 WLAN AP发送的第一信道带宽指示信息, 其 中, 所述第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之 间通信所使用信道带宽, 所述信道带宽是由所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP 协商后确定的; Receiving the first channel bandwidth indication information sent by the user equipment or the WLAN AP, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, where The channel bandwidth is determined by the user equipment after negotiating with the WLAN AP;
根据所述第一信道带宽指示信息, 确定所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP 之间通信所使用的信道带宽。 Determining, according to the first channel bandwidth indication information, a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP.
3、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述确定所述用户设备 与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 包括: The method according to claim 1, wherein the determining a channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP comprises:
接收所述用户设备发送的用于指示所述用户设备能够支持的信道带宽 的第一能力信息; Receiving, by the user equipment, first capability information indicating a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support;
接收所述 WLAN AP发送的用于指示所述 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带 宽的第二能力信息; Receiving, by the WLAN AP, second capability information indicating a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support;
根据所述第一能力信息和所述第二能力信息,确定所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。 Determining, according to the first capability information and the second capability information, a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP.
4、 根据权利要求 3所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述根据所述信道带宽, 经由所述 GTP隧道, 通过所述 WLAN AP与所述用户设备进行目标数据的 传输, 包括: The method according to claim 3, wherein the transmitting, by the WLAN AP, the target data by using the WLAN AP according to the channel bandwidth, includes:
向所述用户设备发送第二信道带宽指示信息,所述第二信道带宽指示信 息用于指示所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 以 便于所述用户设备根据所述第二信道带宽指示信息, 确定上行目标数据, 其
中, 所述目标上行数据是所述承载上的全部或部分上行数据; 经由所述 GTP隧道, 接收所述 WLAN AP发送的所述上行目标数据, 所述上行目标数据是所述用户设备发送给所述 WLAN AP的。 Transmitting, by the user equipment, second channel bandwidth indication information, where the second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, so that the user equipment is configured according to the Decoding second channel bandwidth indication information, determining uplink target data, The target uplink data is all or part of the uplink data on the bearer; and the uplink target data sent by the WLAN AP is received by the GTP tunnel, where the uplink target data is sent by the user equipment The WLAN AP.
5、 根据权利要求 1至 3中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述根据 所述信道带宽, 经由所述 GTP隧道, 通过所述 WLAN AP与所述用户设备 进行目标数据的传输, 包括: The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein, according to the channel bandwidth, the target data is transmitted by the WLAN AP and the user equipment via the GTP tunnel. , including:
根据所述信道带宽, 确定下行目标数据, 其中, 所述目标下行数据是所 述承载上的全部或部分下行数据; Determining downlink target data according to the channel bandwidth, where the target downlink data is all or part of downlink data on the bearer;
经由所述 GTP隧道, 向所述 WLAN AP发送所述下行目标数据, 以便 于所述 WLAN AP向所述用户设备转发所述下行目标数据的。 Sending, by the GTP tunnel, the downlink target data to the WLAN AP, so that the WLAN AP forwards the downlink target data to the user equipment.
6、 根据权利要求 1至 5中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述方法 还包括: The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the method further comprises:
接收所述用户设备或所述 WLAN AP发送的信道切换信息, 所述信道切 换信息用于指示所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生 切换以及完成所述切换的时间; 以及 Receiving channel switching information sent by the user equipment or the WLAN AP, where the channel switching information is used to indicate that a channel used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP is switched, and a time for completing the handover is performed; as well as
所述根据所述信道带宽, 经由所述 GTP隧道, 通过所述 WLAN AP与 所述用户设备进行目标数据的传输, 包括: The transmitting, by the WLAN AP, the target data by using the WLAN AP, according to the channel bandwidth, includes:
根据所述信道带宽和所述信道切换指示信息, 经由所述 GTP 隧道, 通 过所述 WLAN AP与所述用户设备进行目标数据的传输。 And transmitting, according to the channel bandwidth and the channel switching indication information, the target data by using the WLAN AP and the user equipment via the GTP tunnel.
7、 根据权利要求 1至 6中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述根 据所述信道带宽, 经由所述 GTP隧道, 通过所述 WLAN AP与所述用户设 备进行目标数据的传输之前, 所述方法还包括: The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the target data is performed by the WLAN AP and the user equipment via the GTP tunnel according to the channel bandwidth. Before the transmission, the method further includes:
向所述 WLAN AP发送第一分流指示信息, 所述第一分流指示信息用于 指示所述 WLAN AP在所述基站和所述用户设备之间传输数据, 所述第一分 流指示信息包括所述用户设备的身份信息, 其中, 一个身份信息用于在所述 通信系统中唯一地指示一个用户设备。 Sending the first offloading indication information to the WLAN AP, where the first offloading indication information is used to indicate that the WLAN AP transmits data between the base station and the user equipment, where the first offloading indication information includes the Identity information of the user equipment, wherein one identity information is used to uniquely indicate a user equipment in the communication system.
8、 根据权利要求 1至 7中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述根 据所述信道带宽, 经由所述 GTP隧道, 通过所述 WLAN AP与所述用户设 备进行目标数据的传输之前, 所述方法还包括: The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the target data is performed by the WLAN AP and the user equipment via the GTP tunnel according to the channel bandwidth. Before the transmission, the method further includes:
向所述用户设备发送第二分流指示信息, 所述第二分流指示信息用于指 示在所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间传输数据。
9、 根据权利要求 1至 8中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述根据 所述信道带宽, 经由所述 GTP隧道, 通过所述 WLAN AP与所述用户设备 进行目标数据的传输, 包括: Sending, by the user equipment, second offloading indication information, where the second offloading indication information is used to indicate that data is transmitted between the user equipment and the WLAN AP. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the transmitting, according to the channel bandwidth, the target data is transmitted by the WLAN AP and the user equipment via the GTP tunnel , including:
确定与所述用户设备相对应的第一 GTP隧道; Determining a first GTP tunnel corresponding to the user equipment;
根据所述信道带宽, 经由所述第一 GTP隧道, 通过所述 WLAN AP与 所述用户设备进行目标数据的传输。 And transmitting, according to the channel bandwidth, the target data by using the WLAN AP and the user equipment via the first GTP tunnel.
10、 根据权利要求 1至 9中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述用 户设备与至少两个承载相对应时, 所述根据所述信道带宽, 经由所述 GTP 隧道, 通过所述 WLAN AP与所述用户设备进行目标数据的传输, 包括: 确定与所述目标数据所属于的承载相对应的第二 GTP隧道; The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein, when the user equipment corresponds to at least two bearers, the passing, according to the channel bandwidth, passes through the GTP tunnel The transmitting, by the WLAN AP, the target data by the user equipment, includes: determining a second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the target data belongs;
根据所述信道带宽, 经由所述第二 GTP隧道, 通过所述 WLAN AP与 所述用户设备进行所述目标数据的传输。 And transmitting, according to the channel bandwidth, the target data by using the WLAN AP and the user equipment via the second GTP tunnel.
11、 根据权利要求 1至 10中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述基 站具有第一基站侧协议栈和第二基站侧协议栈, 所述第一基站侧协议栈用于 在基站侧实现与所述用户设备之间通信的数据处理, 所述第二基站侧协议栈 用于在基站侧实现与所述 WLAN AP之间通信的数据处理, 其中, 所述第二 基站侧协议栈与所述第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层相连, 以及 The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the base station has a first base station side protocol stack and a second base station side protocol stack, and the first base station side protocol stack is used in The base station side implements data processing for communication with the user equipment, and the second base station side protocol stack is configured to implement data processing for communication with the WLAN AP at the base station side, where the second base station side protocol The stack is connected to at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack, and
所述根据所述信道带宽, 经由所述 GTP隧道, 通过所述 WLAN AP与 所述用户设备进行目标数据的传输, 包括: The transmitting, by the WLAN AP, the target data by using the WLAN AP, according to the channel bandwidth, includes:
根据所述信道带宽,通过所述第一基站侧协议栈的至少一层和所述第二 基站侧协议栈, 经由所述 GTP隧道, 通过所述 WLAN AP与所述用户设备 进行目标数据的传输。 Transmitting, by the GTP tunnel, the target data by using the WLAN AP and the user equipment, according to the channel bandwidth, by using at least one layer of the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack .
12、 根据权利要求 11所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二基站侧协议 栈包括适配层,所述适配层用于对数据进行在所述第一基站侧协议栈的至少 一协议层与所述第二基站侧协议栈之间的转换处理, 所述第二基站侧协议栈 与所述第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层通过所述适配层相连, 以及 The method according to claim 11, wherein the second base station side protocol stack includes an adaptation layer, and the adaptation layer is configured to perform data on at least one of the first base station side protocol stacks. And a conversion process between the protocol layer and the second base station side protocol stack, where the second base station side protocol stack is connected to the at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack by using the adaptation layer, and
所述根据所述信道带宽,通过所述第一基站侧协议栈的至少一层和所述 第二基站侧协议栈, 经由所述 GTP隧道, 通过所述 WLAN AP与所述用户 设备进行目标数据的传输, 包括: Performing target data with the user equipment by using the WLAN AP, by using the GTP tunnel, by using at least one layer of the first base station side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack according to the channel bandwidth. Transmission, including:
将根据所述信道带宽确定的下行目标数据输入至所述第一基站侧协议 栈的至少一协议层,通过所述适配层将从所述第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协
议层输出的数据的数据格式转换为所述第二基站侧协议栈能够识别的数据 格式, 并传输至所述第二基站侧协议栈, 将从所述第二基站侧协议栈输出的 数据经由所述 GTP隧道发送给所述 WLAN AP,以通过所述 WLAN AP发送 给所述用户设备; 或 And input downlink target data determined according to the channel bandwidth to at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack, and at least one protocol from the first base station side protocol stack by using the adaptation layer The data format of the data output by the layer is converted into a data format that can be identified by the second base station side protocol stack, and transmitted to the second base station side protocol stack, and the data output from the second base station side protocol stack is Sending the GTP tunnel to the WLAN AP for sending to the user equipment by using the WLAN AP; or
将经由所述 GTP隧道从所述 WLAN AP获取的数据输入至所述第二基 站侧协议栈,通过所述适配层将从所述第二基站侧协议栈输出的数据的数据 格式转换为所述第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层能够识别的数据格式, 并 传输至所述第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层, 以获取所述用户设备的上行 目标数据, 所述上行目标数据是所述用户设备根据所述信道带宽确定的。 Inputting data acquired from the WLAN AP via the GTP tunnel to the second base station side protocol stack, and converting, by using the adaptation layer, a data format of data output from the second base station side protocol stack into a a data format that is identifiable by the at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack, and is transmitted to at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack, to obtain uplink target data of the user equipment, and the uplink target Data is determined by the user equipment based on the channel bandwidth.
13、 根据权利要求 11或 12所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二基站侧 协议栈包括承载映射层,所述承载映射层用于确定所述目标数据所属于的承 载, 以及 The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the second base station side protocol stack includes a bearer mapping layer, where the bearer mapping layer is used to determine a bearer to which the target data belongs, and
当所述用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时, 所述根据所述信道带宽, 经 由所述 GTP隧道, 通过所述 WLAN AP与所述用户设备进行目标数据的传 输, 包括: When the user equipment is associated with the at least two bearers, the transmitting, by the WLAN AP, the target data by the WLAN AP according to the channel bandwidth, includes:
根据所述信道带宽, 确定下行目标数据; Determining downlink target data according to the channel bandwidth;
通过所述承载映射层, 确定所述下行目标数据所属于的承载, 并通过所 述承载映射层生成第一承载指示信息, 所述第一承载指示信息用于指示所述 下行目标数据所属于的承载; Determining, by the bearer mapping layer, a bearer to which the downlink target data belongs, and generating first bearer indication information by using the bearer mapping layer, where the first bearer indication information is used to indicate that the downlink target data belongs to Carry
向所述 WLAN AP发送所述第一承载指示信息, 以便于所述用户设备根 据所述 WLAN AP转发的第一承载指示信息, 确定所述下行目标数据所属于 的承载。 Sending the first bearer indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the user equipment determines, according to the first bearer indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP, the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs.
14、 根据权利要求 11或 12所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二基站侧 协议栈包括承载映射层,所述承载映射层用于确定所述目标数据所属于的承 载, 以及 The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the second base station side protocol stack includes a bearer mapping layer, where the bearer mapping layer is used to determine a bearer to which the target data belongs, and
当所述用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时, 所述根据所述信道带宽, 经 由所述 GTP隧道, 通过所述 WLAN AP与所述用户设备进行目标数据的传 输, 包括: When the user equipment is associated with the at least two bearers, the transmitting, by the WLAN AP, the target data by the WLAN AP according to the channel bandwidth, includes:
通过所述承载映射层, 获取所述 WLAN AP转发的第二承载指示信息, 所述第二承载指示信息用于指示上行目标数据所属于的承载, 所述上行目标 数据是根据所述信道带宽确定的;
根据所述第二承载指示信息, 确定所述上行目标数据所属于的承载, 所 述第二承载指示信息是所述用户设备确定并发送给所述 WLAN AP的。 Acquiring, by the bearer mapping layer, the second bearer indication information that is forwarded by the WLAN AP, where the second bearer indication information is used to indicate a bearer to which the uplink target data belongs, and the uplink target data is determined according to the channel bandwidth. of; And determining, according to the second bearer indication information, a bearer to which the uplink target data belongs, where the second bearer indication information is determined by the user equipment and sent to the WLAN AP.
15、 根据权利要求 11至 14中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第 一基站侧协议栈包括重排序层,所述重排序层用于确定所述目标数据在所述 承载上的全部数据中的位置, 所述第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层为所 述重排序层, 以及 The method according to any one of claims 11 to 14, wherein the first base station side protocol stack includes a reordering layer, and the reordering layer is configured to determine that the target data is in the bearer a location in all of the data, at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack is the reordering layer, and
所述根据所述信道带宽, 经由所述 GTP隧道, 通过所述 WLAN AP与 所述用户设备进行目标数据的传输, 包括: The transmitting, by the WLAN AP, the target data by using the WLAN AP, according to the channel bandwidth, includes:
根据所述信道带宽, 确定下行目标数据; Determining downlink target data according to the channel bandwidth;
通过所述重排序层,确定所述下行目标数据在所述承载上的全部下行数 据中的位置, 并通过所述重排序层生成第一位置指示信息, 所述第一位置指 示信息用于指示所述下行目标数据在所述承载上的全部下行数据中的位置; 向所述 WLAN AP发送所述第一位置指示信息, 以便于所述用户设备根 据所述 WLAN AP转发的第一位置指示信息, 确定所述下行目标数据在所述 承载上的全部下行数据中的位置。 Determining, by the reordering layer, a location of the downlink target data in all downlink data on the bearer, and generating first location indication information by using the reordering layer, where the first location indication information is used to indicate The location of the downlink target data in all the downlink data on the bearer; the first location indication information is sent to the WLAN AP, so that the user equipment forwards the first location indication information according to the WLAN AP. And determining a location of the downlink target data in all downlink data on the bearer.
16、 根据权利要求 11至 14中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第 一基站侧协议栈包括重排序层,所述重排序层用于确定所述目标数据在所述 承载上的全部数据中的位置, 所述第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层为所 述重排序层, 以及 The method according to any one of claims 11 to 14, wherein the first base station side protocol stack includes a reordering layer, and the reordering layer is configured to determine that the target data is in the bearer a location in all of the data, at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack is the reordering layer, and
所述根据所述信道带宽, 经由所述 GTP隧道, 通过所述 WLAN AP与 所述用户设备进行目标数据的传输, 包括: The transmitting, by the WLAN AP, the target data by using the WLAN AP, according to the channel bandwidth, includes:
通过所述重排序层, 获取所述 WLAN AP转发的第二位置指示信息, 所 述第二位置指示信息用于指示上行目标数据在所述承载上的全部上行数据 中的位置, 所述上行目标数据是根据所述信道带宽确定的; Acquiring, by the reordering layer, the second location indication information that is forwarded by the WLAN AP, where the second location indication information is used to indicate a location of the uplink target data in all uplink data on the bearer, the uplink target Data is determined based on the channel bandwidth;
根据所述第二位置指示信息,确定所述上行目标数据在所述承载上的全 部上行数据中的位置,所述第二位置指示信息是所述用户设备确定并发送给 所述 WLAN AP的。 And determining, according to the second location indication information, a location of the uplink target data in all uplink data on the bearer, where the second location indication information is determined by the user equipment and sent to the WLAN AP.
17、 一种传输数据的方法, 其特征在于, 由通信系统中的无线局域网接 入点 WLAN AP执行, 所述通信系统还包括基站和用户设备, 在所述基站与 网关设备之间, 设有用于传输所述用户设备的数据的承载, 所述基站与所述 WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议 GTP隧道, 所述方法包括:
经由所述 GTP隧道, 与所述基站传输所述用户设备的目标数据, 其中, 所述目标数据是根据所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道 带宽确定的, 所述目标数据是所述承载上的全部或部分数据。 A method for transmitting data, which is implemented by a wireless local area network access point WLAN AP in a communication system, the communication system further comprising a base station and a user equipment, and is provided between the base station and the gateway device. And a general packet radio service tunneling protocol GTP tunnel is set between the base station and the WLAN AP, where the method includes: Transmitting, by the GTP tunnel, target data of the user equipment with the base station, where the target data is determined according to a channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP, the target Data is all or part of the data on the bearer.
18、根据权利要求 17所述的方法, 其特征在于,在经由所述 GTP隧道, 与所述基站传输所述用户设备的目标数据之前, 所述方法还包括: The method according to claim 17, wherein before the transmitting the target data of the user equipment with the base station by using the GTP tunnel, the method further includes:
接收所述用户设备发送的用于指示所述用户设备能够支持的信道带宽 的第一能力信息; Receiving, by the user equipment, first capability information indicating a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support;
根据所述 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽和所述第一能力信息, 确定与 所述用户设备之间通信所使用信道带宽; Determining, according to a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support and the first capability information, a channel bandwidth used for communication with the user equipment;
向所述基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息, 其中, 所述第一信道带宽指示 信息用于指示所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。 The first channel bandwidth indication information is sent to the base station, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP.
19、根据权利要求 17所述的方法, 其特征在于,在经由所述 GTP隧道, 与所述基站传输所述用户设备的目标数据之前, 所述方法还包括: The method according to claim 17, wherein before the transmitting the target data of the user equipment with the base station, the method further includes:
向所述基站发送用于指示所述 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能 力信息, 以便于所述基站根据第一能力信息和所述第二能力信息, 确定所述 用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 其中, 所述第一能 力指示信息是所述用户发送给所述基站的, 用于指示所述用户设备能够支持 的信道带宽。 Sending, to the base station, second capability information indicating a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support, so that the base station determines the user equipment and the WLAN according to the first capability information and the second capability information. The channel bandwidth used for communication between the APs, where the first capability indication information is sent by the user to the base station, and is used to indicate a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support.
20、 根据权利要求 17至 19中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述方 法还包括: The method according to any one of claims 17 to 19, wherein the method further comprises:
向所述基站发送信道切换信息, 所述信道切换信息用于指示所述用户设 备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成所述切换的时 间。 And transmitting channel switching information to the base station, where the channel switching information is used to indicate that a channel used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP is switched and a time for completing the handover.
21、 根据权利要求 17至 20中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述经 由所述 GTP隧道, 与所述基站传输所述用户设备的目标数据, 包括: The method according to any one of claims 17 to 20, wherein the transmitting, by the GTP tunnel, the target data of the user equipment with the base station, includes:
接收所述基站发送的第一分流指示信息, 所述第一分流指示信息用于指 示所述 WLAN AP在所述基站和所述用户设备之间传输数据, 所述第一分流 指示信息包括所述用户设备的身份信息, 其中, 一个身份信息用于在所述通 信系统中唯一地指示一个用户设备 Receiving, by the base station, the first offloading indication information, where the first offloading indication information is used to indicate that the WLAN AP transmits data between the base station and the user equipment, where the first offloading indication information includes the Identity information of the user equipment, wherein one identity information is used to uniquely indicate a user equipment in the communication system
根据所述第一分流指示信息, 经由所述 GTP 隧道, 与所述基站传输所 述用户设备的目标数据。
22、 根据权利要求 17至 21中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述经 由所述 GTP隧道, 与所述基站传输所述用户设备的目标数据, 包括: And transmitting, according to the first offloading indication information, target data of the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel. The method according to any one of claims 17 to 21, wherein the transmitting the target data of the user equipment with the base station via the GTP tunnel includes:
根据所述用户设备的用户信息,确定与所述用户设备相对应的第一 GTP 隧道; Determining, according to user information of the user equipment, a first GTP tunnel corresponding to the user equipment;
经由所述第一 GTP隧道, 与所述基站传输所述用户设备的目标数据。 Transmitting target data of the user equipment with the base station via the first GTP tunnel.
23、 根据权利要求 17至 22中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述 用户设备与至少两个 7 载相对应时, 所述经由所述 GTP 隧道, 与所述基站 传输所述用户设备的目标数据, 包括: The method according to any one of claims 17 to 22, wherein when the user equipment corresponds to at least two 7-carriers, the transmitting with the base station via the GTP tunnel The target data of the user equipment, including:
接收所述基站发送的第一承载指示信息, 并向所述用户设备转发所述第 一承载指示信息, 所述第一承载指示信息用于指示下行目标数据所属于的承 接收所述用户设备发送的第二承载指示信息, 并向所述基站转发所述第 二承载指示信息, 所述第二承载指示信息用于指示上行目标数据所属于的承 载。 Receiving the first bearer indication information sent by the base station, and forwarding the first bearer indication information to the user equipment, where the first bearer indication information is used to indicate that the downlink target data belongs to the receiving user equipment The second bearer indicates the information, and forwards the second bearer indication information to the base station, where the second bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs.
24、 根据权利要求 17至 23 中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 The method according to any one of claims 17 to 23, characterized in that
WLAN AP具有第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈和第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 所述 第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈用于在所述 WLAN AP侧实现与所述基站之间通信 的数据处理, 所述第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈用于在所述 WLAN AP侧实现与 所述用户设备之间通信的数据处理, 以及 The WLAN AP has a first WLAN AP side protocol stack and a second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the first WLAN AP side protocol stack is configured to implement data processing for communication with the base station on the WLAN AP side, where The second WLAN AP side protocol stack is configured to implement data processing for communication with the user equipment on the WLAN AP side, and
所述经由所述 GTP 隧道, 与所述基站传输所述用户设备的目标数据, 包括: Transmitting, by the GTP tunnel, the target data of the user equipment with the base station, including:
将从所述基站获取的数据输入至第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 将从所述第 一 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据传输至所述第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 将 从所述第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给所述用户设备; 或 Inputting data acquired from the base station to a first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and transmitting data output from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack to the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, from the second The data output by the WLAN AP side protocol stack is sent to the user equipment; or
将从所述用户设备获取的数据输入至第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 将从所 述第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据传输至所述第一 WLAN AP侧协议 栈, 将从所述第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给所述基站。 Transmitting data acquired from the user equipment to a second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and transmitting data outputted from the second WLAN AP side protocol stack to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, The data output by a WLAN AP side protocol stack is sent to the base station.
25、根据权利要求 24所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述第一 WLAN AP 侧协议栈与所述第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈之间设置有适配层, 所述适配层用 于对数据进行在所述第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈的与所述第二 WLAN AP侧协 议栈之间的转换处理; 以及
所述经由所述 GTP 隧道, 与所述基站传输所述用户设备的目标数据, 包括: The method according to claim 24, wherein an adaptation layer is disposed between the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, where the adaptation layer is used Performing conversion processing between the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack on the data; Transmitting, by the GTP tunnel, target data of the user equipment with the base station, including:
将从所述基站获取的数据输入至第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 通过所述适 配层将从所述第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据的数据格式转换为所述第 二 WLAN AP侧协议栈能够识别的数据格式, 并传输至所述第二 WLAN AP 侧协议栈, 将从所述第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给所述用户设 备; 或 Inputting data acquired from the base station to a first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and converting, by using the adaptation layer, a data format of data output from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack to the second WLAN AP side a data format that can be identified by the protocol stack, and transmitted to the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the data output from the second WLAN AP side protocol stack is sent to the user equipment; or
将从所述用户设备获取的数据输入至第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 通过所 述适配层将从所述第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据的数据格式转换为所 述第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈能够识别的数据格式,并传输至所述第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 将从所述第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈输出的数据发送给所述基 站。 Inputting data acquired from the user equipment to a second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and converting, by using the adaptation layer, a data format of data output from the second WLAN AP side protocol stack to the first WLAN AP The data format that can be identified by the side protocol stack is transmitted to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, and the data output from the first WLAN AP side protocol stack is sent to the base station.
26、 根据权利要求 17至 25中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述 用户设备与至少两个 7 载相对应时, 所述经由所述 GTP 隧道, 与所述基站 传输所述用户设备的目标数据, 包括: The method according to any one of claims 17 to 25, wherein when the user equipment corresponds to at least two 7-carriers, the transmitting with the base station via the GTP tunnel The target data of the user equipment, including:
根据所述用户设备的身份信息,确定与所述目标数据所属于的承载相对 应的第二 GTP隧道; Determining, according to the identity information of the user equipment, a second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the target data belongs;
经由所述第二 GTP隧道, 与所述基站传输所述用户设备的目标数据。 Transmitting target data of the user equipment with the base station via the second GTP tunnel.
27、一种传输数据的方法,其特征在于, 由通信系统中的用户设备执行, 所述通信系统还包括基站和无线局域网接入点 WLAN AP, 在所述基站与网 关设备之间, 设有用于传输所述用户设备的数据的承载, 所述基站与所述 WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议 GTP隧道, 所述方法包括: 经由所述 WLAN AP, 与所述基站进行目标数据的传输, 其中, 所述目 标数据是根据所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽确 定的, 所述目标数据在所述 WLAN AP与所述基站之间是经由所述 GTP隧 道传输的, 所述目标数据是所述承载上的全部或部分数据。 27. A method of transmitting data, characterized by being performed by a user equipment in a communication system, the communication system further comprising a base station and a wireless local area network access point WLAN AP, between the base station and the gateway device, And a general packet radio service tunneling protocol GTP tunnel is set between the base station and the WLAN AP, where the method includes: performing target data with the base station via the WLAN AP And the target data is determined according to a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, where the target data is between the WLAN AP and the base station. The GTP tunnel transmits the target data to all or part of the data on the bearer.
28、根据权利要求 27所述的方法,其特征在于,在经由所述 WLAN AP, 与所述基站进行目标数据的传输之前, 所述方法还包括: The method according to claim 27, wherein before the transmitting the target data with the base station via the WLAN AP, the method further includes:
接收所述 WLAN AP发送的用于指示所述 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带 宽的第二能力信息; Receiving, by the WLAN AP, second capability information indicating a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support;
根据所述用户设备能够支持的信道带宽和所述第二能力信息,确定与所
述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用信道带宽; Determining and determining according to a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support and the second capability information Describe the channel bandwidth used for communication between WLAN APs;
向所述基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息, 其中, 所述第一信道带宽指示 信息用于指示所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。 The first channel bandwidth indication information is sent to the base station, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP.
29、根据权利要求 27所述的方法,其特征在于,在经由所述 WLAN AP, 与所述基站进行目标数据的传输之前, 所述方法还包括: The method according to claim 27, wherein before the transmitting the target data with the base station via the WLAN AP, the method further includes:
向所述基站发送用于指示所述用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能 力信息, 以便于所述基站根据所述第一能力信息和第二能力信息, 确定所述 用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 其中, 所述第二能 力指示信息是所述 WLAN AP发送给所述基站的, 用于指示所述 WLAN AP 能够支持的信道带宽。 Transmitting, by the base station, first capability information, which is used to indicate a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support, so that the base station determines the user equipment and the WLAN according to the first capability information and the second capability information. The channel bandwidth used by the communication between the APs, where the second capability indication information is sent by the WLAN AP to the base station, and is used to indicate a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support.
30、 根据权利要求 29所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述经由所述 WLAN AP, 与所述基站进行目标数据的传输, 包括: The method according to claim 29, wherein the transmitting the target data with the base station via the WLAN AP comprises:
接收所述基站发送的第二信道带宽指示信息,所述第二信道带宽指示信 息用于指示所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽; 根据所述第二信道带宽指示信息, 确定上行目标数据, 其中, 所述目标 上行数据是所述承载上的全部或部分上行数据; Receiving, by the base station, second channel bandwidth indication information, where the second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP; according to the second channel bandwidth indication Information, determining uplink target data, where the target uplink data is all or part of uplink data on the bearer;
向所述 WLAN AP发送所述上行目标数据, 以便于所述 WLAN AP经由 所述 GTP隧道将所述上行目标数据发送给所述基站。 Transmitting the uplink target data to the WLAN AP, so that the WLAN AP sends the uplink target data to the base station via the GTP tunnel.
31、 根据权利要求 27至 30中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述方 法还包括: The method according to any one of claims 27 to 30, wherein the method further comprises:
向所述基站发送信道切换信息,所述信道切换信息用于指示所述用户设 备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成所述切换的时 间。 And transmitting channel switching information to the base station, where the channel switching information is used to indicate that a channel used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP is switched and a time for completing the handover.
32、 根据权利要求 27至 31中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述经 由所述 WLAN AP, 与所述基站进行目标数据的传输, 包括: The method according to any one of claims 27 to 31, wherein the transmitting, by the WLAN AP, the target data with the base station comprises:
接收所述基站发送的第二分流指示信息, 所述第二分流指示信息用于指 示所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间传输数据。 And receiving the second offloading indication information sent by the base station, where the second offloading indication information is used to indicate that data is transmitted between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.
根据所述第二分流指示信息, 经由所述 WLAN AP, 与所述基站进行目 标数据的传输。 And transmitting, according to the second offloading indication information, the transmission of the target data with the base station via the WLAN AP.
33、 根据权利要求 27至 32中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述用 户设备具有第一用户设备侧协议栈和第二用户设备侧协议栈, 所述第一用户
设备侧协议栈用于在所述用户设备侧实现与所述基站之间通信的数据处理, 所述第二用户设备侧协议栈用于在所述用户设备侧实现与所述 WLAN AP之 间通信的数据处理, 其中, 所述第二用户设备侧协议栈与所述第一用户设备 侧协议栈的至少一个协议层相连, 以及 The method according to any one of claims 27 to 32, wherein the user equipment has a first user equipment side protocol stack and a second user equipment side protocol stack, the first user The device side protocol stack is configured to implement data processing for communication with the base station on the user equipment side, where the second user equipment side protocol stack is configured to implement communication with the WLAN AP on the user equipment side. Data processing, wherein the second user equipment side protocol stack is connected to at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack, and
所述经由所述 WLAN AP, 与所述基站进行目标数据的传输, 包括: 通过所述第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一层和所述第二用户设备侧协 议栈, 经由所述 WLAN AP, 与所述基站进行目标数据的传输。 The transmitting the target data with the base station by using the WLAN AP, including: using at least one layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack, by using the WLAN AP And transmitting the target data with the base station.
34、 根据权利要求 33所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二用户设备侧 协议栈包括适配层, 所述适配层用于对数据进行在所述第一用户设备侧协议 栈的至少一协议层与所述第二用户设备侧协议栈之间的转换处理, 所述第二 用户设备侧协议栈与所述第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层通过所述 适配层相连; 以及 The method according to claim 33, wherein the second user equipment side protocol stack includes an adaptation layer, and the adaptation layer is configured to perform data on the first user equipment side protocol stack. a conversion process between the at least one protocol layer and the second user equipment side protocol stack, wherein the second user equipment side protocol stack and the at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack pass the adaptation layer Connected;
所述通过所述第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一层和所述第二用户设备 侧协议栈, 经由所述 WLAN AP, 与所述基站进行目标数据的传输, 包括: 将上行目标数据输入至所述第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层,通 过所述适配层将从所述第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层输出的数据 的数据格式转换为所述第二用户设备侧协议栈能够识别的数据格式, 并传输 至所述第二用户设备侧协议栈,将从所述第二用户设备侧协议栈输出的数据 发送给所述 WLAN AP, 以通过所述 WLAN AP发送给所述基站, 或 Transmitting the target data with the base station by using the WLAN AP by using at least one layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack, including: inputting uplink target data And at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack, by using the adaptation layer, converting a data format of data output from at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack to the second a data format that can be identified by the user equipment side protocol stack, and transmitted to the second user equipment side protocol stack, and the data output from the second user equipment side protocol stack is sent to the WLAN AP to pass the WLAN. The AP sends to the base station, or
将从所述 WLAN AP获取的数据输入至所述第二用户设备侧协议栈, 通 过所述适配层将从所述第二用户设备侧协议栈输出的数据的数据格式转换 为所述第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层能够识别的数据格式, 并传输 至所述第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层, 以获取下行目标数据。 Inputting data acquired from the WLAN AP to the second user equipment side protocol stack, and converting, by using the adaptation layer, a data format of data output from the second user equipment side protocol stack to the first The data format that can be identified by the at least one protocol layer of the user equipment side protocol stack is transmitted to at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack to obtain downlink target data.
35、 根据权利要求 33或 34所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二用户设 备侧协议栈包括承载映射层, 所述承载映射层用于确定所述目标数据所属于 的 7 载, 以及 The method according to claim 33 or 34, wherein the second user equipment side protocol stack includes a bearer mapping layer, where the bearer mapping layer is used to determine that the target data belongs to, and
当所述用户设备与至少两个 7?载相对应时, 所述经由所述 WLAN AP, 与所述基站进行目标数据的传输, 包括: When the user equipment is associated with the at least two data carriers, the transmitting, by the WLAN AP, the target data is performed by using the WLAN AP, including:
通过所述承载映射层,确定所述目标数据中的上行目标数据所属于的承 载, 并通过所述承载映射层生成第二承载指示信息, 所述第二承载指示信息 用于指示所述上行目标数据所属于的承载, 并向所述 WLAN AP发送所述第
二承载指示信息, 以便于所述基站根据所述 WLAN AP转发的所述第二承载 指示信息或与所述上行目标数据所属于的承载相对应的上行第二 GTP隧道, 确定所述上行目标数据所属于的承载; 或 And determining, by the bearer mapping layer, a bearer to which the uplink target data belongs in the target data, and generating second bearer indication information by using the bearer mapping layer, where the second bearer indication information is used to indicate the uplink target a bearer to which the data belongs, and transmitting the number to the WLAN AP The second bearer indication information, so that the base station determines the uplink target data according to the second bearer indication information that is forwarded by the WLAN AP or the uplink second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs. The bearing that belongs to; or
通过所述承载映射层, 获取所述 WLAN AP发送的第一承载指示信息, 所述第一承载指示信息用于指示所述目标数据中的下行目标数据所属于的 承载,并根据所述第一承载指示信息,确定所述下行目标数据所属于的承载, 所述第一承载指示信息是所述 WLAN AP从所述基站获取的,或所述 WLAN AP根据与所述下行目标数据所属于的承载相对应的下行第二 GTP隧道确定 的。 Acquiring, by the bearer mapping layer, the first bearer indication information sent by the WLAN AP, where the first bearer indication information is used to indicate a bearer to which the downlink target data in the target data belongs, and according to the first The bearer indication information is used to determine the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs, where the first bearer indication information is obtained by the WLAN AP from the base station, or the WLAN AP belongs to the bearer that belongs to the downlink target data. Corresponding to the downlink second GTP tunnel determined.
36、 根据权利要求 33至 35中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第 一用户设备侧协议栈包括重排序层,所述重排序层用于确定所述目标数据在 所述^载上的全部数据中的位置, 所述第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协 议层为所述重排序层, 以及 The method according to any one of claims 33 to 35, wherein the first user equipment side protocol stack includes a reordering layer, and the reordering layer is configured to determine the target data in the a location in all data carried, at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack is the reordering layer, and
所述经由所述 WLAN AP, 与所述基站进行目标数据的传输, 包括: 通过所述重排序层,确定目标数据中的上行目标数据在所述承载上的全 部上行数据中的位置, 并通过所述重排序层生成第二位置指示信息, 所述第 二位置指示信息用于指示所述上行目标数据在所述承载上的全部上行数据 中的位置, 并向所述 WLAN AP发送所述第二位置指示信息, 以便于所述基 站根据所述 WLAN AP转发的第二位置指示信息, 确定所述上行目标数据在 所述承载上的全部上行数据中的位置; 或 The transmitting, by the WLAN AP, the target data by using the WLAN AP, includes: determining, by using the reordering layer, a location of uplink target data in the target data in all uplink data on the bearer, and passing The reordering layer generates second location indication information, where the second location indication information is used to indicate a location of the uplink target data in all uplink data on the bearer, and send the first to the WLAN AP. Two location indication information, so that the base station determines, according to the second location indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP, a location of the uplink target data in all uplink data on the bearer; or
通过所述重排序层, 获取所述 WLAN AP转发的第一位置指示信息, 所 述第一位置指示信息用于指示所述目标数据中的下行目标数据在所述承载 上的全部下行数据中的位置, 并根据所述第一位置指示信息, 确定所述下行 目标数据在所述承载上的全部下行数据中的位置, 所述第一位置指示信息是 所述基站确定并发送给所述 WLAN AP的。 Acquiring, by the reordering layer, first location indication information that is forwarded by the WLAN AP, where the first location indication information is used to indicate that downlink target data in the target data is in all downlink data on the bearer. a location, and determining, according to the first location indication information, a location of the downlink target data in all downlink data on the bearer, where the first location indication information is determined by the base station and sent to the WLAN AP of.
37、 一种传输数据的装置, 其特征在于, 在所述装置与网关设备之间, 设有用于传输用户设备的数据的承载,所述装置与无线局域网接入点 WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议 GTP隧道, 所述装置包括: 37. A device for transmitting data, characterized in that: between the device and the gateway device, a bearer for transmitting data of the user equipment is provided, and the device is generally provided between the device and the wireless local area network access point WLAN AP. The packet radio service tunneling protocol GTP tunnel, the device includes:
第一基站侧协议栈, 用于实现与所述用户设备之间通信的数据处理; 第二基站侧协议栈, 用于实现与所述 WLAN AP之间通信的数据处理, 其中, 所述第二基站侧协议栈与所述第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层相
连; a first base station side protocol stack, configured to implement data processing for communication with the user equipment; a second base station side protocol stack, configured to implement data processing for communication with the WLAN AP, where the second Base station side protocol stack and at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack Even
确定单元, 用于确定所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的 信道带宽; a determining unit, configured to determine a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP;
收发单元, 与所述第二基站侧协议栈相连, 用于根据所述确定单元确定 的所述信道带宽, 经由所述 GTP隧道, 通过所述 WLAN AP与所述用户设 备进行目标数据的传输, 其中, 所述目标数据是所述承载上的全部或部分数 据。 The transceiver unit is connected to the second base station side protocol stack, and configured to perform target data transmission by using the WLAN AP and the user equipment according to the channel bandwidth determined by the determining unit, by using the GTP tunnel, The target data is all or part of the data on the bearer.
38、 根据权利要求 37所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述收发单元还用于 接收所述用户设备或所述 WLAN AP发送的第一信道带宽指示信息, 其中, 所述第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通 信所使用信道带宽, 所述信道带宽是由所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP协商 后确定的; The device according to claim 37, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to receive first channel bandwidth indication information sent by the user equipment or the WLAN AP, where the first channel bandwidth indication The information is used to indicate a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, where the channel bandwidth is determined by the user equipment after negotiating with the WLAN AP;
所述确定单元具体用于根据所述第一信道带宽指示信息,确定所述用户 设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。 The determining unit is specifically configured to determine, according to the first channel bandwidth indication information, a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP.
39、 根据权利要求 37所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述收发单元还用于 接收所述用户设备发送的用于指示所述用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第 一能力信息, 并接收所述 WLAN AP发送的用于指示所述 WLAN AP能够支 持的信道带宽的第二能力信息; The device according to claim 37, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to receive first capability information that is sent by the user equipment to indicate a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support, and receive the Determining, by the WLAN AP, second capability information indicating a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support;
所述确定单元具体用于根据所述第一能力信息和所述第二能力信息,确 定所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽。 The determining unit is specifically configured to determine, according to the first capability information and the second capability information, a channel bandwidth used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.
40、 根据权利要求 39所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述收发单元还用于 向所述用户设备发送第二信道带宽指示信息,所述第二信道带宽指示信息用 于指示所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 以便于 所述用户设备根据所述第二信道带宽指示信息, 确定上行目标数据, 其中, 所述目标上行数据是所述承载上的全部或部分上行数据; The device according to claim 39, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to send second channel bandwidth indication information to the user equipment, where the second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the user equipment. a channel bandwidth used for communication with the WLAN AP, so that the user equipment determines uplink target data according to the second channel bandwidth indication information, where the target uplink data is all or Partial uplink data;
所述收发单元具体用于经由所述 GTP隧道, 接收所述 WLAN AP发送 的所述上行目标数据,所述上行目标数据是所述用户设备发送给所述 WLAN AP的。 The transceiver unit is configured to receive, by using the GTP tunnel, the uplink target data that is sent by the WLAN AP, where the uplink target data is sent by the user equipment to the WLAN AP.
41、 根据权利要求 37至 39中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述确 定单元还用于根据所述信道带宽, 确定下行目标数据, 其中, 所述目标下行 数据是所述承载上的全部或部分下行数据;
所述收发单元具体用于经由所述 GTP隧道, 向所述 WLAN AP发送所 述下行目标数据, 以便于所述 WLAN AP向所述用户设备转发所述下行目标 数据的。 The device according to any one of claims 37 to 39, wherein the determining unit is further configured to determine downlink target data according to the channel bandwidth, where the target downlink data is the bearer All or part of the downlink data; The transceiver unit is configured to send the downlink target data to the WLAN AP by using the GTP tunnel, so that the WLAN AP forwards the downlink target data to the user equipment.
42、 根据权利要求 37至 41中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述收 发单元还用于接收所述用户设备或所述 WLAN AP发送的信道切换信息, 所 述信道切换信息用于指示所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的 信道发生切换以及完成所述切换的时间; The device according to any one of claims 37 to 41, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to receive channel switching information sent by the user equipment or the WLAN AP, where the channel switching information is used. And indicating a time when the channel used for communication between the user equipment and the WLAN AP is switched and the handover is completed;
所述收发单元具体用于根据所述信道带宽和所述信道切换指示信息, 经 由所述 GTP隧道, 通过所述 WLAN AP与所述用户设备进行目标数据的传 输。 The transceiver unit is configured to perform, by using the GTP tunnel, the target data transmission by using the WLAN AP and the user equipment according to the channel bandwidth and the channel switching indication information.
43、 根据权利要求 37至 42中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述收 发单元还用于向所述 WLAN AP发送第一分流指示信息, 所述第一分流指示 信息用于指示所述 WLAN AP在所述基站和所述用户设备之间传输数据, 所 述第一分流指示信息包括所述用户设备的身份信息, 其中, 一个身份信息用 于在所述通信系统中唯一地指示一个用户设备。 The device according to any one of claims 37 to 42, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to send the first offloading indication information to the WLAN AP, where the first offloading indication information is used to indicate The WLAN AP transmits data between the base station and the user equipment, where the first offload indication information includes identity information of the user equipment, where one identity information is used to uniquely indicate in the communication system. A user device.
44、 根据权利要求 37至 43中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述收 发单元还用与向所述用户设备发送第二分流指示信息, 所述第二分流指示信 息用于指示在所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间传输数据。 The device according to any one of claims 37 to 43, wherein the transceiver unit further sends a second offloading indication information to the user equipment, where the second offloading indication information is used to indicate Transmitting data between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.
45、 根据权利要求 37至 44中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述确 定单元还用与确定与所述用户设备相对应的第一 GTP隧道; The device according to any one of claims 37 to 44, wherein the determining unit further uses a first GTP tunnel corresponding to the user equipment;
所述收发单元具体用于根据所述信道带宽, 经由所述第一 GTP 隧道, 通过所述 WLAN AP与所述用户设备进行目标数据的传输。 The transceiver unit is configured to perform target data transmission with the user equipment by using the WLAN AP, according to the channel bandwidth, by using the first GTP tunnel.
46、 根据权利要求 37至 45中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 当所述 用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时,所述确定单元还用于确定与所述目标数 据所属于的^载相对应的第二 GTP隧道; The apparatus according to any one of claims 37 to 45, wherein when the user equipment corresponds to at least two bearers, the determining unit is further configured to determine that the target data belongs to The corresponding second GTP tunnel;
所述收发单元具体用于根据所述信道带宽, 经由所述第二 GTP 隧道, 通过所述 WLAN AP与所述用户设备进行所述目标数据的传输。 The transceiver unit is configured to perform, by using the second GTP tunnel, the transmission of the target data by using the WLAN AP and the user equipment according to the channel bandwidth.
47、 根据权利要求 37至 46中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述第 二基站侧协议栈包括适配层, 所述适配层用于对数据进行在所述第一基站侧 协议栈的至少一协议层与所述第二基站侧协议栈之间的转换处理, 所述第二 基站侧协议栈与所述第一基站侧协议栈的至少一协议层通过所述适配层相
连。 The apparatus according to any one of claims 37 to 46, wherein the second base station side protocol stack includes an adaptation layer, and the adaptation layer is configured to perform data on the first base station. a conversion process between the at least one protocol layer of the side protocol stack and the second base station side protocol stack, wherein the second base station side protocol stack and the at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack pass the adaptation Layer phase Even.
48、 根据权利要求 37至 47中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述第 二基站侧协议栈包括承载映射层, 所述承载映射层用于确定所述目标数据所 属于的承载, 以及 The apparatus according to any one of claims 37 to 47, wherein the second base station side protocol stack includes a bearer mapping layer, and the bearer mapping layer is configured to determine a bearer to which the target data belongs. , as well as
当所述用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时, 所述确定单元具体用于根据 所述信道带宽, 确定下行目标数据, 并通过所述^载映射层, 确定所述下行 目标数据所属于的承载, 并通过所述承载映射层生成第一承载指示信息, 所 述第一承载指示信息用于指示所述下行目标数据所属于的承载; 便于所述用户设备根据所述 WLAN AP转发的第一承载指示信息, 确定所述 下行目标数据所属于的承载。 When the user equipment corresponds to the at least two bearers, the determining unit is specifically configured to determine downlink target data according to the channel bandwidth, and determine, by using the mapping layer, the downlink target data belongs to Carrying, and generating, by the bearer mapping layer, the first bearer indication information, where the first bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the downlink target data belongs; facilitating the first forwarding by the user equipment according to the WLAN AP Carrying indication information, determining a bearer to which the downlink target data belongs.
49、 根据权利要求 37至 48中任一项所述的装置, 所述第二基站侧协议 栈包括承载映射层, 所述承载映射层用于确定所述目标数据所属于的承载, 以及 The apparatus according to any one of claims 37 to 48, the second base station side protocol stack includes a bearer mapping layer, and the bearer mapping layer is configured to determine a bearer to which the target data belongs, and
当所述用户设备与至少两个 载相对应时, 所述确定单元具体用于通过 所述承载映射层, 获取所述 WLAN AP转发的第二承载指示信息, 所述第二 承载指示信息用于指示上行目标数据所属于的承载, 所述上行目标数据是根 据所述信道带宽确定的; And the determining unit is configured to acquire, by using the bearer mapping layer, second bearer indication information that is forwarded by the WLAN AP, where the second bearer indication information is used, where the user equipment is configured to correspond to the at least two bearers. Indicates a bearer to which the uplink target data belongs, and the uplink target data is determined according to the channel bandwidth;
用于根据所述第二承载指示信息, 确定所述上行目标数据所属于的承 载,所述第二承载指示信息是所述用户设备确定并发送给所述 WLAN AP的。 And determining, according to the second bearer indication information, a bearer to which the uplink target data belongs, where the second bearer indication information is determined by the user equipment and sent to the WLAN AP.
50、 根据权利要求 37至 49中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述第 一基站侧协议栈包括重排序层,所述重排序层用于确定所述目标数据在所述 承载上的全部数据中的位置, 所述第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层为所 述重排序层, 以及 The apparatus according to any one of claims 37 to 49, wherein the first base station side protocol stack includes a reordering layer, and the reordering layer is configured to determine that the target data is in the bearer a location in all of the data, at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack is the reordering layer, and
所述确定单元还用于根据所述信道带宽, 确定下行目标数据, 并通过所 述重排序层, 确定所述下行目标数据在所述承载上的全部下行数据中的位 置, 并通过所述重排序层生成第一位置指示信息, 所述第一位置指示信息用 于指示所述下行目标数据在所述承载上的全部下行数据中的位置; 便于所述用户设备根据所述 WLAN AP转发的第一位置指示信息, 确定所述 下行目标数据在所述承载上的全部下行数据中的位置。
51、 根据权利要求 37至 50中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述第 一基站侧协议栈包括重排序层,所述重排序层用于确定所述目标数据在所述 承载上的全部数据中的位置, 所述第一基站侧协议栈的至少一个协议层为所 述重排序层, 以及 The determining unit is further configured to determine downlink target data according to the channel bandwidth, and determine, by using the reordering layer, a location of the downlink target data in all downlink data on the bearer, and pass the heavy The sorting layer generates the first location indication information, where the first location indication information is used to indicate the location of the downlink target data in all downlink data on the bearer, and facilitates forwarding by the user equipment according to the WLAN AP. A location indication information is used to determine a location of the downlink target data in all downlink data on the bearer. The apparatus according to any one of claims 37 to 50, wherein the first base station side protocol stack includes a reordering layer, and the reordering layer is configured to determine that the target data is in the bearer a location in all of the data, at least one protocol layer of the first base station side protocol stack is the reordering layer, and
所述确定单元还用于通过所述重排序层, 获取所述 WLAN AP转发的第 二位置指示信息, 所述第二位置指示信息用于指示上行目标数据在所述^载 上的全部上行数据中的位置, 所述上行目标数据是根据所述信道带宽确定 的; The determining unit is further configured to: obtain, by using the reordering layer, second location indication information that is forwarded by the WLAN AP, where the second location indication information is used to indicate all uplink data of the uplink target data on the In the location, the uplink target data is determined according to the channel bandwidth;
用于根据所述第二位置指示信息,确定所述上行目标数据在所述承载上 的全部上行数据中的位置, 所述第二位置指示信息是所述用户设备确定并发 送给所述 WLAN AP的。 And determining, according to the second location indication information, a location of the uplink target data in all uplink data on the bearer, where the second location indication information is determined by the user equipment and sent to the WLAN AP of.
52、 一种传输数据的装置, 其特征在于, 所述装置与基站之间设有通用 分组无线业务隧道协议 GTP 隧道, 在所述基站与网关设备之间, 设有用于 传输用户设备的数据的承载, 所述装置包括: An apparatus for transmitting data, wherein a GTS tunnel of a general packet radio service tunneling protocol is provided between the device and the base station, and data for transmitting the user equipment is provided between the base station and the gateway device. Carrying, the device includes:
第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 用于实现与所述基站之间通信的数据处理; 第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈, 与所述第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈相连, 用于 实现与所述用户设备之间通信的数据处理; a first WLAN AP side protocol stack, configured to implement data processing for communication with the base station; a second WLAN AP side protocol stack, connected to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack, for implementing the user equipment Data processing between communications;
收发单元, 与所述第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈和所述第二 WLAN AP侧协 议栈相连, 用于经由所述 GTP 隧道, 与所述基站传输所述用户设备的目标 数据, 其中, 所述目标数据是根据所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信 所使用的信道带宽确定的, 所述目标数据是所述承载上的全部或部分数据。 The transceiver unit is connected to the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack, and is configured to transmit target data of the user equipment with the base station by using the GTP tunnel, where The target data is determined according to a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, and the target data is all or part of data on the bearer.
53、 根据权利要求 52所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述收发单元还用于 接收所述用户设备发送的用于指示所述用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第 一能力信息; The device according to claim 52, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to receive first capability information that is sent by the user equipment to indicate a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support;
所述装置还包括: The device also includes:
确定单元, 用于根据所述 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽和所述第一能 力信息, 确定与所述用户设备之间通信所使用信道带宽; 以及 a determining unit, configured to determine, according to a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support and the first capability information, a channel bandwidth used for communication with the user equipment;
所述收发单元还用于向所述基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息, 其中, 所 述第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信 所使用的信道带宽。 The transceiver unit is further configured to send the first channel bandwidth indication information to the base station, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP.
54、 根据权利要求 52所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述收发单元还用于
向所述基站发送用于指示所述 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的第二能力信 息, 以便于所述基站根据第一能力信息和所述第二能力信息, 确定所述用户 设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 其中, 所述第一能力指 示信息是所述用户发送给所述基站的, 用于指示所述用户设备能够支持的信 道带宽。 54. The apparatus according to claim 52, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to: Sending, to the base station, second capability information indicating a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support, so that the base station determines the user equipment and the WLAN according to the first capability information and the second capability information. The channel bandwidth used for communication between the APs, where the first capability indication information is sent by the user to the base station, and is used to indicate a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support.
55、 根据权利要求 52至 54中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述收 发单元还用于向所述基站发送信道切换信息, 所述信道切换信息用于指示所 述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成所述 切换的时间。 The device according to any one of claims 52 to 54, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to send channel switching information to the base station, where the channel switching information is used to indicate the user equipment and The channel used for communication between the WLAN APs is switched and the time for completing the handover.
56、 根据权利要求 52至 55中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述收 发单元还用于接收所述基站发送的第一分流指示信息, 所述第一分流指示信 息用于指示所述 WLAN AP在所述基站和所述用户设备之间传输数据, 所述 第一分流指示信息包括所述用户设备的身份信息, 其中, 一个身份信息用于 在所述通信系统中唯一地指示一个用户设备; The device according to any one of claims 52 to 55, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to receive the first offloading indication information sent by the base station, where the first offloading indication information is used to indicate The WLAN AP transmits data between the base station and the user equipment, where the first offload indication information includes identity information of the user equipment, where one identity information is used to uniquely indicate in the communication system. a user equipment;
用于根据所述第一分流指示信息, 经由所述 GTP 隧道, 与所述基站传 输所述用户设备的目标数据。 And transmitting, by using the GTP tunnel, target data of the user equipment according to the first offload indication information.
57、 根据权利要求 52至 56中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述装 置还包括: 确定单元用于根据所述用户设备的用户信息, 确定与所述用户设 备相对应的第一 GTP隧道; The device according to any one of claims 52 to 56, wherein the device further comprises: a determining unit, configured to determine, according to user information of the user equipment, a corresponding to the user equipment a GTP tunnel;
所述收发单元具体用于经由所述第一 GTP 隧道, 与所述基站传输所述 用户设备的目标数据。 The transceiver unit is specifically configured to transmit target data of the user equipment with the base station via the first GTP tunnel.
58、 根据权利要求 52至 57中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 当所述 用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时,所述收发单元还用于接收所述基站发送 的第一承载指示信息, 并向所述用户设备转发所述第一承载指示信息, 所述 第一承载指示信息用于指示下行目标数据所属于的承载; 或 The device according to any one of claims 52 to 57, wherein, when the user equipment corresponds to at least two bearers, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive the first sent by the base station Carrying the indication information, and forwarding the first bearer indication information to the user equipment, where the first bearer indication information is used to indicate that the downlink target data belongs to the bearer; or
所述收发单元还用于接收所述用户设备发送的第二承载指示信息, 并向 所述基站转发所述第二承载指示信息, 所述第二承载指示信息用于指示上行 目标数据所属于的承载。 The transceiver unit is further configured to receive the second bearer indication information that is sent by the user equipment, and forward the second bearer indication information to the base station, where the second bearer indication information is used to indicate that the uplink target data belongs to Hosted.
59、 根据权利要求 52至 58中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 在所述 第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈与所述第二 WLAN AP侧协议栈之间设置有适配 层, 所述适配层用于对数据进行在所述第一 WLAN AP侧协议栈的与所述第
二 WLAN AP侧协议栈之间的转换处理。 The apparatus according to any one of claims 52 to 58, wherein an adaptation layer is disposed between the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the second WLAN AP side protocol stack. The adaptation layer is configured to perform data on the first WLAN AP side protocol stack and the first Conversion processing between the WLAN AP side protocol stacks.
60、 根据权利要求 52至 59中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 当所述 用户设备与至少两个承载相对应时, 所述装置还包括: The device according to any one of claims 52 to 59, wherein, when the user equipment corresponds to at least two bearers, the device further comprises:
确定单元, 用于根据所述用户设备的身份信息, 确定与所述目标数据所 属于的承载相对应的第二 GTP隧道; a determining unit, configured to determine, according to the identity information of the user equipment, a second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the target data belongs;
所述收发单元具体用于经由所述第二 GTP 隧道, 与所述基站传输所述 用户设备的目标数据。 The transceiver unit is specifically configured to transmit target data of the user equipment with the base station via the second GTP tunnel.
61、 一种传输数据的装置, 其特征在于, 所述装置包括: 61. A device for transmitting data, the device comprising:
第一用户设备侧协议栈, 用于实现与基站之间通信的数据处理, 其中, 在所述基站与网关设备之间, 设有用于传输所述用户设备的数据的承载, 所 述基站与无线局域网接入点 WLAN AP之间设有通用分组无线业务隧道协议 GTP隧道; a first user equipment side protocol stack, configured to implement data processing for communication with the base station, where a bearer for transmitting data of the user equipment is provided between the base station and the gateway device, where the base station and the wireless A general packet radio service tunneling protocol GTP tunnel is established between the local area network access point WLAN APs;
第二用户设备侧协议栈, 用于实现与所述 WLAN AP之间通信的数据处 理, 其中, 所述第二用户设备侧协议栈与所述第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少 一个协议层相连; a second user equipment side protocol stack, configured to implement data processing for communication with the WLAN AP, where the second user equipment side protocol stack is connected to at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack ;
收发单元, 与所述第二用户设备侧协议栈相连, 用于经由所述 WLAN AP, 与所述基站进行目标数据的传输, 其中, 所述目标数据是根据所述用户 设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽确定的, 所述目标数据在 所述 WLAN AP与所述基站之间是经由所述 GTP隧道传输的, 所述目标数 据是所述承载上的全部或部分数据。 The transceiver unit is connected to the second user equipment side protocol stack, and is configured to perform transmission of target data with the base station by using the WLAN AP, where the target data is according to the user equipment and the WLAN AP. Determined by the channel bandwidth used for the communication, the target data is transmitted between the WLAN AP and the base station via the GTP tunnel, and the target data is all or part of data on the bearer.
62、 根据权利要求 61所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述收发单元还用于 接收所述 WLAN AP发送的用于指示所述 WLAN AP能够支持的信道带宽的 第二能力信息; The device according to claim 61, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to receive second capability information that is sent by the WLAN AP to indicate a channel bandwidth that the WLAN AP can support;
所述装置还包括: The device also includes:
确定单元, 用于根据所述用户设备能够支持的信道带宽和所述第二能力 信息, 确定与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用信道带宽; a determining unit, configured to determine, according to a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support and the second capability information, a channel bandwidth used for communication with the WLAN AP;
所述收发单元还用于向所述基站发送第一信道带宽指示信息, 其中, 所 述第一信道带宽指示信息用于指示所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信 所使用的信道带宽。 The transceiver unit is further configured to send the first channel bandwidth indication information to the base station, where the first channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP.
63、 根据权利要求 61所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述收发单元还用于 向所述基站发送用于指示所述用户设备能够支持的信道带宽的第一能力信
息, 以便于所述基站根据所述第一能力信息和第二能力信息, 确定所述用户 设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽, 其中, 所述第二能力指 示信息是所述 WLAN AP发送给所述基站的, 用于指示所述 WLAN AP能够 支持的信道带宽。 The device according to claim 61, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to send, to the base station, a first capability signal for indicating a channel bandwidth that the user equipment can support. And the base station determines, according to the first capability information and the second capability information, a channel bandwidth used by the user equipment to communicate with the WLAN AP, where the second capability indication information is The WLAN AP sends the channel bandwidth to the base station to indicate that the WLAN AP can support.
64、 根据权利要求 63所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述收发单元还用于 接收所述基站发送的第二信道带宽指示信息,所述第二信道带宽指示信息用 于指示所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道带宽; The device according to claim 63, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to receive second channel bandwidth indication information sent by the base station, where the second channel bandwidth indication information is used to indicate the user equipment Channel bandwidth used for communication with the WLAN AP;
所述装置还包括: The device also includes:
确定单元, 用于根据所述第二信道带宽指示信息, 确定上行目标数据, 其中, 所述目标上行数据是所述承载上的全部或部分上行数据; 于所述 WLAN AP经由所述 GTP隧道将所述上行目标数据发送给所述基站。 a determining unit, configured to determine uplink target data according to the second channel bandwidth indication information, where the target uplink data is all or part of uplink data on the bearer; and the WLAN AP passes the GTP tunnel The uplink target data is sent to the base station.
65、 根据权利要求 61至 64中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述收 发单元还用于向所述基站发送信道切换信息, 所述信道切换信息用于指示所 述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间通信所使用的信道发生切换以及完成所述 切换的时间。 The device according to any one of claims 61 to 64, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to send channel switching information to the base station, where the channel switching information is used to indicate the user equipment and The channel used for communication between the WLAN APs is switched and the time for completing the handover.
66、 根据权利要求 61至 65中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述收 发单元还用于接收所述基站发送的第二分流指示信息, 所述第二分流指示信 息用于指示所述用户设备与所述 WLAN AP之间传输数据。 The device according to any one of claims 61 to 65, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to receive second offloading indication information sent by the base station, where the second offloading indication information is used to indicate Transmitting data between the user equipment and the WLAN AP.
用于根据所述第二分流指示信息, 确定需要经由所述 WLAN AP与所述 基站进行数据传输。 And determining, according to the second offloading indication information, that data transmission needs to be performed with the base station via the WLAN AP.
67、 根据权利要求 61至 66中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述第 二用户设备侧协议栈包括适配层, 所述适配层用于对数据进行在所述第一用 户设备侧协议栈的至少一协议层与所述第二用户设备侧协议栈之间的转换 处理, 所述第二用户设备侧协议栈与所述第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一协 议层通过所述适配层相连。 The apparatus according to any one of claims 61 to 66, wherein the second user equipment side protocol stack includes an adaptation layer, and the adaptation layer is configured to perform data on the first a conversion process between the at least one protocol layer of the user equipment side protocol stack and the second user equipment side protocol stack, the second user equipment side protocol stack and at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack Connected by the adaptation layer.
68、 根据权利要求 61至 67中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述第 二用户设备侧协议栈包括承载映射层, 所述承载映射层用于确定所述目标数 据所属于的承载, 以及 The apparatus according to any one of claims 61 to 67, wherein the second user equipment side protocol stack includes a bearer mapping layer, and the bearer mapping layer is used to determine that the target data belongs to Carrying, and
当所述用户设备与至少两个^载相对应时, When the user equipment corresponds to at least two loads,
所述发送单元还用于通过所述承载映射层,确定所述目标数据中的上行
目标数据所属于的承载, 并通过所述承载映射层生成第二承载指示信息, 所 述第二承载指示信息用于指示所述上行目标数据所属于的承载, 并向所述The sending unit is further configured to determine, by using the bearer mapping layer, an uplink in the target data. The bearer to which the target data belongs, and the second bearer indication information is generated by the bearer mapping layer, where the second bearer indication information is used to indicate the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs, and the
WLAN AP发送所述第二承载指示信息,以便于所述基站根据所述 WLAN AP 转发的所述第二承载指示信息或与所述上行目标数据所属于的承载相对应 的上行第二 GTP隧道, 确定所述上行目标数据所属于的承载; 或 The WLAN AP sends the second bearer indication information, so that the base station according to the second bearer indication information forwarded by the WLAN AP or the uplink second GTP tunnel corresponding to the bearer to which the uplink target data belongs, Determining a bearer to which the uplink target data belongs; or
所述发送单元还用于通过所述承载映射层, 获取所述 WLAN AP发送的 第一承载指示信息, 所述第一承载指示信息用于指示所述目标数据中的下行 目标数据所属于的承载, 并根据所述第一承载指示信息, 确定所述下行目标 数据所属于的承载, 所述第一承载指示信息是所述 WLAN AP从所述基站获 取的, 或所述 WLAN AP根据与所述下行目标数据所属于的承载相对应的下 行第二 GTP隧道确定的。 The sending unit is further configured to: obtain, by using the bearer mapping layer, the first bearer indication information that is sent by the WLAN AP, where the first bearer indication information is used to indicate that the downlink target data in the target data belongs to Determining, according to the first bearer indication information, a bearer to which the downlink target data belongs, where the first bearer indication information is obtained by the WLAN AP from the base station, or the WLAN AP according to the The downlink target data belongs to the bearer corresponding to the downlink second GTP tunnel.
69、 根据权利要求 61至 68中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述第 一用户设备侧协议栈包括重排序层,所述重排序层用于确定所述目标数据在 所述^载上的全部数据中的位置, 所述第一用户设备侧协议栈的至少一个协 议层为所述重排序层, 以及 The apparatus according to any one of claims 61 to 68, wherein the first user equipment side protocol stack includes a reordering layer, and the reordering layer is configured to determine the target data in the a location in all data carried, at least one protocol layer of the first user equipment side protocol stack is the reordering layer, and
所述收发单元还用于通过所述重排序层,确定目标数据中的上行目标数 据在所述^载上的全部上行数据中的位置, 并通过所述重排序层生成第二位 置指示信息, 所述第二位置指示信息用于指示所述上行目标数据在所述^载 上的全部上行数据中的位置, 并向所述 WLAN AP发送所述第二位置指示信 息, 以便于所述基站根据所述 WLAN AP转发的第二位置指示信息, 确定所 述上行目标数据在所述承载上的全部上行数据中的位置; 或 The transceiver unit is further configured to determine, by using the reordering layer, a location of the uplink target data in the target data in all uplink data on the loading, and generate second location indication information by using the reordering layer, The second location indication information is used to indicate a location of the uplink target data in all uplink data on the bearer, and send the second location indication information to the WLAN AP, so that the base station is configured according to the base station. Determining, by the WLAN AP, second location indication information, determining a location of the uplink target data in all uplink data on the bearer; or
所述收发单元还用于通过所述重排序层, 获取所述 WLAN AP转发的第 一位置指示信息, 所述第一位置指示信息用于指示所述目标数据中的下行目 标数据在所述承载上的全部下行数据中的位置, 并根据所述第一位置指示信 息, 确定所述下行目标数据在所述承载上的全部下行数据中的位置, 所述第 一位置指示信息是所述基站确定并发送给所述 WLAN AP的。 The transceiver unit is further configured to: obtain, by using the reordering layer, first location indication information that is forwarded by the WLAN AP, where the first location indication information is used to indicate that downlink target data in the target data is in the bearer a location in all the downlink data, and determining, according to the first location indication information, a location of the downlink target data in all downlink data on the bearer, where the first location indication information is determined by the base station And sent to the WLAN AP.
70、 一种传输数据的系统, 其特征在于, 所述系统包括: 70. A system for transmitting data, the system comprising:
权利要求 37至 51中任一项所述的装置; The device of any one of claims 37 to 51;
权利要求 52至 60中任一项所述的装置; The device of any one of claims 52 to 60;
权利要求 61至 69中任一项所述的装置。
The device of any one of claims 61 to 69.
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN201380003698.6A CN104982062B (en) | 2013-11-01 | 2013-11-01 | Transmit the methods, devices and systems of data |
PCT/CN2013/086398 WO2015062063A1 (en) | 2013-11-01 | 2013-11-01 | Data transmission method, apparatus and system |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2013/086398 WO2015062063A1 (en) | 2013-11-01 | 2013-11-01 | Data transmission method, apparatus and system |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2015062063A1 true WO2015062063A1 (en) | 2015-05-07 |
Family
ID=53003173
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2013/086398 WO2015062063A1 (en) | 2013-11-01 | 2013-11-01 | Data transmission method, apparatus and system |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN104982062B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2015062063A1 (en) |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN106060801A (en) * | 2016-05-06 | 2016-10-26 | 上海庆科信息技术有限公司 | Data communication method, device and system based on Wi-Fi device |
CN108307541A (en) * | 2016-09-26 | 2018-07-20 | 中国电信股份有限公司 | The methods, devices and systems of PDCP layers of processing load of adjustment |
WO2020061911A1 (en) * | 2018-09-27 | 2020-04-02 | Nokia Shanghai Bell Co., Ltd. | Generation of tunnel endpoint identifier for packet tunneling |
EP4030851A1 (en) * | 2017-12-26 | 2022-07-20 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Data transmission method and apparatus, and computer storage medium |
Families Citing this family (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN107071922B (en) * | 2016-12-29 | 2019-10-11 | 河北远东通信系统工程有限公司 | Efficient data transmission method under the conditions of a kind of narrow band communication |
CN111698784A (en) * | 2020-06-24 | 2020-09-22 | 京信通信系统(中国)有限公司 | Data transmission method, device, equipment and storage medium |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN101077031A (en) * | 2004-12-15 | 2007-11-21 | 松下电器产业株式会社 | Radio network control device, radio lan relay device, radio communication system, and communication method for radio communication system |
CN101841880A (en) * | 2010-05-14 | 2010-09-22 | 华中科技大学 | LTE and WLAN interconnecting system and switching method |
CN102958126A (en) * | 2011-08-18 | 2013-03-06 | 中国移动通信集团广东有限公司 | Wireless communication method, unlicensed RAT (radio access technology) controller and mobile station |
WO2013131741A1 (en) * | 2012-03-07 | 2013-09-12 | Nokia Siemens Networks Oy | Access mode selection based on user equipment selected access network identity |
CN103369502A (en) * | 2012-04-11 | 2013-10-23 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Processing method of strategy control conversation and network element |
Family Cites Families (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN102480528B (en) * | 2010-11-24 | 2015-09-16 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | IAD system of selection and device |
CN102215530A (en) * | 2011-05-27 | 2011-10-12 | 上海华为技术有限公司 | Data flow transmission method and related equipment and system |
TW201318387A (en) * | 2011-07-01 | 2013-05-01 | Interdigital Patent Holdings | Method and apparatus for managing service continuity |
CN102984759B (en) * | 2011-09-06 | 2015-07-08 | 华为技术有限公司 | Data transmission method and device |
-
2013
- 2013-11-01 WO PCT/CN2013/086398 patent/WO2015062063A1/en active Application Filing
- 2013-11-01 CN CN201380003698.6A patent/CN104982062B/en active Active
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN101077031A (en) * | 2004-12-15 | 2007-11-21 | 松下电器产业株式会社 | Radio network control device, radio lan relay device, radio communication system, and communication method for radio communication system |
CN101841880A (en) * | 2010-05-14 | 2010-09-22 | 华中科技大学 | LTE and WLAN interconnecting system and switching method |
CN102958126A (en) * | 2011-08-18 | 2013-03-06 | 中国移动通信集团广东有限公司 | Wireless communication method, unlicensed RAT (radio access technology) controller and mobile station |
WO2013131741A1 (en) * | 2012-03-07 | 2013-09-12 | Nokia Siemens Networks Oy | Access mode selection based on user equipment selected access network identity |
CN103369502A (en) * | 2012-04-11 | 2013-10-23 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Processing method of strategy control conversation and network element |
Cited By (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN106060801A (en) * | 2016-05-06 | 2016-10-26 | 上海庆科信息技术有限公司 | Data communication method, device and system based on Wi-Fi device |
CN108307541A (en) * | 2016-09-26 | 2018-07-20 | 中国电信股份有限公司 | The methods, devices and systems of PDCP layers of processing load of adjustment |
CN108307541B (en) * | 2016-09-26 | 2020-11-10 | 中国电信股份有限公司 | Method, device and system for adjusting PDCP layer processing load |
EP4030851A1 (en) * | 2017-12-26 | 2022-07-20 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Data transmission method and apparatus, and computer storage medium |
US11696316B2 (en) | 2017-12-26 | 2023-07-04 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Data transmission method and apparatus and computer storage medium |
WO2020061911A1 (en) * | 2018-09-27 | 2020-04-02 | Nokia Shanghai Bell Co., Ltd. | Generation of tunnel endpoint identifier for packet tunneling |
EP3857953A4 (en) * | 2018-09-27 | 2022-05-11 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Generation of tunnel endpoint identifier for packet tunneling |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN104982062A (en) | 2015-10-14 |
CN104982062B (en) | 2018-12-07 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US10412650B2 (en) | Data transmission method, apparatus and system | |
US10893459B2 (en) | Wireless base station, first wireless control apparatus, second wireless control apparatus, and wireless apparatus | |
EP3213580B1 (en) | Method and apparatus of lwa pdu routing | |
EP3399819B1 (en) | Method and device for establishing radio resource control connection | |
US11438941B2 (en) | Communication method and communications apparatus | |
CN106162685B (en) | Method and system for acquiring transmission delay between access technology networks | |
WO2014040256A1 (en) | Communication method, base station, wireless communication node and user equipment | |
US10972936B2 (en) | Method and device for data shunting | |
WO2015062063A1 (en) | Data transmission method, apparatus and system | |
WO2010121416A1 (en) | Method, relay node and system for processing data in a relay link | |
WO2018127018A1 (en) | Multi-link communication method and device, and terminal | |
US9936509B2 (en) | Radio communication apparatus, processor, and communication control method | |
WO2016049806A1 (en) | Distribution method and apparatus | |
US10701591B2 (en) | Data transmission method, apparatus, and system | |
WO2016155089A1 (en) | Data transmission method, device and system | |
WO2015058335A1 (en) | Device and method for data offloading control | |
JP7235935B2 (en) | Communication control method, user equipment, processor and base station | |
WO2021253432A1 (en) | Wireless communication method, compressing end, and decompressing end | |
JP2021002873A (en) | Method and device for establishing wireless resource control connection | |
WO2014071568A1 (en) | Data shunting method and data shunting control device, transmission point and terminal |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 13896576 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 13896576 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |